KN Thag, trans: bodhi-esque
| ==================== Theragāthā (Thag) ==================== | ==================== Verses of the Senior Monks (Thag) ==================== | |
| Verses of the Senior Monks | Verses of the Senior Monks | |
| --- Main Table of Contents --- | --- Main Table of Contents --- | |
| ♦ Nipāta 1 | ♦ The Book of Ones | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| ♦ Vagga 3 | ♦ Chapter 3 | |
| ♦ Vagga 4 | ♦ Chapter 4 | |
| ♦ Vagga 5 | ♦ Chapter 5 | |
| ♦ Vagga 6 | ♦ Chapter 6 | |
| ♦ Vagga 7 | ♦ Chapter 7 | |
| ♦ Vagga 8 | ♦ Chapter 8 | |
| ♦ Vagga 9 | ♦ Chapter 9 | |
| ♦ Vagga 10 | ♦ Chapter 10 | |
| ♦ Vagga 11 | ♦ Chapter 11 | |
| ♦ Vagga 12 | ♦ Chapter 12 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 2 | ♦ The Book of Twos | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| ♦ Vagga 3 | ♦ Chapter 3 | |
| ♦ Vagga 4 | ♦ Chapter 4 | |
| ♦ Vagga 5 | ♦ Chapter 5 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 3 | ♦ The Book of Threes | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 4 | ♦ The Book of Fours | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 5 | ♦ The Book of Fives | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 6 | ♦ The Book of Sixes | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 7 | ♦ The Book of Sevens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 8 | ♦ The Book of Eights | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 9 | ♦ The Book of Nines | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 10 | ♦ The Book of Tens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 11 | ♦ The Book of Elevens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 12 | ♦ The Book of Twelves | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 13 | ♦ The Book of Thirteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 14 | ♦ The Book of Fourteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 15 | ♦ The Book of Fifteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 16 | ♦ The Book of Sixteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 17 | ♦ The Book of Seventeens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 18 | ♦ The Book of Eighteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 19 | ♦ The Book of Ninteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 20 | ♦ The Book of Twenties | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ♦ Nipāta 21 | ♦ The Book of Thirties | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| ================================================== | ================================================== | |
+§ – Nipāta: Book 1
all
| ♦ Nipāta 1 | ♦ The Book of Ones | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag1.1 Subhūtittheragāthā | Thag1.1 The Verses of the Elder Subhūti | |
| Thag1.2 Mahākoṭṭhikattheragāthā | Thag1.2 The Verses of the Elder Mahākoṭṭhika | |
| Thag1.3 Kaṅkhārevatattheragāthā | Thag1.3 The Verses of the Elder Kaṅkhārevata | |
| Thag1.4 Puṇṇattheragāthā | Thag1.4 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇa | |
| Thag1.5 Dabbattheragāthā | Thag1.5 The Verses of the Elder Dabba | |
| Thag1.6 Sītavaniyattheragāthā | Thag1.6 The Verses of the Elder Sītavaniya | |
| Thag1.7 Bhalliyattheragāthā | Thag1.7 The Verses of the Elder Bhalliya | |
| Thag1.8 Vīrattheragāthā | Thag1.8 The Verses of the Elder Vīra | |
| Thag1.9 Pilindavacchattheragāthā | Thag1.9 The Verses of the Elder Pilindavaccha | |
| Thag1.10 Puṇṇamāsattheragāthā | Thag1.10 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇamāsa | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 1.1 Subhūti
| --- Thag1.1 Subhūtittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.1 The Verses of the Elder Subhūti --- | |
| Nidānagāthā | Introductory Verses | |
| Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa. | Homage to the Blessed One, the Arahant, the Perfectly Enlightened One. | |
| Sīhānaṁva nadantānaṁ, | Of those who roar like lions, | |
| dāṭhīnaṁ girigabbhare; | the fanged beasts in the mountain clefts; | |
| Suṇātha bhāvitattānaṁ, | Listen to the verses, bringing benefit, | |
| gāthā atthūpanāyikā. | of those with developed minds. | |
| Yathānāmā yathāgottā, | According to their names and clans, | |
| yathādhammavihārino; | according to their abiding in the Dhamma; | |
| Yathādhimuttā sappaññā, | According to their resolutions and wisdom, | |
| vihariṁsu atanditā. | they lived ardently. | |
| Tattha tattha vipassitvā, | Having gained insight here and there, | |
| phusitvā accutaṁ padaṁ; | having touched the unshakable state; | |
| Katantaṁ paccavekkhantā, | Reviewing what they had accomplished, | |
| imamatthamabhāsisuṁ. | they spoke in this manner. | |
| Subhūtittheragāthā | The Verses of the Elder Subhūti | |
| “Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā, | “My little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; | |
| Vassa deva yathāsukhaṁ; | So rain, sky-god, as you please. | |
| Cittaṁ me susamāhitaṁ vimuttaṁ, | My mind is well-composed and liberated. | |
| Ātāpī viharāmi vassa devā”ti. | I am dwelling ardently, so rain, O sky-god.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā subhūtitthero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Subhūti spoke the verse. | |
+Thag 1.2 Mahākoṭṭhika
| --- Thag1.2 Mahākoṭṭhikattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.2 The Verses of the Elder Mahākoṭṭhika --- | |
| “Upasanto uparato, | “Peaceful and restrained, | |
| mantabhāṇī anuddhato; | speaking wisely, not arrogant; | |
| Dhunāti pāpake dhamme, | He shakes off evil states, | |
| dumapattaṁva māluto”ti. | as the wind shakes a leaf from a tree.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Mahākoṭṭhika spoke the verse. | |
+Thag 1.3 Kaṅkhārevata
| --- Thag1.3 Kaṅkhārevatattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.3 The Verses of the Elder Kaṅkhārevata --- | |
| “Paññaṁ imaṁ passa tathāgatānaṁ, | “Behold this wisdom of the Tathāgatas, | |
| Aggi yathā pajjalito nisīthe; | like a fire blazing in the night; | |
| Ālokadā cakkhudadā bhavanti, | They are givers of light, givers of vision, | |
| Ye āgatānaṁ vinayanti kaṅkhan”ti. | who dispel the doubts of those who come to them.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā kaṅkhārevato thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Kaṅkhārevata spoke the verse. | |
+Thag 1.4 Puṇṇa
| --- Thag1.4 Puṇṇattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.4 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇa --- | |
| “Sabbhireva samāsetha, | “One should associate only with the good, | |
| paṇḍitehatthadassibhi; | with the wise who see the meaning. | |
| Atthaṁ mahantaṁ gambhīraṁ, | A great, deep, hard to see, | |
| duddasaṁ nipuṇaṁ aṇuṁ; | subtle and minute meaning; | |
| Dhīrā samadhigacchanti, | The steadfast, diligent, and discerning | |
| appamattā vicakkhaṇā”ti. | attain it.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Puṇṇa, son of Mantāṇī, spoke the verse. | |
+Thag 1.5 Dabba
| --- Thag1.5 Dabbattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.5 The Verses of the Elder Dabba --- | |
| “Yo duddamiyo damena danto, | “He who was hard to tame is tamed by taming, | |
| Dabbo santusito vitiṇṇakaṅkho; | Dabba, contented, with doubt overcome; | |
| Vijitāvī apetabheravo hi, | Victorious, with fear and dread abandoned, | |
| Dabbo so parinibbuto ṭhitatto”ti. | Dabba is he, fully quenched, with a steadfast mind.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā dabbo thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Dabba spoke the verse. | |
+Thag 1.6 Sītavaniya
| --- Thag1.6 Sītavaniyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.6 The Verses of the Elder Sītavaniya --- | |
| “Yo sītavanaṁ upagā bhikkhu, | “The bhikkhu who has gone to the Cool Wood, | |
| Eko santusito samāhitatto; | alone, content, with a concentrated mind; | |
| Vijitāvī apetalomahaṁso, | Victorious, with hair-raising dread abandoned, | |
| Rakkhaṁ kāyagatāsatiṁ dhitimā”ti. | Guarding mindfulness directed to the body, resolute.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā sītavaniyo thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Sītavaniya spoke the verse. | |
+Thag 1.7 Bhalliya
| --- Thag1.7 Bhalliyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.7 The Verses of the Elder Bhalliya --- | |
| “Yopānudī maccurājassa senaṁ, | “He who has driven away the army of the King of Death, | |
| Naḷasetuṁva sudubbalaṁ mahogho; | as a great flood sweeps away a very weak reed bridge; | |
| Vijitāvī apetabheravo hi, | Victorious, with fear and dread abandoned, | |
| Danto so parinibbuto ṭhitatto”ti. | Tamed is he, fully quenched, with a steadfast mind.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā bhalliyo thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Bhalliya spoke the verse. | |
+Thag 1.8 Vīra
| --- Thag1.8 Vīrattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.8 The Verses of the Elder Vīra --- | |
| “Yo duddamiyo damena danto, | “He who was hard to tame is tamed by taming, | |
| Vīro santusito vitiṇṇakaṅkho; | Vīra, contented, with doubt overcome; | |
| Vijitāvī apetalomahaṁso, | Victorious, with hair-raising dread abandoned, | |
| Vīro so parinibbuto ṭhitatto”ti. | Vīra is he, fully quenched, with a steadfast mind.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā vīro thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Vīra spoke the verse. | |
+Thag 1.9 Pilindavaccha
| --- Thag1.9 Pilindavacchattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.9 The Verses of the Elder Pilindavaccha --- | |
| “Svāgataṁ na durāgataṁ, | “Welcome, not unwelcome, it was; | |
| Nayidaṁ dumantitaṁ mama; | this was not ill-advised for me. | |
| Saṁvibhattesu dhammesu, | Among the well-analyzed Dhammas, | |
| Yaṁ seṭṭhaṁ tadupāgamin”ti. | I have attained to that which is the best.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā pilindavaccho thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Pilindavaccha spoke the verse. | |
+Thag 1.10 Puṇṇamāsa
| --- Thag1.10 Puṇṇamāsattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.10 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇamāsa --- | |
| “Vihari apekkhaṁ idha vā huraṁ vā, | “He would live without longing for this world or the next, | |
| Yo vedagū samito yatatto; | one who is a master of knowledge, serene, self-controlled; | |
| Sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto, | unattached to all things, | |
| Lokassa jaññā udayabbayañcā”ti. | he would know the rise and fall of the world.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā puṇṇamāso thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Puṇṇamāsa spoke the verse. | |
| vaggo paṭhamo. | Chapter the First. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Subhūti koṭṭhiko thero, | The Elder Subhūti, Koṭṭhika, | |
| kaṅkhārevatasammato; | the renowned Kaṅkhārevata; | |
| Mantāṇiputto dabbo ca, | Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī, and Dabba, | |
| sītavaniyo ca bhalliyo; | Sītavaniya and Bhalliya; | |
| Vīro pilindavaccho ca, | Vīra, Pilindavaccha, | |
| puṇṇamāso tamonudoti. | and Puṇṇamāsa who dispelled the darkness. | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| Thag1.11 Cūḷavacchattheragāthā | Thag1.11 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷavaccha | |
| Thag1.12 Mahāvacchattheragāthā | Thag1.12 The Verses of the Elder Mahāvaccha | |
| Thag1.13 Vanavacchattheragāthā | Thag1.13 The Verses of the Elder Vanavaccha | |
| Thag1.14 Sivakasāmaṇeragāthā | Thag1.14 The Verses of the Novice Sivaka | |
| Thag1.15 Kuṇḍadhānattheragāthā | Thag1.15 The Verses of the Elder Kuṇḍadhāna | |
| Thag1.16 Belaṭṭhasīsattheragāthā | Thag1.16 The Verses of the Elder Belaṭṭhasīsa | |
| Thag1.17 Dāsakattheragāthā | Thag1.17 The Verses of the Elder Dāsaka | |
| Thag1.18 Siṅgālapituttheragāthā | Thag1.18 The Verses of the Elder Siṅgālapitā | |
| Thag1.19 Theragāthā 1.19 | Thag1.19 The Verses of the Elder Kula | |
| Thag1.20 Ajitattheragāthā | Thag1.20 The Verses of the Elder Ajita | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.11 Cūḷavaccha
| --- Thag1.11 Cūḷavacchattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.11 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷavaccha --- | |
| “Pāmojjabahulo bhikkhu, | “A bhikkhu full of joy | |
| dhamme buddhappavedite; | in the Dhamma taught by the Buddha, | |
| Adhigacche padaṁ santaṁ, | would attain the state of peace, | |
| saṅkhārūpasamaṁ sukhan”ti. | the stilling of formations, the happiness.” | |
| … Cūḷavaccho thero …. | … The Elder Cūḷavaccha …. | |
+Thag 1.12 Mahāvaccha
| --- Thag1.12 Mahāvacchattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.12 The Verses of the Elder Mahāvaccha --- | |
| “Paññābalī sīlavatūpapanno, | “Strong in wisdom, endowed with virtue, | |
| Samāhito jhānarato satīmā; | concentrated, delighting in jhāna, mindful; | |
| Yadatthiyaṁ bhojanaṁ bhuñjamāno, | Eating the food that is his due, | |
| Kaṅkhetha kālaṁ idha vītarāgo”ti. | one free from lust should await his time here.” | |
| … Mahāvaccho thero …. | … The Elder Mahāvaccha …. | |
+Thag 1.13 Vanavaccha
| --- Thag1.13 Vanavacchattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.13 The Verses of the Elder Vanavaccha --- | |
| “Nīlabbhavaṇṇā rucirā, | “Of the color of a blue-black cloud, resplendent, | |
| sītavārī sucindharā; | with cool water and clear streams; | |
| Indagopakasañchannā, | Covered with Indagopaka insects, | |
| te selā ramayanti man”ti. | those rocky crags delight me.” | |
| … Vanavaccho thero …. | … The Elder Vanavaccha …. | |
| --- Thag1.14 Sivakasāmaṇeragāthā --- | --- Thag1.14 The Verses of the Novice Sivaka --- | |
| “Upajjhāyo maṁ avaca, | “My preceptor told me, | |
| ito gacchāma sīvaka; | ‘Let us go from here, Sivaka.’ | |
| Gāme me vasati kāyo, | My body dwells in the village, | |
| araññaṁ me gato mano; | my mind has gone to the forest. | |
| Semānakopi gacchāmi, | Though I lie down, I shall depart, | |
| natthi saṅgo vijānatan”ti. | for there is no attachment for those who know.” | |
| … Vanavacchassa therassa (siviko) sāmaṇero …. | … The novice (Sivaka) of the Elder Vanavaccha …. | |
+Thag 1.15 Kuṇḍadhāna
| --- Thag1.15 Kuṇḍadhānattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.15 The Verses of the Elder Kuṇḍadhāna --- | |
| “Pañca chinde pañca jahe, | “He should cut off five, he should abandon five, | |
| pañca cuttari bhāvaye; | and he should especially cultivate five; | |
| Pañca saṅgātigo bhikkhu, | The bhikkhu who has gone beyond the five attachments | |
| oghatiṇṇoti vuccatī”ti. | is called one who has crossed the flood.” | |
| … Kuṇḍadhāno thero …. | … The Elder Kuṇḍadhāna …. | |
+Thag 1.16 Belaṭṭhasīsa
| --- Thag1.16 Belaṭṭhasīsattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.16 The Verses of the Elder Belaṭṭhasīsa --- | |
| “Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, | “Just as a fine thoroughbred, | |
| naṅgalāvattanī sikhī; | a crested horse that turns at the post, | |
| Gacchati appakasirena, | travels with little effort, | |
| evaṁ rattindivā mama; | so my days and nights | |
| Gacchanti appakasirena, | pass with little effort, | |
| sukhe laddhe nirāmise”ti. | having obtained non-sensual happiness.” | |
| … Belaṭṭhasīso thero …. | … The Elder Belaṭṭhasīsa …. | |
+Thag 1.17 Dāsaka
| --- Thag1.17 Dāsakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.17 The Verses of the Elder Dāsaka --- | |
| “Middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, | “When he is torpid and a glutton, | |
| Niddāyitā samparivattasāyī; | a sleepy-head who rolls about in bed; | |
| Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, | Like a great hog fattened on slops, | |
| Punappunaṁ gabbhamupeti mando”ti. | the fool enters the womb again and again.” | |
| … Dāsako thero …. | … The Elder Dāsaka …. | |
+Thag 1.18 Siṅgālapitu
| --- Thag1.18 Siṅgālapituttheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.18 The Verses of the Elder Siṅgālapitā --- | |
| “Ahu buddhassa dāyādo, | “There was an heir of the Buddha, | |
| bhikkhu bhesakaḷāvane; | a bhikkhu in the Bhesakaḷā forest; | |
| Kevalaṁ aṭṭhisaññāya, | With the perception of bones alone | |
| apharī pathaviṁ imaṁ; | he suffused this earth. | |
| Maññehaṁ kāmarāgaṁ so, | I think he will quickly | |
| khippameva pahissatī”ti. | abandon sensual lust.” | |
| … Siṅgālapitā thero …. | … The Elder Siṅgālapitā …. | |
| --- Thag1.19 Theragāthā 1.19 --- | --- Thag1.19 The Verses of the Elder Kula --- | |
| “Udakañhi nayanti nettikā, | “Irrigators guide the water, | |
| Usukārā namayanti tejanaṁ; | fletchers straighten the arrow-shaft; | |
| Dāruṁ namayanti tacchakā, | Carpenters shape the wood, | |
| Attānaṁ damayanti subbatā”ti. | the virtuous tame themselves.” | |
| … Kulo thero …. | … The Elder Kula …. | |
+Thag 1.20 Ajita
| --- Thag1.20 Ajitattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.20 The Verses of the Elder Ajita --- | |
| “Maraṇe me bhayaṁ natthi, | “I have no fear of death, | |
| nikanti natthi jīvite; | I have no craving for life. | |
| Sandehaṁ nikkhipissāmi, | I shall lay down this body, | |
| sampajāno paṭissato”ti. | fully aware and mindful.” | |
| … Ajito thero … | … The Elder Ajita … | |
| vaggo dutiyo. | Chapter the Second. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Cūḷavaccho mahāvaccho, | Cūḷavaccha, Mahāvaccha, | |
| vanavaccho ca sīvako; | Vanavaccha and Sivaka; | |
| Kuṇḍadhāno ca belaṭṭhi, | Kuṇḍadhāna and Belaṭṭhi, | |
| dāsako ca tatopari; | and Dāsaka after them; | |
| Siṅgālapitiko thero, | The Elder Siṅgālapitā, | |
| kulo ca ajito dasāti. | Kula, and Ajita make ten. | |
| ♦ Vagga 3 | ♦ Chapter 3 | |
| Thag1.21 Nigrodhattheragāthā | Thag1.21 The Verses of the Elder Nigrodha | |
| Thag1.22 Cittakattheragāthā | Thag1.22 The Verses of the Elder Cittaka | |
| Thag1.23 Gosālattheragāthā | Thag1.23 The Verses of the Elder Gosāla | |
| Thag1.24 Sugandhattheragāthā | Thag1.24 The Verses of the Elder Sugandha | |
| Thag1.25 Nandiyattheragāthā | Thag1.25 The Verses of the Elder Nandiya | |
| Thag1.26 Abhayattheragāthā | Thag1.26 The Verses of the Elder Abhaya | |
| Thag1.27 Lomasakaṅgiyattheragāthā | Thag1.27 The Verses of the Elder Lomasakaṅgiya | |
| Thag1.28 Jambugāmikaputtattheragāthā | Thag1.28 The Verses of the Elder Jambugāmikaputta | |
| Thag1.29 Hāritattheragāthā | Thag1.29 The Verses of the Elder Hārita | |
| Thag1.30 Uttiyattheragāthā | Thag1.30 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.21 Nigrodha
| --- Thag1.21 Nigrodhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.21 The Verses of the Elder Nigrodha --- | |
| “Nāhaṁ bhayassa bhāyāmi, | “I do not fear fear, | |
| Satthā no amatassa kovido; | for our Teacher is skilled in the deathless. | |
| Yattha bhayaṁ nāvatiṭṭhati, | Where fear does not remain, | |
| Tena maggena vajanti bhikkhavo”ti. | by that path the bhikkhus travel.” | |
| … Nigrodho thero …. | … The Elder Nigrodha …. | |
+Thag 1.22 Cittaka
| --- Thag1.22 Cittakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.22 The Verses of the Elder Cittaka --- | |
| “Nīlā sugīvā sikhino, | “The blue-throated, crested peacocks | |
| Morā kārambhiyaṁ abhinadanti; | cry out in Karamvi; | |
| Te sītavātakīḷitā, | Stirred by the cool wind, | |
| Suttaṁ jhāyaṁ nibodhentī”ti. | they awaken the sleeper to practice jhāna.” | |
| … Cittako thero …. | … The Elder Cittaka …. | |
+Thag 1.23 Gosāla
| --- Thag1.23 Gosālattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.23 The Verses of the Elder Gosāla --- | |
| “Ahaṁ kho veḷugumbasmiṁ, | “I, having eaten honey-rice | |
| bhutvāna madhupāyasaṁ; | in a bamboo grove; | |
| Padakkhiṇaṁ sammasanto, | while contemplating rightly | |
| khandhānaṁ udayabbayaṁ; | the rise and fall of the aggregates; | |
| Sānuṁ paṭigamissāmi, | will return to the hillside, | |
| vivekamanubrūhayan”ti. | cultivating seclusion.” | |
| … Gosālo thero …. | … The Elder Gosāla …. | |
+Thag 1.24 Sugandha
| --- Thag1.24 Sugandhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.24 The Verses of the Elder Sugandha --- | |
| “Anuvassiko pabbajito, | “Having gone forth at a ripe age, | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ; | see the excellence of the Dhamma! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Sugandho thero …. | … The Elder Sugandha …. | |
+Thag 1.25 Nandiya
| --- Thag1.25 Nandiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.25 The Verses of the Elder Nandiya --- | |
| “Obhāsajātaṁ phalagaṁ, | “He whose mind has frequently | |
| cittaṁ yassa abhiṇhaso; | become radiant and fruitful; | |
| Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja, | Having encountered such a bhikkhu, | |
| kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasī”ti. | O Black One, you will come to suffering.” | |
| … Nandiyo thero …. | … The Elder Nandiya …. | |
+Thag 1.26 Abhaya
| --- Thag1.26 Abhayattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.26 The Verses of the Elder Abhaya --- | |
| “Sutvā subhāsitaṁ vācaṁ, | “Having heard the well-spoken words | |
| buddhassādiccabandhuno; | of the Buddha, kinsman of the sun; | |
| Paccabyadhiṁ hi nipuṇaṁ, | I penetrated the subtle truth, | |
| vālaggaṁ usunā yathā”ti. | as one pierces a hair-tip with an arrow.” | |
| … Abhayo thero …. | … The Elder Abhaya …. | |
+Thag 1.27 Lomasakaṅgiya
| --- Thag1.27 Lomasakaṅgiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.27 The Verses of the Elder Lomasakaṅgiya --- | |
| “Dabbaṁ kusaṁ poṭakilaṁ, | “Dabba grass, kusa grass, pōtakila rushes, | |
| usīraṁ muñjapabbajaṁ; | usīra roots and muñja grass; | |
| Urasā panudissāmi, | I shall push them aside with my chest, | |
| vivekamanubrūhayan”ti. | cultivating seclusion.” | |
| … Lomasakaṅgiyo thero …. | … The Elder Lomasakaṅgiya …. | |
+Thag 1.28 Jambugāmikaputta
| --- Thag1.28 Jambugāmikaputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.28 The Verses of the Elder Jambugāmikaputta --- | |
| “Kacci no vatthapasuto, | “Are you devoted to clothes? | |
| Kacci no bhūsanārato; | Are you fond of ornaments? | |
| Kacci sīlamayaṁ gandhaṁ, | Does the fragrance of your virtue | |
| Kiṁ tvaṁ vāyasi netarā pajā”ti. | waft, or not, to other people?” | |
| … Jambugāmikaputto thero …. | … The Elder Jambugāmikaputta …. | |
+Thag 1.29 Hārita
| --- Thag1.29 Hāritattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.29 The Verses of the Elder Hārita --- | |
| “Samunnamayamattānaṁ, | “Holding yourself up straight, | |
| usukārova tejanaṁ; | like a fletcher straightening an arrow; | |
| Cittaṁ ujuṁ karitvāna, | Having made your mind straight, | |
| avijjaṁ bhinda hāritā”ti. | shatter ignorance, Hārita!” | |
| … Hārito thero …. | … The Elder Hārita …. | |
+Thag 1.30 Uttiya
| --- Thag1.30 Uttiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.30 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya --- | |
| “Ābādhe me samuppanne, | “When sickness arose in me, | |
| sati me udapajjatha; | mindfulness arose in me. | |
| Ābādho me samuppanno, | Sickness has arisen in me, | |
| kālo me nappamajjitun”ti. | this is no time for me to be heedless.” | |
| … Uttiyo thero … | … The Elder Uttiya … | |
| vaggo tatiyo. | Chapter the Third. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Nigrodho cittako thero, | The Elder Nigrodha, Cittaka, | |
| gosālathero sugandho; | the Elder Gosāla, Sugandha; | |
| Nandiyo abhayo thero, | Nandiya, the Elder Abhaya, | |
| thero lomasakaṅgiyo; | the Elder Lomasakaṅgiya; | |
| Jambugāmikaputto ca, | The son of Jambugāmika, | |
| hārito uttiyo isīti. | Hārita, and the sage Uttiya. | |
| ♦ Vagga 4 | ♦ Chapter 4 | |
| Thag1.31 Gahvaratīriyattheragāthā | Thag1.31 The Verses of the Elder Gahvaratīriya | |
| Thag1.32 Suppiyattheragāthā | Thag1.32 The Verses of the Elder Suppiya | |
| Thag1.33 Sopākattheragāthā | Thag1.33 The Verses of the Elder Sopāka | |
| Thag1.34 Posiyattheragāthā | Thag1.34 The Verses of the Elder Posīya | |
| Thag1.35 Sāmaññakānittheragāthā | Thag1.35 The Verses of the Elder Sāmaññakāni | |
| Thag1.36 Kumāputtattheragāthā | Thag1.36 The Verses of the Elder Kumāputta | |
| Thag1.37 Kumāputtasahāyakattheragāthā | Thag1.37 The Verses of the Companion of Kumāputta | |
| Thag1.38 Gavampatittheragāthā | Thag1.38 The Verses of the Elder Gavampati | |
| Thag1.39 Tissattheragāthā | Thag1.39 The Verses of the Elder Tissa | |
| Thag1.40 Vaḍḍhamānattheragāthā | Thag1.40 The Verses of the Elder Vaḍḍhamāna | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.31 Gahvaratīriya
| --- Thag1.31 Gahvaratīriyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.31 The Verses of the Elder Gahvaratīriya --- | |
| “Phuṭṭho ḍaṁsehi makasehi, | “Bitten by horseflies and mosquitoes | |
| araññasmiṁ brahāvane; | in the forest, in the great woods; | |
| Nāgo saṅgāmasīseva, | Like an elephant at the head of a battle, | |
| sato tatrādhivāsaye”ti. | mindful, one should endure there.” | |
| … Gahvaratīriyo thero …. | … The Elder Gahvaratīriya …. | |
+Thag 1.32 Suppiya
| --- Thag1.32 Suppiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.32 The Verses of the Elder Suppiya --- | |
| “Ajaraṁ jīramānena, | “For what is aging, there is the unaging; | |
| tappamānena nibbutiṁ; | for what is burning, there is quenching; | |
| Nimiyaṁ paramaṁ santiṁ, | I have attained the supreme peace, | |
| yogakkhemaṁ anuttaran”ti. | the unsurpassed security from bondage.” | |
| … Suppiyo thero …. | … The Elder Suppiya …. | |
+Thag 1.33 Sopāka
| --- Thag1.33 Sopākattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.33 The Verses of the Elder Sopāka --- | |
| “Yathāpi ekaputtasmiṁ, | “Just as one would be skillful | |
| piyasmiṁ kusalī siyā; | towards a beloved only son; | |
| Evaṁ sabbesu pāṇesu, | So, towards all beings, | |
| sabbattha kusalo siyā”ti. | everywhere one should be skillful.” | |
| … Sopāko thero …. | … The Elder Sopāka …. | |
+Thag 1.34 Posiya
| --- Thag1.34 Posiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.34 The Verses of the Elder Posīya --- | |
| “Anāsannavarā etā, | “These women are not to be approached, | |
| niccameva vijānatā; | as a wise man knows well. | |
| Gāmā araññamāgamma, | Having come from the village to the forest, | |
| tato gehaṁ upāvisi; | from there I went to a house; | |
| Tato uṭṭhāya pakkāmi, | Then, rising up, I departed, | |
| anāmantetvā posiyo”ti. | without taking leave of Posīya.” | |
| … Posiyo thero …. | … The Elder Posīya …. | |
+Thag 1.35 Sāmaññakāni
| --- Thag1.35 Sāmaññakānittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.35 The Verses of the Elder Sāmaññakāni --- | |
| “Sukhaṁ sukhattho labhate tadācaraṁ, | “One who seeks happiness obtains happiness by practicing it, | |
| Kittiñca pappoti yasassa vaḍḍhati; | he obtains fame and his renown increases; | |
| Yo ariyamaṭṭhaṅgikamañjasaṁ ujuṁ, | He who cultivates the Noble Eightfold Path, | |
| Bhāveti maggaṁ amatassa pattiyā”ti. | straight and direct, for the attainment of the deathless.” | |
| … Sāmaññakānitthero …. | … The Elder Sāmaññakāni …. | |
+Thag 1.36 Kumāputta
| --- Thag1.36 Kumāputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.36 The Verses of the Elder Kumāputta --- | |
| “Sādhu sutaṁ sādhu caritakaṁ, | “Good is learning, good is practice, | |
| Sādhu sadā aniketavihāro; | good is always living without a home; | |
| Atthapucchanaṁ padakkhiṇakammaṁ, | Asking about the meaning, a respectful act, | |
| Etaṁ sāmaññamakiñcanassā”ti. | this is the ascetic life for one with nothing.” | |
| … Kumāputto thero …. | … The Elder Kumāputta …. | |
+Thag 1.37 Kumāputtasahāyaka
| --- Thag1.37 Kumāputtasahāyakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.37 The Verses of the Companion of Kumāputta --- | |
| “Nānājanapadaṁ yanti, | “They go to various countries, | |
| Vicarantā asaññatā; | wandering unrestrained; | |
| Samādhiñca virādhenti, | They lose their concentration, | |
| Kiṁsu raṭṭhacariyā karissati; | what will their wandering in the country accomplish? | |
| Tasmā vineyya sārambhaṁ, | Therefore one should subdue contentiousness, | |
| Jhāyeyya apurakkhato”ti. | and practice jhāna without being forward.” | |
| … Kumāputtattherassa sahāyako thero …. | … The companion of the Elder Kumāputta …. | |
+Thag 1.38 Gavampati
| --- Thag1.38 Gavampatittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.38 The Verses of the Elder Gavampati --- | |
| “Yo iddhiyā sarabhuṁ aṭṭhapesi, | “He who by psychic power stopped the Sarabhū river, | |
| So gavampati asito anejo; | that Gavampati, untainted, desireless; | |
| Taṁ sabbasaṅgātigataṁ mahāmuniṁ, | Him who has gone beyond all attachments, the great sage, | |
| Devā namassanti bhavassa pāragun”ti. | the gods salute, who has crossed over existence.” | |
| … Gavampatitthero …. | … The Elder Gavampati …. | |
+Thag 1.39 Tissa
| --- Thag1.39 Tissattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.39 The Verses of the Elder Tissa --- | |
| “Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, | “As if struck by a sword, | |
| ḍayhamānova matthake; | or as if his head were on fire; | |
| Kāmarāgappahānāya, | A bhikkhu should wander mindfully | |
| sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. | for the abandoning of sensual lust.” | |
| … Tisso thero …. | … The Elder Tissa …. | |
+Thag 1.40 Vaḍḍhamāna
| --- Thag1.40 Vaḍḍhamānattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.40 The Verses of the Elder Vaḍḍhamāna --- | |
| “Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, | “As if struck by a sword, | |
| ḍayhamānova matthake; | or as if his head were on fire; | |
| Bhavarāgappahānāya, | A bhikkhu should wander mindfully | |
| sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. | for the abandoning of the lust for existence.” | |
| … Vaḍḍhamāno thero … | … The Elder Vaḍḍhamāna … | |
| vaggo catuttho. | Chapter the Fourth. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Gahvaratīriyo suppiyo, | Gahvaratīriya, Suppiya, | |
| sopāko ceva posiyo; | Sopāka and Posīya; | |
| Sāmaññakāni kumāputto, | Sāmaññakāni, Kumāputta, | |
| kumāputtasahāyako; | the companion of Kumāputta; | |
| Gavampati tissatthero, | Gavampati, the Elder Tissa, | |
| vaḍḍhamāno mahāyasoti. | and Vaḍḍhamāna of great renown. | |
| ♦ Vagga 5 | ♦ Chapter 5 | |
| Thag1.41 Sirivaḍḍhattheragāthā | Thag1.41 The Verses of the Elder Sirivaḍḍha | |
| Thag1.42 Khadiravaniyattheragāthā | Thag1.42 The Verses of the Elder Khadiravaniya | |
| Thag1.43 Sumaṅgalattheragāthā | Thag1.43 The Verses of the Elder Sumaṅgala | |
| Thag1.44 Theragāthā 1.44 | Thag1.44 The Verses of the Elder Sānu | |
| Thag1.45 Ramaṇīyavihārittheragāthā | Thag1.45 The Verses of the Elder Ramaṇīyavihāri | |
| Thag1.46 Samiddhittheragāthā | Thag1.46 The Verses of the Elder Samiddhi | |
| Thag1.47 Ujjayattheragāthā | Thag1.47 The Verses of the Elder Ujjaya | |
| Thag1.48 Sañjayattheragāthā | Thag1.48 The Verses of the Elder Sañjaya | |
| Thag1.49 Rāmaṇeyyakattheragāthā | Thag1.49 The Verses of the Elder Rāmaṇeyyaka | |
| Thag1.50 Vimalattheragāthā | Thag1.50 The Verses of the Elder Vimala | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.41 Sirivaḍḍha
| --- Thag1.41 Sirivaḍḍhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.41 The Verses of the Elder Sirivaḍḍha --- | |
| “Vivaramanupatanti vijjutā, | “Lightning flashes fall upon | |
| Vebhārassa ca paṇḍavassa ca; | Vebhāra and Paṇḍava mountains; | |
| Nagavivaragato ca jhāyati, | But gone to the cleft of the mountains, he meditates, | |
| Putto appaṭimassa tādino”ti. | the son of the one who is peerless, the Such.” | |
| … Sirivaḍḍho thero …. | … The Elder Sirivaḍḍha …. | |
+Thag 1.42 Khadiravaniya
| --- Thag1.42 Khadiravaniyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.42 The Verses of the Elder Khadiravaniya --- | |
| “Cāle upacāle sīsūpacāle (…), | “Cāla, Upacāla, Sīsūpacāla (…), | |
| Patissatā nu kho viharatha; | are you dwelling with mindfulness established? | |
| Āgato vo vālaṁ viya vedhī”ti. | He has come to you who pierces like a hair.” | |
| … Khadiravaniyo thero …. | … The Elder Khadiravaniya …. | |
+Thag 1.43 Sumaṅgala
| --- Thag1.43 Sumaṅgalattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.43 The Verses of the Elder Sumaṅgala --- | |
| “Sumuttiko sumuttiko, | “Well-freed, well-freed, | |
| Sāhu sumuttikomhi tīhi khujjakehi; | truly well-freed I am from three crooked things! | |
| Asitāsu mayā naṅgalāsu mayā, | From my sickles, from my ploughs, | |
| Khuddakuddālāsu mayā. | from my little hoes. | |
| Yadipi idhameva idhameva, | Even if they were here, right here, | |
| Atha vāpi alameva alameva; | it would be enough, it would be enough. | |
| Jhāya sumaṅgala jhāya sumaṅgala, | Practice jhāna, Sumaṅgala, practice jhāna, Sumaṅgala! | |
| Appamatto vihara sumaṅgalā”ti. | Dwell heedfully, Sumaṅgala!” | |
| … Sumaṅgalo thero …. | … The Elder Sumaṅgala …. | |
| --- Thag1.44 Theragāthā 1.44 --- | --- Thag1.44 The Verses of the Elder Sānu --- | |
| “Mataṁ vā amma rodanti, | “Mother, they weep for the dead, | |
| Yo vā jīvaṁ na dissati; | or for one who lives but is not seen. | |
| Jīvantaṁ maṁ amma passantī, | Seeing me alive, mother, | |
| Kasmā maṁ amma rodasī”ti. | why, mother, do you weep for me?” | |
| … Sānutthero …. | … The Elder Sānu …. | |
+Thag 1.45 Ramaṇīyavihāri
| --- Thag1.45 Ramaṇīyavihārittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.45 The Verses of the Elder Ramaṇīyavihāri --- | |
| “Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, | “Just as a fine thoroughbred, | |
| khalitvā patitiṭṭhati; | having stumbled, stands firm again; | |
| Evaṁ dassanasampannaṁ, | So too the one accomplished in vision, | |
| sammāsambuddhasāvakan”ti. | the disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One.” | |
| … Ramaṇīyavihāritthero …. | … The Elder Ramaṇīyavihāri …. | |
+Thag 1.46 Samiddhi
| --- Thag1.46 Samiddhittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.46 The Verses of the Elder Samiddhi --- | |
| “Saddhāyāhaṁ pabbajito, | “I have gone forth out of faith | |
| Agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from the home life into homelessness. | |
| Sati paññā ca me vuḍḍhā, | My mindfulness and wisdom have grown, | |
| Cittañca susamāhitaṁ; | and my mind is well-concentrated. | |
| Kāmaṁ karassu rūpāni, | Create what forms you will, | |
| Neva maṁ byādhayissasī”ti. | you shall never disturb me.” | |
| … Samiddhitthero …. | … The Elder Samiddhi …. | |
+Thag 1.47 Ujjaya
| --- Thag1.47 Ujjayattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.47 The Verses of the Elder Ujjaya --- | |
| “Namo te buddha vīratthu, | “Homage to you, O Buddha, O Hero, | |
| vippamuttosi sabbadhi; | you are completely liberated in every way. | |
| Tuyhāpadāne viharaṁ, | Dwelling in your dispensation, | |
| viharāmi anāsavo”ti. | I dwell without taints.” | |
| … Ujjayo thero …. | … The Elder Ujjaya …. | |
+Thag 1.48 Sañjaya
| --- Thag1.48 Sañjayattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.48 The Verses of the Elder Sañjaya --- | |
| “Yato ahaṁ pabbajito, | “Since I went forth | |
| Agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from the home life into homelessness, | |
| Nābhijānāmi saṅkappaṁ, | I am not aware of any thought | |
| Anariyaṁ dosasaṁhitan”ti. | that is ignoble and connected with hate.” | |
| … Sañjayo thero …. | … The Elder Sañjaya …. | |
+Thag 1.49 Rāmaṇeyyaka
| --- Thag1.49 Rāmaṇeyyakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.49 The Verses of the Elder Rāmaṇeyyaka --- | |
| “Cihacihābhinadite, | “By the chirping and warbling | |
| sippikābhirutehi ca; | and the calls of the tailorbird, | |
| Na me taṁ phandati cittaṁ, | my mind is not distracted, | |
| ekattanirataṁ hi me”ti. | for it is devoted to solitude.” | |
| … Rāmaṇeyyako thero …. | … The Elder Rāmaṇeyyaka …. | |
+Thag 1.50 Vimala
| --- Thag1.50 Vimalattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.50 The Verses of the Elder Vimala --- | |
| “Dharaṇī ca siñcati vāti, | “The earth is sprinkled and the wind | |
| Māluto vijjutā carati nabhe; | blows, lightning flashes in the sky; | |
| Upasamanti vitakkā, | My thoughts are stilled, | |
| Cittaṁ susamāhitaṁ mamā”ti. | my mind is well-concentrated.” | |
| … Vimalo thero … | … The Elder Vimala … | |
| vaggo pañcamo. | Chapter the Fifth. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Sirīvaḍḍho revato thero, | Sirīvaḍḍha, the Elder Revata, | |
| sumaṅgalo sānusavhayo; | Sumaṅgala, the one named Sānu; | |
| Ramaṇīyavihārī ca, | Ramaṇīyavihārī, | |
| samiddhiujjayasañjayā; | and Samiddhi, Ujjaya, Sañjaya; | |
| Rāmaṇeyyo ca so thero, | And that Elder Rāmaṇeyyo, | |
| vimalo ca raṇañjahoti. | and Vimala who abandoned battle. | |
| ♦ Vagga 6 | ♦ Chapter 6 | |
| Thag1.51 Godhikattheragāthā | Thag1.51 The Verses of the Elder Godhika | |
| Thag1.52 Subāhuttheragāthā | Thag1.52 The Verses of the Elder Subāhu | |
| Thag1.53 Valliyattheragāthā | Thag1.53 The Verses of the Elder Valliya | |
| Thag1.54 Uttiyattheragāthā | Thag1.54 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya | |
| Thag1.55 Añjanavaniyattheragāthā | Thag1.55 The Verses of the Elder Añjanavaniya | |
| Thag1.56 Kuṭivihārittheragāthā | Thag1.56 The Verses of the Elder Kuṭivihāri | |
| Thag1.57 Dutiyakuṭivihārittheragāthā | Thag1.57 The Verses of the Second Kuṭivihāri | |
| Thag1.58 Ramaṇīyakuṭikattheragāthā | Thag1.58 The Verses of the Elder Ramaṇīyakuṭika | |
| Thag1.59 Kosalavihārittheragāthā | Thag1.59 The Verses of the Elder Kosalavihāri | |
| Thag1.60 Sīvalittheragāthā | Thag1.60 The Verses of the Elder Sīvali | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.51 Godhika
| --- Thag1.51 Godhikattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.51 The Verses of the Elder Godhika --- | |
| “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, | “The sky-god rains as if singing a song, | |
| Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; | my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; | |
| Cittaṁ susamāhitañca mayhaṁ, | And my mind is well-concentrated. | |
| Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. | So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” | |
| … Godhiko thero …. | … The Elder Godhika …. | |
+Thag 1.52 Subāhu
| --- Thag1.52 Subāhuttheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.52 The Verses of the Elder Subāhu --- | |
| “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, | “The sky-god rains as if singing a song, | |
| Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; | my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; | |
| Cittaṁ susamāhitañca kāye, | My mind is well-concentrated on the body. | |
| Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. | So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” | |
| … Subāhutthero …. | … The Elder Subāhu …. | |
+Thag 1.53 Valliya
| --- Thag1.53 Valliyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.53 The Verses of the Elder Valliya --- | |
| “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, | “The sky-god rains as if singing a song, | |
| Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; | my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; | |
| Tassaṁ viharāmi appamatto, | In it I dwell, diligent. | |
| Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. | So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” | |
| … Valliyo thero …. | … The Elder Valliya …. | |
+Thag 1.54 Uttiya
| --- Thag1.54 Uttiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.54 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya --- | |
| “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, | “The sky-god rains as if singing a song, | |
| Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; | my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; | |
| Tassaṁ viharāmi adutiyo, | In it I dwell, without a companion. | |
| Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. | So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” | |
| … Uttiyo thero …. | … The Elder Uttiya …. | |
+Thag 1.55 Añjanavaniya
| --- Thag1.55 Añjanavaniyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.55 The Verses of the Elder Añjanavaniya --- | |
| “Āsandiṁ kuṭikaṁ katvā, | “Having made a hut with a couch, | |
| ogayha añjanaṁ vanaṁ; | having plunged into the Añjana wood; | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Añjanavaniyo thero …. | … The Elder Añjanavaniya …. | |
+Thag 1.56 Kuṭivihāri
| --- Thag1.56 Kuṭivihārittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.56 The Verses of the Elder Kuṭivihāri --- | |
| “Ko kuṭikāyaṁ bhikkhu kuṭikāyaṁ, | “Who is in this little hut? A bhikkhu is in this little hut, | |
| Vītarāgo susamāhitacitto; | free from lust, with well-concentrated mind. | |
| Evaṁ jānāhi āvuso, | Know this, friend: | |
| Amoghā te kuṭikā katā”ti. | your little hut was not made in vain.” | |
| … Kuṭivihāritthero …. | … The Elder Kuṭivihāri …. | |
+Thag 1.57 Dutiyakuṭivihāri
| --- Thag1.57 Dutiyakuṭivihārittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.57 The Verses of the Second Kuṭivihāri --- | |
| “Ayamāhu purāṇiyā kuṭi, | “This is an old hut you speak of, | |
| Aññaṁ patthayase navaṁ kuṭiṁ; | you desire another, a new hut. | |
| Āsaṁ kuṭiyā virājaya, | Abandon the hope for a hut, | |
| Dukkhā bhikkhu puna navā kuṭī”ti. | a new hut is suffering, O bhikkhu.” | |
| … Dutiyakuṭivihāritthero …. | … The Second Elder Kuṭivihāri …. | |
+Thag 1.58 Ramaṇīyakuṭika
| --- Thag1.58 Ramaṇīyakuṭikattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.58 The Verses of the Elder Ramaṇīyakuṭika --- | |
| “Ramaṇīyā me kuṭikā, | “My little hut is delightful, | |
| Saddhādeyyā manoramā; | a gift of faith, pleasing to the mind. | |
| Na me attho kumārīhi, | I have no need for girls, | |
| Yesaṁ attho tahiṁ gacchatha nāriyo”ti. | you women, go where there is need for you.” | |
| … Ramaṇīyakuṭiko thero …. | … The Elder Ramaṇīyakuṭika …. | |
+Thag 1.59 Kosalavihāri
| --- Thag1.59 Kosalavihārittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.59 The Verses of the Elder Kosalavihāri --- | |
| “Saddhāyāhaṁ pabbajito, | “I went forth out of faith, | |
| araññe me kuṭikā katā; | my little hut is made in the forest. | |
| Appamatto ca ātāpī, | Heedful and ardent, | |
| sampajāno patissato”ti. | fully aware and mindful.” | |
| … Kosalavihāritthero …. | … The Elder Kosalavihāri …. | |
+Thag 1.60 Sīvali
| --- Thag1.60 Sīvalittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.60 The Verses of the Elder Sīvali --- | |
| “Te me ijjhiṁsu saṅkappā, | “Those intentions of mine have succeeded, | |
| yadattho pāvisiṁ kuṭiṁ; | for the sake of which I entered the hut. | |
| Vijjāvimuttiṁ paccesaṁ, | I will attain knowledge and liberation, | |
| mānānusayamujjahan”ti. | and abandon the underlying tendency to conceit.” | |
| … Sīvalitthero … | … The Elder Sīvali … | |
| vaggo chaṭṭho. | Chapter the Sixth. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Godhiko ca subāhu ca, | Godhika and Subāhu, | |
| valliyo uttiyo isi; | Valliya and the sage Uttiya; | |
| Añjanavaniyo thero, | The Elder Añjanavaniya, | |
| duve kuṭivihārino; | the two Hut-Dwellers; | |
| Ramaṇīyakuṭiko ca, | Ramaṇīyakuṭika, | |
| kosalavhayasīvalīti. | the one called Kosala, and Sīvali. | |
| ♦ Vagga 7 | ♦ Chapter 7 | |
| Thag1.61 Vappattheragāthā | Thag1.61 The Verses of the Elder Vappa | |
| Thag1.62 Vajjiputtattheragāthā | Thag1.62 The Verses of the Elder Vajjiputta | |
| Thag1.63 Pakkhattheragāthā | Thag1.63 The Verses of the Elder Pakkha | |
| Thag1.64 Vimalakoṇḍaññattheragāthā | Thag1.64 The Verses of the Elder Vimalakoṇḍañña | |
| Thag1.65 Ukkhepakatavacchattheragāthā | Thag1.65 The Verses of the Elder Ukkhepakatavaccha | |
| Thag1.66 Meghiyattheragāthā | Thag1.66 The Verses of the Elder Meghiya | |
| Thag1.67 Ekadhammasavanīyattheragāthā | Thag1.67 The Verses of the Elder Ekadhammasavanīya | |
| Thag1.68 Ekudāniyattheragāthā | Thag1.68 The Verses of the Elder Ekudāniya | |
| Thag1.69 Channattheragāthā | Thag1.69 The Verses of the Elder Channa | |
| Thag1.70 Puṇṇattheragāthā | Thag1.70 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇa | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.61 Vappa
| --- Thag1.61 Vappattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.61 The Verses of the Elder Vappa --- | |
| “Passati passo passantaṁ, | “One who sees, sees one who sees, | |
| apassantañca passati; | and sees one who does not see. | |
| Apassanto apassantaṁ, | One who does not see, does not see | |
| passantañca na passatī”ti. | one who sees and one who does not see.” | |
| … Vappo thero …. | … The Elder Vappa …. | |
+Thag 1.62 Vajjiputta
| --- Thag1.62 Vajjiputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.62 The Verses of the Elder Vajjiputta --- | |
| “Ekakā mayaṁ araññe viharāma, | “We dwell alone in the forest, | |
| Apaviddhaṁva vanasmiṁ dārukaṁ; | like a log of wood cast away in the woods. | |
| Tassa me bahukā pihayanti, | Many envy me for that, | |
| Nerayikā viya saggagāminan”ti. | as those in hell envy those bound for heaven.” | |
| … Vajjiputto thero …. | … The Elder Vajjiputta …. | |
+Thag 1.63 Pakkha
| --- Thag1.63 Pakkhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.63 The Verses of the Elder Pakkha --- | |
| “Cutā patanti patitā, | “Fallen, they fall, and having fallen, | |
| giddhā ca punarāgatā; | they are seized and have returned again. | |
| Kataṁ kiccaṁ rataṁ rammaṁ, | The task is done, the delight is enjoyed, | |
| sukhenanvāgataṁ sukhan”ti. | happiness has been followed by happiness.” | |
| … Pakkho thero …. | … The Elder Pakkha …. | |
+Thag 1.64 Vimalakoṇḍañña
| --- Thag1.64 Vimalakoṇḍaññattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.64 The Verses of the Elder Vimalakoṇḍañña --- | |
| “Dumavhayāya uppanno, | “Born of what is called a tree, | |
| jāto paṇḍaraketunā; | born with a white banner; | |
| Ketuhā ketunāyeva, | With the banner of the destroyer, he has | |
| mahāketuṁ padhaṁsayī”ti. | destroyed the great banner.” | |
| … Vimalakoṇḍañño thero …. | … The Elder Vimalakoṇḍañña …. | |
+Thag 1.65 Ukkhepakatavaccha
| --- Thag1.65 Ukkhepakatavacchattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.65 The Verses of the Elder Ukkhepakatavaccha --- | |
| “Ukkhepakatavacchassa, | “What was calculated by Vaccha of the cast-off portion | |
| Saṅkalitaṁ bahūhi vassehi; | over many years; | |
| Taṁ bhāsati gahaṭṭhānaṁ, | That he speaks to the householders, | |
| Sunisinno uḷārapāmojjo”ti. | sitting comfortably with great joy.” | |
| … Ukkhepakatavaccho thero …. | … The Elder Ukkhepakatavaccha …. | |
+Thag 1.66 Meghiya
| --- Thag1.66 Meghiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.66 The Verses of the Elder Meghiya --- | |
| “Anusāsi mahāvīro, | “The great hero has instructed me, | |
| sabbadhammāna pāragū; | the one who has gone to the far shore of all things. | |
| Tassāhaṁ dhammaṁ sutvāna, | Having heard his Dhamma, | |
| vihāsiṁ santike sato; | I dwelt near him, mindful. | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Meghiyo thero …. | … The Elder Meghiya …. | |
+Thag 1.67 Ekadhammasavanīya
| --- Thag1.67 Ekadhammasavanīyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.67 The Verses of the Elder Ekadhammasavanīya --- | |
| “Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṁ, | “My defilements are burnt up, | |
| bhavā sabbe samūhatā; | all existences are rooted out. | |
| Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, | The round of births is destroyed, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Ekadhammasavanīyo thero …. | … The Elder Ekadhammasavanīya …. | |
+Thag 1.68 Ekudāniya
| --- Thag1.68 Ekudāniyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.68 The Verses of the Elder Ekudāniya --- | |
| “Adhicetaso appamajjato, | “For the sage of exalted mind who is diligent, | |
| Munino monapathesu sikkhato; | training in the path of sageship; | |
| Sokā na bhavanti tādino, | For such a one, there are no sorrows, | |
| Upasantassa sadā satīmato”ti. | for one who is peaceful and ever mindful.” | |
| … Ekudāniyo thero …. | … The Elder Ekudāniya …. | |
+Thag 1.69 Channa
| --- Thag1.69 Channattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.69 The Verses of the Elder Channa --- | |
| “Sutvāna dhammaṁ mahato mahārasaṁ, | “Having heard the Dhamma, great and full of flavor, | |
| Sabbaññutaññāṇavarena desitaṁ; | taught by the one with the best of all-knowing knowledge; | |
| Maggaṁ papajjiṁ amatassa pattiyā, | I have embarked on the path for the attainment of the deathless. | |
| So yogakkhemassa pathassa kovido”ti. | He is the expert on the path of security from bondage.” | |
| … Channo thero …. | … The Elder Channa …. | |
+Thag 1.70 Puṇṇa
| --- Thag1.70 Puṇṇattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.70 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇa --- | |
| “Sīlameva idha aggaṁ, | “Virtue is supreme here, | |
| paññavā pana uttamo; | but one with wisdom is the best. | |
| Manussesu ca devesu, | Among humans and gods, | |
| sīlapaññāṇato jayan”ti. | one conquers through virtue and wisdom.” | |
| … Puṇṇo thero … | … The Elder Puṇṇa … | |
| vaggo sattamo. | Chapter the Seventh. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Vappo ca vajjiputto ca, | Vappa and Vajjiputta, | |
| pakkho vimalakoṇḍañño; | Pakkha, Vimalakoṇḍañña; | |
| Ukkhepakatavaccho ca, | Ukkhepakatavaccha, | |
| meghiyo ekadhammiko; | Meghiya, Ekadhammika; | |
| Ekudāniyachannā ca, | Ekudāniya, Channa, | |
| puṇṇatthero mahabbaloti. | and the Elder Puṇṇa of great strength. | |
| ♦ Vagga 8 | ♦ Chapter 8 | |
| Thag1.71 Vacchapālattheragāthā | Thag1.71 The Verses of the Elder Vacchapāla | |
| Thag1.72 Ātumattheragāthā | Thag1.72 The Verses of the Elder Ātuma | |
| Thag1.73 Māṇavattheragāthā | Thag1.73 The Verses of the Elder Māṇava | |
| Thag1.74 Suyāmanattheragāthā | Thag1.74 The Verses of the Elder Suyāmana | |
| Thag1.75 Susāradattheragāthā | Thag1.75 The Verses of the Elder Susārada | |
| Thag1.76 Piyañjahattheragāthā | Thag1.76 The Verses of the Elder Piyañjaha | |
| Thag1.77 Hatthārohaputtattheragāthā | Thag1.77 The Verses of the Elder Hatthārohaputta | |
| Thag1.78 Meṇḍasirattheragāthā | Thag1.78 The Verses of the Elder Meṇḍasira | |
| Thag1.79 Rakkhitattheragāthā | Thag1.79 The Verses of the Elder Rakkhita | |
| Thag1.80 Theragāthā 1.80 | Thag1.80 The Verses of the Elder Ugga | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.71 Vacchapāla
| --- Thag1.71 Vacchapālattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.71 The Verses of the Elder Vacchapāla --- | |
| “Susukhumanipuṇatthadassinā, | “By one who sees the very subtle and fine meaning, | |
| Matikusalena nivātavuttinā; | skilled in thought, of humble conduct; | |
| Saṁsevitavuddhasīlinā, | Who has associated with the virtuous and elderly, | |
| Nibbānaṁ na hi tena dullabhan”ti. | Nibbāna is not difficult for him to attain.” | |
| … Vacchapālo thero …. | … The Elder Vacchapāla …. | |
+Thag 1.72 Ātuma
| --- Thag1.72 Ātumattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.72 The Verses of the Elder Ātuma --- | |
| “Yathā kaḷīro susu vaḍḍhitaggo, | “Just as a bamboo shoot, when its tip is well-grown, | |
| Dunnikkhamo hoti pasākhajāto; | is hard to extract, having grown its side-branches; | |
| Evaṁ ahaṁ bhariyāyānitāya, | So I, brought by my wife, | |
| Anumaññaṁ maṁ pabbajitomhi dānī”ti. | now have your permission and have gone forth.” | |
| … Ātumo thero …. | … The Elder Ātuma …. | |
+Thag 1.73 Māṇava
| --- Thag1.73 Māṇavattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.73 The Verses of the Elder Māṇava --- | |
| “Jiṇṇañca disvā dukhitañca byādhitaṁ, | “Having seen an old man, and a sick man afflicted with suffering, | |
| Matañca disvā gatamāyusaṅkhayaṁ; | and having seen a dead man, his life-span at an end; | |
| Tato ahaṁ nikkhamitūna pabbajiṁ, | Then I went forth from home, | |
| Pahāya kāmāni manoramānī”ti. | having abandoned delightful sensual pleasures.” | |
| … Māṇavo thero …. | … The Elder Māṇava …. | |
+Thag 1.74 Suyāmana
| --- Thag1.74 Suyāmanattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.74 The Verses of the Elder Suyāmana --- | |
| “Kāmacchando ca byāpādo, | “Sensual desire and ill will, | |
| Thinamiddhañca bhikkhuno; | and dullness and drowsiness for a bhikkhu; | |
| Uddhaccaṁ vicikicchā ca, | Restlessness and doubt, | |
| Sabbasova na vijjatī”ti. | are completely non-existent.” | |
| … Suyāmano thero …. | … The Elder Suyāmana …. | |
+Thag 1.75 Susārada
| --- Thag1.75 Susāradattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.75 The Verses of the Elder Susārada --- | |
| “Sādhu suvihitāna dassanaṁ, | “Good is the sight of the well-behaved, | |
| Kaṅkhā chijjati buddhi vaḍḍhati; | doubt is cut off, wisdom increases. | |
| Bālampi karonti paṇḍitaṁ, | They make even a fool wise, | |
| Tasmā sādhu sataṁ samāgamo”ti. | therefore association with the good is good.” | |
| … Susārado thero …. | … The Elder Susārada …. | |
+Thag 1.76 Piyañjaha
| --- Thag1.76 Piyañjahattheragāthā --- | --- Thg1.76 The Verses of the Elder Piyañjaha --- | |
| “Uppatantesu nipate, | “Among those rising up, I would fall down; | |
| nipatantesu uppate; | among those falling down, I would rise up. | |
| Vase avasamānesu, | I would dwell among those not dwelling, | |
| ramamānesu no rame”ti. | among those delighting, I would not delight.” | |
| … Piyañjaho thero …. | … The Elder Piyañjaha …. | |
+Thag 1.77 Hatthārohaputta
| --- Thag1.77 Hatthārohaputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.77 The Verses of the Elder Hatthārohaputta --- | |
| “Idaṁ pure cittamacāri cārikaṁ, | “Formerly this mind wandered on its journeys, | |
| Yenicchakaṁ yatthakāmaṁ yathāsukhaṁ; | where it wished, where it liked, as it pleased. | |
| Tadajjahaṁ niggahessāmi yoniso, | Today I shall control it thoroughly, | |
| Hatthippabhinnaṁ viya aṅkusaggaho”ti. | like a mahout an elephant in must.” | |
| … Hatthārohaputto thero …. | … The Elder Hatthārohaputta …. | |
+Thag 1.78 Meṇḍasira
| --- Thag1.78 Meṇḍasirattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.78 The Verses of the Elder Meṇḍasira --- | |
| “Anekajātisaṁsāraṁ, | “Through a round of many births | |
| sandhāvissaṁ anibbisaṁ; | I have wandered without finding a solution. | |
| Tassa me dukkhajātassa, | For me, born to suffering, | |
| dukkhakkhandho aparaddho”ti. | the mass of suffering is overcome.” | |
| … Meṇḍasiro thero …. | … The Elder Meṇḍasira …. | |
+Thag 1.79 Rakkhita
| --- Thag1.79 Rakkhitattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.79 The Verses of the Elder Rakkhita --- | |
| “Sabbo rāgo pahīno me, | “All my lust is abandoned, | |
| sabbo doso samūhato; | all my hatred is rooted out. | |
| Sabbo me vigato moho, | All my delusion is gone, | |
| sītibhūtosmi nibbuto”ti. | I am become cool, quenched.” | |
| … Rakkhito thero …. | … The Elder Rakkhita …. | |
| --- Thag1.80 Theragāthā 1.80 --- | --- Thag1.80 The Verses of the Elder Ugga --- | |
| “Yaṁ mayā pakataṁ kammaṁ, | “Whatever kamma was done by me, | |
| appaṁ vā yadi vā bahuṁ; | little or much; | |
| Sabbametaṁ parikkhīṇaṁ, | All that is exhausted, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Uggo thero … | … The Elder Ugga … | |
| vaggo aṭṭhamo. | Chapter the Eighth. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Vacchapālo ca yo thero, | The Elder who was Vacchapāla, | |
| ātumo māṇavo isi; | the sage Ātuma, Māṇava; | |
| Suyāmano susārado, | Suyāmana, Susārada, | |
| thero yo ca piyañjaho; | the Elder who was Piyañjaha; | |
| Ārohaputto meṇḍasiro, | Hatthārohaputta, Meṇḍasira, | |
| rakkhito uggasavhayoti. | Rakkhita, and the one called Ugga. | |
| ♦ Vagga 9 | ♦ Chapter 9 | |
| Thag1.81 Samitiguttattheragāthā | Thag1.81 The Verses of the Elder Samitigutta | |
| Thag1.82 Kassapattheragāthā | Thag1.82 The Verses of the Elder Kassapa | |
| Thag1.83 Theragāthā 1.83 | Thag1.83 The Verses of the Elder Sīha | |
| Thag1.84 Theragāthā 1.84 | Thag1.84 The Verses of the Elder Nīta | |
| Thag1.85 Sunāgattheragāthā | Thag1.85 The Verses of the Elder Sunāga | |
| Thag1.86 Nāgitattheragāthā | Thag1.86 The Verses of the Elder Nāgita | |
| Thag1.87 Paviṭṭhattheragāthā | Thag1.87 The Verses of the Elder Paviṭṭha | |
| Thag1.88 Ajjunattheragāthā | Thag1.88 The Verses of the Elder Ajjuna | |
| Thag1.89 (Paṭhama) Devasabhattheragāthā | Thag1.89 The Verses of the (First) Elder Devasabha | |
| Thag1.90 Sāmidattattheragāthā | Thag1.90 The Verses of the Elder Sāmidatta | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.81 Samitigutta
| --- Thag1.81 Samitiguttattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.81 The Verses of the Elder Samitigutta --- | |
| “Yaṁ mayā pakataṁ pāpaṁ, | “Whatever evil I have done | |
| pubbe aññāsu jātisu; | in former other births, | |
| Idheva taṁ vedanīyaṁ, | is to be experienced right here, | |
| vatthu aññaṁ na vijjatī”ti. | no other ground exists for it.” | |
| … Samitigutto thero …. | … The Elder Samitigutta …. | |
+Thag 1.82 Kassapa
| --- Thag1.82 Kassapattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.82 The Verses of the Elder Kassapa --- | |
| “Yena yena subhikkhāni, | “Wherever there is abundance, | |
| sivāni abhayāni ca; | security, and freedom from fear; | |
| Tena puttaka gacchassu, | Go there, my son, | |
| mā sokāpahato bhavā”ti. | do not be overcome by grief.” | |
| … Kassapo thero …. | … The Elder Kassapa …. | |
| --- Thag1.83 Theragāthā 1.83 --- | --- Thag1.83 The Verses of the Elder Sīha --- | |
| “Sīhappamatto vihara, | “Dwell heedful as a lion, | |
| rattindivamatandito; | day and night, untiringly. | |
| Bhāvehi kusalaṁ dhammaṁ, | Cultivate wholesome states, | |
| jaha sīghaṁ samussayan”ti. | quickly abandon your body.” | |
| … Sīho thero …. | … The Elder Sīha …. | |
| --- Thag1.84 Theragāthā 1.84 --- | --- Thag1.84 The Verses of the Elder Nīta --- | |
| “Sabbarattiṁ supitvāna, | “Having slept the whole night, | |
| divā saṅgaṇike rato; | delighting in company by day; | |
| Kudāssu nāma dummedho, | When will the foolish person | |
| dukkhassantaṁ karissatī”ti. | make an end of suffering?” | |
| … Nīto thero …. | … The Elder Nīta …. | |
+Thag 1.85 Sunāga
| --- Thag1.85 Sunāgattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.85 The Verses of the Elder Sunāga --- | |
| “Cittanimittassa kovido, | “Being skilled in the signs of the mind, | |
| Pavivekarasaṁ vijāniya; | knowing the taste of seclusion; | |
| Jhāyaṁ nipako patissato, | One who practices jhāna, skilled and mindful, | |
| Adhigaccheyya sukhaṁ nirāmisan”ti. | would attain non-sensual happiness.” | |
| … Sunāgo thero …. | … The Elder Sunāga …. | |
+Thag 1.86 Nāgita
| --- Thag1.86 Nāgitattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.86 The Verses of the Elder Nāgita --- | |
| “Ito bahiddhā puthu aññavādinaṁ, | “Outside of this, the path of the many other teachers | |
| Maggo na nibbānagamo yathā ayaṁ; | does not lead to Nibbāna as this one does. | |
| Itissu saṅghaṁ bhagavānusāsati, | Thus the Blessed One instructs the Sangha, | |
| Satthā sayaṁ pāṇitaleva dassayan”ti. | the Teacher himself showing it as on the palm of his hand.” | |
| … Nāgito thero …. | … The Elder Nāgita …. | |
+Thag 1.87 Paviṭṭha
| --- Thag1.87 Paviṭṭhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.87 The Verses of the Elder Paviṭṭha --- | |
| “Khandhā diṭṭhā yathābhūtaṁ, | “The aggregates have been seen as they really are, | |
| bhavā sabbe padālitā; | all existences have been shattered. | |
| Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, | The round of births is destroyed, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Paviṭṭho thero …. | … The Elder Paviṭṭha …. | |
+Thag 1.88 Ajjuna
| --- Thag1.88 Ajjunattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.88 The Verses of the Elder Ajjuna --- | |
| “Asakkhiṁ vata attānaṁ, | “Indeed I was able to lift myself | |
| uddhātuṁ udakā thalaṁ; | from the water to the dry land; | |
| Vuyhamāno mahogheva, | Being swept away by the great flood, | |
| saccāni paṭivijjhahan”ti. | while penetrating the truths.” | |
| … Ajjuno thero …. | … The Elder Ajjuna …. | |
+Thag 1.89 (Paṭhama) Devasabha
| --- Thag1.89 (Paṭhama) Devasabhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.89 The Verses of the (First) Elder Devasabha --- | |
| “Uttiṇṇā paṅkapalipā, | “The muddy swamps have been crossed, | |
| pātālā parivajjitā; | the abysses avoided; | |
| Mutto oghā ca ganthā ca, | Freed from the flood and the fetters, | |
| sabbe mānā visaṁhatā”ti. | all conceits are destroyed.” | |
| … Devasabho thero …. | … The Elder Devasabha …. | |
+Thag 1.90 Sāmidatta
| --- Thag1.90 Sāmidattattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.90 The Verses of the Elder Sāmidatta --- | |
| “Pañcakkhandhā pariññātā, | “The five aggregates are fully understood, | |
| tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā; | they stand with their root cut off. | |
| Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, | The destruction of suffering is attained, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | the destruction of my taints is attained.” | |
| … Sāmidatto thero … | … The Elder Sāmidatta … | |
| vaggo navamo. | Chapter the Ninth. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Thero samitigutto ca, | The Elder Samitigutta, | |
| kassapo sīhasavhayo; | Kassapa, and the one named Sīha; | |
| Nīto sunāgo nāgito, | Nīta, Sunāga, Nāgita, | |
| paviṭṭho ajjuno isi; | the sage Paviṭṭha, Ajjuna; | |
| Devasabho ca yo thero, | The Elder who was Devasabha, | |
| sāmidatto mahabbaloti. | and Sāmidatta of great strength. | |
| ♦ Vagga 10 | ♦ Chapter 10 | |
| Thag1.91 Paripuṇṇakattheragāthā | Thag1.91 The Verses of the Elder Paripuṇṇaka | |
| Thag1.92 Vijayattheragāthā | Thag1.92 The Verses of the Elder Vijaya | |
| Thag1.93 Erakattheragāthā | Thag1.93 The Verses of the Elder Eraka | |
| Thag1.94 Mettajittheragāthā | Thag1.94 The Verses of the Elder Mettaji | |
| Thag1.95 Cakkhupālattheragāthā | Thag1.95 The Verses of the Elder Cakkhupāla | |
| Thag1.96 Khaṇḍasumanattheragāthā | Thag1.96 The Verses of the Elder Khaṇḍasumana | |
| Thag1.97 Tissattheragāthā | Thag1.97 The Verses of the Elder Tissa | |
| Thag1.98 Abhayattheragāthā | Thag1.98 The Verses of the Elder Abhaya | |
| Thag1.99 Uttiyattheragāthā | Thag1.99 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya | |
| Thag1.100 (Dutiya) Devasabhattheragāthā | Thag1.100 The Verses of the (Second) Elder Devasabha | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.91 Paripuṇṇaka
| --- Thag1.91 Paripuṇṇakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.91 The Verses of the Elder Paripuṇṇaka --- | |
| “Na tathā mataṁ satarasaṁ, | “Not so the hundred-flavored, | |
| Sudhannaṁ yaṁ mayajja paribhuttaṁ; | well-cooked food which I have eaten today; | |
| Aparimitadassinā gotamena, | as the Dhamma taught by the Buddha, | |
| Buddhena desito dhammo”ti. | Gotama of limitless vision.” | |
| … Paripuṇṇako thero …. | … The Elder Paripuṇṇaka …. | |
+Thag 1.92 Vijaya
| --- Thag1.92 Vijayattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.92 The Verses of the Elder Vijaya --- | |
| “Yassāsavā parikkhīṇā, | “He whose taints are destroyed, | |
| āhāre ca anissito; | who is not dependent on food; | |
| Suññato animitto ca, | Whose resort is the liberation | |
| vimokkho yassa gocaro; | that is empty and signless; | |
| Ākāseva sakuntānaṁ, | Like birds in the sky, | |
| padaṁ tassa durannayan”ti. | his track is hard to find.” | |
| … Vijayo thero …. | … The Elder Vijaya …. | |
+Thag 1.93 Eraka
| --- Thag1.93 Erakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.93 The Verses of the Elder Eraka --- | |
| “Dukkhā kāmā eraka, | “Sensual pleasures are suffering, Eraka, | |
| Na sukhā kāmā eraka; | sensual pleasures are not happiness, Eraka. | |
| Yo kāme kāmayati, | He who desires sensual pleasures, | |
| Dukkhaṁ so kāmayati eraka; | desires suffering, Eraka. | |
| Yo kāme na kāmayati, | He who does not desire sensual pleasures, | |
| Dukkhaṁ so na kāmayati erakā”ti. | does not desire suffering, Eraka.” | |
| … Erako thero …. | … The Elder Eraka …. | |
+Thag 1.94 Mettaji
| --- Thag1.94 Mettajittheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.94 The Verses of the Elder Mettaji --- | |
| “Namo hi tassa bhagavato, | “Homage indeed to that Blessed One, | |
| sakyaputtassa sirīmato; | the glorious son of the Sakyans. | |
| Tenāyaṁ aggappattena, | By him, who has attained the supreme, | |
| aggadhammo sudesito”ti. | this supreme Dhamma has been well taught.” | |
| … Mettaji thero …. | … The Elder Mettaji …. | |
+Thag 1.95 Cakkhupāla
| --- Thag1.95 Cakkhupālattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.95 The Verses of the Elder Cakkhupāla --- | |
| “Andhohaṁ hatanettosmi, | “I am blind, my eyes are destroyed, | |
| kantāraddhānapakkhando; | I have stumbled on a wilderness path. | |
| Sayamānopi gacchissaṁ, | Even if I have to crawl I will go on, | |
| na sahāyena pāpenā”ti. | but not with an evil companion.” | |
| … Cakkhupālo thero …. | … The Elder Cakkhupāla …. | |
+Thag 1.96 Khaṇḍasumana
| --- Thag1.96 Khaṇḍasumanattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.96 The Verses of the Elder Khaṇḍasumana --- | |
| “Ekapupphaṁ cajitvāna, | “Having offered a single flower, | |
| asīti vassakoṭiyo; | for eighty crores of years | |
| Saggesu paricāretvā, | I enjoyed myself in the heavens, | |
| sesakenamhi nibbuto”ti. | and with the remainder I am quenched.” | |
| … Khaṇḍasumano thero …. | … The Elder Khaṇḍasumana …. | |
+Thag 1.97 Tissa
| --- Thag1.97 Tissattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.97 The Verses of the Elder Tissa --- | |
| “Hitvā satapalaṁ kaṁsaṁ, | “Having given up a bronze bowl worth a hundred pala, | |
| Sovaṇṇaṁ satarājikaṁ; | and a hundred golden coins, | |
| Aggahiṁ mattikāpattaṁ, | I took up an earthenware bowl. | |
| Idaṁ dutiyābhisecanan”ti. | This was my second consecration.” | |
| … Tisso thero …. | … The Elder Tissa …. | |
+Thag 1.98 Abhaya
| --- Thag1.98 Abhayattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.98 The Verses of the Elder Abhaya --- | |
| “Rūpaṁ disvā sati muṭṭhā, | “Seeing a form, mindfulness is lost, | |
| Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto; | while attending to a pleasing sign. | |
| Sārattacitto vedeti, | With an impassioned mind one experiences it, | |
| Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati; | and one remains attached to it. | |
| Tassa vaḍḍhanti āsavā, | For him the taints increase, | |
| Bhavamūlopagāmino”ti. | leading to the root of existence.” | |
| … Abhayo thero …. | … The Elder Abhaya …. | |
+Thag 1.99 Uttiya
| --- Thag1.99 Uttiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.99 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya --- | |
| “Saddaṁ sutvā sati muṭṭhā, | “Hearing a sound, mindfulness is lost, | |
| Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto; | while attending to a pleasing sign. | |
| Sārattacitto vedeti, | With an impassioned mind one experiences it, | |
| Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati; | and one remains attached to it. | |
| Tassa vaḍḍhanti āsavā, | For him the taints increase, | |
| Saṁsāraṁ upagāmino”ti. | leading to the round of rebirths.” | |
| … Uttiyo thero …. | … The Elder Uttiya …. | |
+Thag 1.100 (Dutiya) Devasabha
| --- Thag1.100 (Dutiya) Devasabhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.100 The Verses of the (Second) Elder Devasabha --- | |
| “Sammappadhānasampanno, | “Endowed with the right strivings, | |
| Satipaṭṭhānagocaro; | with the foundations of mindfulness as his resort; | |
| Vimuttikusumasañchanno, | Covered with the flowers of liberation, | |
| Parinibbissatyanāsavo”ti. | he will be fully quenched without taints.” | |
| … Devasabho thero …. | … The Elder Devasabha …. | |
| vaggo dasamo. | Chapter the Tenth. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Paripuṇṇako ca vijayo, | Paripuṇṇaka and Vijaya, | |
| erako mettajī muni; | the sage Eraka, Mettaji; | |
| Cakkhupālo khaṇḍasumano, | Cakkhupāla, Khaṇḍasumana, | |
| tisso ca abhayo tathā; | Tissa and Abhaya likewise; | |
| Uttiyo ca mahāpañño, | And Uttiya of great wisdom, | |
| thero devasabhopi cāti. | and the Elder Devasabha too. | |
| ♦ Vagga 11 | ♦ Chapter 11 | |
| Thag1.101 Belaṭṭhānikattheragāthā | Thag1.101 The Verses of the Elder Belaṭṭhānika | |
| Thag1.102 Setucchattheragāthā | Thag1.102 The Verses of the Elder Setuccha | |
| Thag1.103 Bandhurattheragāthā | Thag1.103 The Verses of the Elder Bandhura | |
| Thag1.104 Khitakattheragāthā | Thag1.104 The Verses of the Elder Khitaka | |
| Thag1.105 Malitavambhattheragāthā | Thag1.105 The Verses of the Elder Malitavambha | |
| Thag1.106 Suhemantattheragāthā | Thag1.106 The Verses of the Elder Suhemanta | |
| Thag1.107 Dhammasavattheragāthā | Thag1.107 The Verses of the Elder Dhammasava | |
| Thag1.108 Dhammasavapituttheragāthā | Thag1.108 The Verses of the Elder Dhammasavapitu | |
| Thag1.109 Saṅgharakkhitattheragāthā | Thag1.109 The Verses of the Elder Saṅgharakkhita | |
| Thag1.110 Usabhattheragāthā | Thag1.110 The Verses of the Elder Usabha | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 1.101 Belaṭṭhānika
| --- Thag1.101 Belaṭṭhānikattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.101 The Verses of the Elder Belaṭṭhānika --- | |
| “Hitvā gihittaṁ anavositatto, | “Having abandoned the household life, with mind unresolved, | |
| Mukhanaṅgalī odariko kusīto; | a mouth-ploughman, gluttonous, lazy; | |
| Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, | Like a great hog fattened on slops, | |
| Punappunaṁ gabbhamupeti mando”ti. | the fool enters the womb again and again.” | |
| … Belaṭṭhāniko thero …. | … The Elder Belaṭṭhānika …. | |
+Thag 1.102 Setuccha
| --- Thag1.102 Setucchattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.102 The Verses of the Elder Setuccha --- | |
| “Mānena vañcitāse, | “Those who are deceived by conceit, | |
| Saṅkhāresu saṅkilissamānāse; | being defiled in the formations; | |
| Lābhālābhena mathitā, | Crushed by gain and loss, | |
| Samādhiṁ nādhigacchantī”ti. | do not attain concentration.” | |
| … Setuccho thero …. | … The Elder Setuccha …. | |
+Thag 1.103 Bandhura
| --- Thag1.103 Bandhurattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.103 The Verses of the Elder Bandhura --- | |
| “Nāhaṁ etena atthiko, | “I have no need for this, | |
| Sukhito dhammarasena tappito; | I am happy, satisfied with the taste of Dhamma. | |
| Pitvā rasaggamuttamaṁ, | Having drunk the supreme, best of tastes, | |
| Na ca kāhāmi visena santhavan”ti. | I will have no association with poison.” | |
| … Bandhuro thero …. | … The Elder Bandhura …. | |
+Thag 1.104 Khitaka
| --- Thag1.104 Khitakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.104 The Verses of the Elder Khitaka --- | |
| “Lahuko vata me kāyo, | “My body is indeed light, | |
| Phuṭṭho ca pītisukhena vipulena; | touched by abundant joy and happiness. | |
| Tūlamiva eritaṁ mālutena, | Like cotton floss blown by the wind, | |
| Pilavatīva me kāyo”ti. | my body seems to float.” | |
| … Khitako thero …. | … The Elder Khitaka …. | |
+Thag 1.105 Malitavambha
| --- Thag1.105 Malitavambhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.105 The Verses of the Elder Malitavambha --- | |
| “Ukkaṇṭhitopi na vase, | “Even if anxious, one should not stay, | |
| ramamānopi pakkame; | even if delighting, one should depart. | |
| Na tvevānatthasaṁhitaṁ, | A discerning person should not live a life | |
| vase vāsaṁ vicakkhaṇo”ti. | connected with what is not beneficial.” | |
| … Malitavambho thero …. | … The Elder Malitavambha …. | |
+Thag 1.106 Suhemanta
| --- Thag1.106 Suhemantattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.106 The Verses of the Elder Suhemanta --- | |
| “Sataliṅgassa atthassa, | “Of the meaning with a hundred signs, | |
| satalakkhaṇadhārino; | bearing a hundred characteristics; | |
| Ekaṅgadassī dummedho, | The fool sees only one aspect, | |
| satadassī ca paṇḍito”ti. | but the wise man sees a hundred.” | |
| … Suhemanto thero …. | … The Elder Suhemanta …. | |
+Thag 1.107 Dhammasava
| --- Thag1.107 Dhammasavattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.107 The Verses of the Elder Dhammasava --- | |
| “Pabbajiṁ tulayitvāna, | “Having weighed it up, I went forth | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from the home life into homelessness. | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Dhammasavo thero …. | … The Elder Dhammasava …. | |
+Thag 1.108 Dhammasavapitu
| --- Thag1.108 Dhammasavapituttheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.108 The Verses of the Elder Dhammasavapitu --- | |
| “Sa vīsavassasatiko, | “At one hundred and twenty years old, | |
| pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ; | I went forth into homelessness. | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Dhammasavapitu thero …. | … The father of Elder Dhammasava …. | |
+Thag 1.109 Saṅgharakkhita
| --- Thag1.109 Saṅgharakkhitattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.109 The Verses of the Elder Saṅgharakkhita --- | |
| “Na nūnāyaṁ paramahitānukampino, | “Surely this one, gone into solitude, does not reflect | |
| Rahogato anuvigaṇeti sāsanaṁ; | upon the teaching of the one compassionate for the welfare of others. | |
| Tathāhayaṁ viharati pākatindriyo, | Thus he lives with faculties exposed, | |
| Migī yathā taruṇajātikā vane”ti. | like a young deer in the forest.” | |
| … Saṅgharakkhito thero …. | … The Elder Saṅgharakkhita …. | |
+Thag 1.110 Usabha
| --- Thag1.110 Usabhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.110 The Verses of the Elder Usabha --- | |
| “Nagā nagaggesu susaṁvirūḷhā, | “The mountains well-overgrown on the mountain tops, | |
| Udaggameghena navena sittā; | watered by the new rain of the cloud above; | |
| Vivekakāmassa araññasaññino, | For one desiring seclusion, with perception of the forest, | |
| Janeti bhiyyo usabhassa kalyatan”ti. | it produces even more beauty for Usabha.” | |
| … Usabho thero … | … The Elder Usabha … | |
| vaggo ekādasamo. | Chapter the Eleventh. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Belaṭṭhāniko setuccho, | Belaṭṭhānika, Setuccha, | |
| Bandhuro khitako isi; | the sage Bandhura, Khitaka; | |
| Malitavambho suhemanto, | Malitavambha, Suhemanta, | |
| Dhammasavo dhammasavapitā; | Dhammasava, Dhammasava’s father; | |
| Saṅgharakkhitatthero ca, | The Elder Saṅgharakkhita, | |
| Usabho ca mahāmunīti. | and Usabha, the great sage. | |
| ♦ Vagga 12 | ♦ Chapter 12 | |
| Thag1.111 Theragāthā 1.111 | Thag1.111 The Verses of the Elder Jenta | |
| Thag1.112 Vacchagottattheragāthā | Thag1.112 The Verses of the Elder Vacchagotta | |
| Thag1.113 Vanavacchattheragāthā | Thag1.113 The Verses of the Elder Vanavaccha | |
| Thag1.114 Adhimuttattheragāthā | Thag1.114 The Verses of the Elder Adhimutta | |
| Thag1.115 Mahānāmattheragāthā | Thag1.115 The Verses of the Elder Mahānāma | |
| Thag1.116 Pārāpariyattheragāthā | Thag1.116 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya | |
| Thag1.117 Theragāthā 1.117 | Thag1.117 The Verses of the Elder Yasa | |
| Thag1.118 Kimilattheragāthā | Thag1.118 The Verses of the Elder Kimila | |
| Thag1.119 Vajjiputtattheragāthā | Thag1.119 The Verses of the Elder Vajjiputta | |
| Thag1.120 Isidattattheragāthā | Thag1.120 The Verses of the Elder Isidatta | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
| --- Thag1.111 Theragāthā 1.111 --- | --- Thag1.111 The Verses of the Elder Jenta --- | |
| “Duppabbajjaṁ ve duradhivāsā gehā, | “Going forth is difficult, and homes are difficult to live in, | |
| Dhammo gambhīro duradhigamā bhogā; | the Dhamma is profound, possessions are difficult to obtain. | |
| Kicchā vutti no itarītareneva, | Our livelihood is hard, with one thing or another, | |
| Yuttaṁ cintetuṁ satatamaniccatan”ti. | it is right to constantly reflect on impermanence.” | |
| … Jento thero …. | … The Elder Jenta …. | |
❧
+Thag 1.112 Vacchagotta
| --- Thag1.112 Vacchagottattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.112 The Verses of the Elder Vacchagotta --- | |
| “Tevijjohaṁ mahājhāyī, | “I am a possessor of the three true knowledges, a great practitioner of jhāna, | |
| cetosamathakovido; | skilled in the serenity of mind. | |
| Sadattho me anuppatto, | My true goal has been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Vacchagotto thero …. | … The Elder Vacchagotta …. | |
+Thag 1.113 Vanavaccha
| --- Thag1.113 Vanavacchattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.113 The Verses of the Elder Vanavaccha --- | |
| “Acchodikā puthusilā, | “With clear water and broad rocks, | |
| gonaṅgulamigāyutā; | frequented by monkeys and deer; | |
| Ambusevālasañchannā, | Covered with moss and water weeds, | |
| te selā ramayanti man”ti. | those rocky crags delight me.” | |
| … Vanavaccho thero …. | … The Elder Vanavaccha …. | |
+Thag 1.114 Adhimutta
| --- Thag1.114 Adhimuttattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.114 The Verses of the Elder Adhimutta --- | |
| “Kāyaduṭṭhullagaruno, | “For one burdened by the grossness of the body, | |
| hiyyamānamhi jīvite; | while life is wasting away; | |
| Sarīrasukhagiddhassa, | For one greedy for bodily comfort, | |
| kuto samaṇasādhutā”ti. | whence the goodness of an ascetic?” | |
| … Adhimutto thero …. | … The Elder Adhimutta …. | |
+Thag 1.115 Mahānāma
| --- Thag1.115 Mahānāmattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.115 The Verses of the Elder Mahānāma --- | |
| “Esāvahiyyase pabbatena, | “You are being carried away by this mountain, | |
| Bahukuṭajasallakikena; | with its many kuṭaja and sallaki trees; | |
| Nesādakena girinā, | by this mountain named Nesādaka, | |
| Yasassinā paricchadenā”ti. | with its glorious surroundings.” | |
| … Mahānāmo thero …. | … The Elder Mahānāma …. | |
+Thag 1.116 Pārāpariya
| --- Thag1.116 Pārāpariyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.116 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya --- | |
| “Chaphassāyatane hitvā, | “Having abandoned the six sense spheres, | |
| guttadvāro susaṁvuto; | with guarded doors, well restrained; | |
| Aghamūlaṁ vamitvāna, | Having vomited up the root of evil, | |
| patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. | I have attained the destruction of the taints.” | |
| … Pārāpariyo thero …. | … The Elder Pārāpariya …. | |
| --- Thag1.117 Theragāthā 1.117 --- | --- Thag1.117 The Verses of the Elder Yasa --- | |
| “Suvilitto suvasano, | “Well-anointed, well-clothed, | |
| sabbābharaṇabhūsito; | adorned with all ornaments; | |
| Tisso vijjā ajjhagamiṁ, | I have attained the three true knowledges, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Yaso thero …. | … The Elder Yasa …. | |
+Thag 1.118 Kimila
| --- Thag1.118 Kimilattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.118 The Verses of the Elder Kimila --- | |
| “Abhisattova nipatati, | “Like one accursed, it falls, | |
| Vayo rūpaṁ aññamiva tatheva santaṁ; | old age, form, another thing, just as it is. | |
| Tasseva sato avippavasato, | For this very same one who does not go away, | |
| Aññasseva sarāmi attānan”ti. | I remember myself as another.” | |
| … Kimilo thero …. | … The Elder Kimila …. | |
+Thag 1.119 Vajjiputta
| --- Thag1.119 Vajjiputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.119 The Verses of the Elder Vajjiputta --- | |
| “Rukkhamūlagahanaṁ pasakkiya, | “Having approached the thicket at the root of a tree, | |
| Nibbānaṁ hadayasmiṁ opiya; | placing Nibbāna in the heart; | |
| Jhāya gotama mā ca pamādo, | Practice jhāna, Gotama, and be not heedless. | |
| Kiṁ te biḷibiḷikā karissatī”ti. | What will this chattering do for you?” | |
| … Vajjiputto thero …. | … The Elder Vajjiputta …. | |
+Thag 1.120 Isidatta
| --- Thag1.120 Isidattattheragāthā --- | --- Thag1.120 The Verses of the Elder Isidatta --- | |
| “Pañcakkhandhā pariññātā, | “The five aggregates are fully understood, | |
| tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā; | they stand with their root cut off. | |
| Dukkhakkhayo anuppatto, | The destruction of suffering is attained, | |
| patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. | the destruction of my taints is attained.” | |
| … Isidatto thero … | … The Elder Isidatta … | |
| vaggo dvādasamo. | Chapter the Twelfth. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Jento ca vacchagotto ca, | Jenta and Vacchagotta, | |
| vaccho ca vanasavhayo; | and Vaccha with the name of the woods; | |
| Adhimutto mahānāmo, | Adhimutta, Mahānāma, | |
| pārāpariyo yasopi ca; | Pārāpariya and Yasa as well; | |
| Kimilo vajjiputto ca, | Kimila, Vajjiputta, | |
| isidatto mahāyasoti. | and Isidatta of great renown. | |
| Ekakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Ones is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Vīsuttarasataṁ therā, | One hundred and twenty elders, | |
| katakiccā anāsavā; | who have done their duty, without taints; | |
| Ekakeva nipātamhi, | In the Book of Ones alone, | |
| susaṅgītā mahesibhīti. | are well compiled by the great sages. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 2
all
| ♦ Nipāta 2 | ♦ The Book of Twos | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag2.1 Uttarattheragāthā | Thag2.1 The Verses of the Elder Uttara | |
| Thag2.2 Piṇḍolabhāradvājattheragāthā | Thag2.2 The Verses of the Elder Piṇḍolabhāradvāja | |
| Thag2.3 Valliyattheragāthā | Thag2.3 The Verses of the Elder Valliya | |
| Thag2.4 Gaṅgātīriyattheragāthā | Thag2.4 The Verses of the Elder Gaṅgātīriya | |
| Thag2.5 Ajinattheragāthā | Thag2.5 The Verses of the Elder Ajina | |
| Thag2.6 Meḷajinattheragāthā | Thag2.6 The Verses of the Elder Meḷajina | |
| Thag2.7 Rādhattheragāthā | Thag2.7 The Verses of the Elder Rādha | |
| Thag2.8 Surādhattheragāthā | Thag2.8 The Verses of the Elder Surādha | |
| Thag2.9 Gotamattheragāthā | Thag2.9 The Verses of the Elder Gotama | |
| Thag2.10 Vasabhattheragāthā | Thag2.10 The Verses of the Elder Vasabha | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 2.1 Uttara
| --- Thag2.1 Uttarattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.1 The Verses of the Elder Uttara --- | |
| “Natthi koci bhavo nicco, | “No existence is eternal, | |
| saṅkhārā vāpi sassatā; | nor are formations everlasting. | |
| Uppajjanti ca te khandhā, | Those aggregates arise | |
| cavanti aparāparaṁ. | and cease, again and again. | |
| Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, | Knowing this danger, | |
| bhavenamhi anatthiko; | I have no need for existence. | |
| Nissaṭo sabbakāmehi, | Released from all sensual pleasures, | |
| patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. | I have attained the destruction of the taints.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā uttaro thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Uttara recited the verses. | |
+Thag 2.2 Piṇḍolabhāradvāja
| --- Thag2.2 Piṇḍolabhāradvājattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.2 The Verses of the Elder Piṇḍolabhāradvāja --- | |
| “Nayidaṁ anayena jīvitaṁ, | “This is not a life lived improperly, | |
| Nāhāro hadayassa santiko; | nor is food for the heart’s delight. | |
| Āhāraṭṭhitiko samussayo, | The body is sustained by food; | |
| Iti disvāna carāmi esanaṁ. | seeing this, I go on my alms round. | |
| Paṅkoti hi naṁ pavedayuṁ, | ‘A swamp,’ they have declared it, | |
| Yāyaṁ vandanapūjanā kulesu; | this veneration and worship in families. | |
| Sukhumaṁ sallaṁ durubbahaṁ, | A subtle, hard-to-extract dart, | |
| Sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho”ti. | honor is hard for a vile man to relinquish.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā piṇḍolabhāradvājo thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Piṇḍolabhāradvāja recited the verses. | |
+Thag 2.3 Valliya
| --- Thag2.3 Valliyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.3 The Verses of the Elder Valliya --- | |
| “Makkaṭo pañcadvārāyaṁ, | “The monkey, approaching the five-doored | |
| kuṭikāyaṁ pasakkiya; | hut, | |
| Dvārena anupariyeti, | goes around by each door, | |
| ghaṭṭayanto muhuṁ muhuṁ. | knocking again and again. | |
| Tiṭṭha makkaṭa mā dhāvi, | Stand still, monkey, do not run! | |
| na hi te taṁ yathā pure; | It is not for you as it was before. | |
| Niggahītosi paññāya, | You are restrained by wisdom; | |
| neva dūraṁ gamissatī”ti. | you will not go far.” | |
| … Valliyo thero …. | … The Elder Valliya …. | |
+Thag 2.4 Gaṅgātīriya
| --- Thag2.4 Gaṅgātīriyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.4 The Verses of the Elder Gaṅgātīriya --- | |
| “Tiṇṇaṁ me tālapattānaṁ, | “My hut of three palm-leaves is made | |
| gaṅgātīre kuṭī katā; | on the bank of the Ganges. | |
| Chavasittova me patto, | My bowl is like one that held a corpse, | |
| paṁsukūlañca cīvaraṁ. | and my robe is from a dust-heap. | |
| Dvinnaṁ antaravassānaṁ, | In two rainy seasons, | |
| ekā vācā me bhāsitā; | only one word was spoken by me. | |
| Tatiye antaravassamhi, | In the third rainy season, | |
| tamokhandho padālito”ti. | the mass of darkness was shattered.” | |
| … Gaṅgātīriyo thero …. | … The Elder Gaṅgātīriya …. | |
+Thag 2.5 Ajina
| --- Thag2.5 Ajinattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.5 The Verses of the Elder Ajina --- | |
| “Api ce hoti tevijjo, | “Even if one has the three true knowledges, | |
| maccuhāyī anāsavo; | has escaped death, and is without taints, | |
| Appaññātoti naṁ bālā, | fools despise him as ‘unknown,’ | |
| avajānanti ajānatā. | not knowing him. | |
| Yo ca kho annapānassa, | But whatever person here is a receiver | |
| lābhī hotidha puggalo; | of food and drink, | |
| Pāpadhammopi ce hoti, | even if he has evil qualities, | |
| so nesaṁ hoti sakkato”ti. | he is honored by them.” | |
| … Ajino thero …. | … The Elder Ajina …. | |
+Thag 2.6 Meḷajina
| --- Thag2.6 Meḷajinattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.6 The Verses of the Elder Meḷajina --- | |
| “Yadāhaṁ dhammamassosiṁ, | “When I heard the Dhamma | |
| bhāsamānassa satthuno; | spoken by the Teacher, | |
| Na kaṅkhamabhijānāmi, | I did not recognize any doubt | |
| sabbaññūaparājite. | in the All-Knowing, the Unconquered. | |
| Satthavāhe mahāvīre, | In the caravan-leader, the great hero, | |
| sārathīnaṁ varuttame; | the supreme among charioteers, | |
| Magge paṭipadāyaṁ vā, | in the path or the practice, | |
| kaṅkhā mayhaṁ na vijjatī”ti. | there is no doubt for me.” | |
| … Meḷajino thero …. | … The Elder Meḷajina …. | |
+Thag 2.7 Rādha
| --- Thag2.7 Rādhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.7 The Verses of the Elder Rādha --- | |
| “Yathā agāraṁ ducchannaṁ, | “Just as rain penetrates | |
| vuṭṭhī samativijjhati; | a badly-roofed house, | |
| Evaṁ abhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, | so lust penetrates | |
| rāgo samativijjhati. | an undeveloped mind. | |
| Yathā agāraṁ succhannaṁ, | Just as rain does not penetrate | |
| Vuṭṭhī na samativijjhati; | a well-roofed house, | |
| Evaṁ subhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, | so lust does not penetrate | |
| Rāgo na samativijjhatī”ti. | a well-developed mind.” | |
| … Rādho thero …. | … The Elder Rādha …. | |
+Thag 2.8 Surādha
| --- Thag2.8 Surādhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.8 The Verses of the Elder Surādha --- | |
| “Khīṇā hi mayhaṁ jāti, | “My birth is ended, | |
| vusitaṁ jinasāsanaṁ; | the Jina’s teaching has been lived. | |
| Pahīno jālasaṅkhāto, | The net of craving is destroyed, | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā. | the guide to existence is rooted out. | |
| Yassatthāya pabbajito, | The purpose for which I went forth | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from home into homelessness, | |
| So me attho anuppatto, | that goal has been reached by me: | |
| sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. | the destruction of all fetters.” | |
| … Surādho thero …. | … The Elder Surādha …. | |
+Thag 2.9 Gotama
| --- Thag2.9 Gotamattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.9 The Verses of the Elder Gotama --- | |
| “Sukhaṁ supanti munayo, | “Sages sleep soundly | |
| ye itthīsu na bajjhare; | who are not bound to women, | |
| Sadā ve rakkhitabbāsu, | who must always be guarded, | |
| yāsu saccaṁ sudullabhaṁ. | in whom truth is very hard to find. | |
| Vadhaṁ carimha te kāma, | We have paid our debt to you, O sensual pleasure, | |
| anaṇā dāni te mayaṁ; | we are now free from debt to you. | |
| Gacchāma dāni nibbānaṁ, | We are now going to Nibbāna, | |
| yattha gantvā na socatī”ti. | where, having gone, one does not grieve.” | |
| … Gotamo thero …. | … The Elder Gotama …. | |
+Thag 2.10 Vasabha
| --- Thag2.10 Vasabhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.10 The Verses of the Elder Vasabha --- | |
| “Pubbe hanati attānaṁ, | “First he strikes himself, | |
| pacchā hanati so pare; | afterwards he strikes others. | |
| Suhataṁ hanti attānaṁ, | He strikes himself a hard blow, | |
| vītaṁseneva pakkhimā. | like a bird caught in a trap. | |
| Na brāhmaṇo bahivaṇṇo, | A brahmin is not of an external complexion, | |
| anto vaṇṇo hi brāhmaṇo; | a brahmin is of an internal complexion. | |
| Yasmiṁ pāpāni kammāni, | In whom there are evil deeds, | |
| sa ve kaṇho sujampatī”ti. | he indeed is black, O lord of creatures.” | |
| … Vasabho thero … | … The Elder Vasabha … | |
| vaggo paṭhamo. | Chapter the First. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Uttaro ceva piṇḍolo, | Uttara and Piṇḍola, | |
| valliyo tīriyo isi; | the sage Valliya, Tīriya; | |
| Ajino ca meḷajino, | Ajina and Meḷajina, | |
| rādho surādho gotamo; | Rādha, Surādha, Gotama; | |
| Vasabhena ime honti, | With Vasabha, these become | |
| dasa therā mahiddhikāti. | ten elders of great psychic power. | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| Thag2.11 Mahācundattheragāthā | Thag2.11 The Verses of the Elder Mahācunda | |
| Thag2.12 Jotidāsattheragāthā | Thag2.12 The Verses of the Elder Jotidāsa | |
| Thag2.13 Heraññakānittheragāthā | Thag2.13 The Verses of the Elder Heraññakāni | |
| Thag2.14 Somamittattheragāthā | Thag2.14 The Verses of the Elder Somamitta | |
| Thag2.15 Sabbamittattheragāthā | Thag2.15 The Verses of the Elder Sabbamitta | |
| Thag2.16 Mahākāḷattheragāthā | Thag2.16 The Verses of the Elder Mahākāḷa | |
| Thag2.17 Tissattheragāthā | Thag2.17 The Verses of the Elder Tissa | |
| Thag2.18 Kimilattheragāthā | Thag2.18 The Verses of the Elder Kimila | |
| Thag2.19 Nandattheragāthā | Thag2.19 The Verses of the Elder Nanda | |
| Thag2.20 Sirimattheragāthā | Thag2.20 The Verses of the Elder Sirimata | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 2.11 Mahācunda
| --- Thag2.11 Mahācundattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.11 The Verses of the Elder Mahācunda --- | |
| “Sussūsā sutavaddhanī, | “Listening increases learning, | |
| sutaṁ paññāya vaddhanaṁ; | learning is the growth of wisdom. | |
| Paññāya atthaṁ jānāti, | Through wisdom one knows the meaning, | |
| ñāto attho sukhāvaho. | the known meaning brings happiness. | |
| Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, | One should frequent remote lodgings, | |
| Careyya saṁyojanavippamokkhaṁ; | one should practice for release from the fetters. | |
| Sace ratiṁ nādhigaccheyya tattha, | If one does not find delight there, | |
| Saṅghe vase rakkhitatto satimā”ti. | one should dwell in the Sangha, with a protected mind, mindful.” | |
| … Mahācundo thero …. | … The Elder Mahācunda …. | |
+Thag 2.12 Jotidāsa
| --- Thag2.12 Jotidāsattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.12 The Verses of the Elder Jotidāsa --- | |
| “Ye kho te veṭhamissena, | “Those who with deceitfulness | |
| nānattena ca kammunā; | and with various deeds | |
| Manusse uparundhanti, | oppress people, | |
| pharusūpakkamā janā; | people of harsh undertakings; | |
| Tepi tattheva kīranti, | they are brought to ruin right there, | |
| na hi kammaṁ panassati. | for kamma is not lost. | |
| Yaṁ karoti naro kammaṁ, | Whatever kamma a person does, | |
| Kalyāṇaṁ yadi pāpakaṁ; | whether good or bad, | |
| Tassa tasseva dāyādo, | of that very same thing he is the heir, | |
| Yaṁ yaṁ kammaṁ pakubbatī”ti. | whatever kamma he performs.” | |
| … Jotidāso thero …. | … The Elder Jotidāsa …. | |
+Thag 2.13 Heraññakāni
| --- Thag2.13 Heraññakānittheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.13 The Verses of the Elder Heraññakāni --- | |
| “Accayanti ahorattā, | “Days and nights pass by, | |
| jīvitaṁ uparujjhati; | life is obstructed. | |
| Āyu khīyati maccānaṁ, | The life of mortals dwindles, | |
| kunnadīnaṁva odakaṁ. | like the water of small streams. | |
| Atha pāpāni kammāni, | But the fool, doing evil deeds, | |
| karaṁ bālo na bujjhati; | does not understand. | |
| Pacchāssa kaṭukaṁ hoti, | Afterwards it becomes bitter for him, | |
| vipāko hissa pāpako”ti. | for his result is indeed evil.” | |
| … Heraññakānitthero …. | … The Elder Heraññakāni …. | |
+Thag 2.14 Somamitta
| --- Thag2.14 Somamittattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.14 The Verses of the Elder Somamitta --- | |
| “Parittaṁ dārumāruyha, | “As someone on a small plank of wood | |
| yathā sīde mahaṇṇave; | would sink in the great ocean, | |
| Evaṁ kusītamāgamma, | so even one who lives well sinks | |
| sādhujīvīpi sīdati; | when they rely on a lazy person. | |
| Tasmā taṁ parivajjeyya, | So you should avoid that one— | |
| kusītaṁ hīnavīriyaṁ. | the lazy and lacking in energy. | |
| Pavivittehi ariyehi, | With the secluded, with the noble ones, | |
| pahitattehi jhāyibhi; | the resolute, the practitioners of jhāna, | |
| Niccaṁ āraddhavīriyehi, | always with their energy roused, | |
| paṇḍitehi sahāvase”ti. | one should live together with the wise.” | |
| … Somamitto thero …. | … The Elder Somamitta …. | |
+Thag 2.15 Sabbamitta
| --- Thag2.15 Sabbamittattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.15 The Verses of the Elder Sabbamitta --- | |
| “Jano janamhi sambaddho, | “A person is bound up with people, | |
| janamevassito jano; | a person relies on people. | |
| Jano janena heṭhīyati, | A person is hurt by people, | |
| heṭheti ca jano janaṁ. | and a person hurts people. | |
| Ko hi tassa janenattho, | For what use is that person to him, | |
| janena janitena vā; | or the people begotten by a person? | |
| Janaṁ ohāya gacchaṁ taṁ, | Having left people behind, go, | |
| heṭhayitvā bahuṁ janan”ti. | you who have hurt many people.” | |
| … Sabbamitto thero …. | … The Elder Sabbamitta …. | |
+Thag 2.16 Mahākāḷa
| --- Thag2.16 Mahākāḷattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.16 The Verses of the Elder Mahākāḷa --- | |
| “Kāḷī itthī brahatī dhaṅkarūpā, | “A black woman, huge, the color of a crow, | |
| Satthiñca bhetvā aparañca satthiṁ; | having broken one thigh and then the other thigh, | |
| Bāhañca bhetvā aparañca bāhaṁ, | having broken one arm and then the other arm, | |
| Sīsañca bhetvā dadhithālakaṁva; | and having broken her head like a bowl of curds, | |
| Esā nisinnā abhisandahitvā. | she sits there, having pieced herself together. | |
| Yo ve avidvā upadhiṁ karoti, | Whoever, being ignorant, creates attachments, | |
| Punappunaṁ dukkhamupeti mando; | the fool comes to suffering again and again. | |
| Tasmā pajānaṁ upadhiṁ na kayirā, | Therefore, understanding this, one should not create attachments, | |
| Māhaṁ puna bhinnasiro sayissan”ti. | so that I may not lie down again with my head broken.” | |
| … Mahākāḷo thero …. | … The Elder Mahākāḷa …. | |
+Thag 2.17 Tissa
| --- Thag2.17 Tissattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.17 The Verses of the Elder Tissa --- | |
| “Bahū sapatte labhati, | “One gets many enemies, | |
| muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto; | shaven-headed, wearing the patchwork robe, | |
| Lābhī annassa pānassa, | when one receives food, drink, | |
| vatthassa sayanassa ca. | clothing, and lodging. | |
| Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, | Knowing this danger, | |
| sakkāresu mahabbhayaṁ; | this great fear in honor, | |
| Appalābho anavassuto, | a bhikkhu should wander mindfully, | |
| sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. | with little gain and not acquisitive.” | |
| … Tisso thero …. | … The Elder Tissa …. | |
+Thag 2.18 Kimila
| --- Thag2.18 Kimilattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.18 The Verses of the Elder Kimila --- | |
| “Pācīnavaṁsadāyamhi, | “In the land of the Eastern Bamboo, | |
| sakyaputtā sahāyakā; | Sākyan sons, companions, | |
| Pahāyānappake bhoge, | having given up no small fortune, | |
| uñchāpattāgate ratā. | delight in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl. | |
| Āraddhavīriyā pahitattā, | With energy roused and minds resolute, | |
| Niccaṁ daḷhaparakkamā; | always firm in their striving, | |
| Ramanti dhammaratiyā, | they delight in the joy of the Dhamma, | |
| Hitvāna lokiyaṁ ratin”ti. | having given up worldly joy.” | |
| … Kimilo thero …. | … The Elder Kimila …. | |
+Thag 2.19 Nanda
| --- Thag2.19 Nandattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.19 The Verses of the Elder Nanda --- | |
| “Ayoniso manasikārā, | “Through improper attention | |
| maṇḍanaṁ anuyuñjisaṁ; | I was devoted to adornment. | |
| Uddhato capalo cāsiṁ, | I was arrogant and fickle, | |
| kāmarāgena aṭṭito. | afflicted with sensual lust. | |
| Upāyakusalenāhaṁ, | Through the skillful means | |
| buddhenādiccabandhunā; | of the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, | |
| Yoniso paṭipajjitvā, | practicing properly, | |
| bhave cittaṁ udabbahin”ti. | I pulled my mind out of existence.” | |
| … Nando thero …. | … The Elder Nanda …. | |
+Thag 2.20 Sirima
| --- Thag2.20 Sirimattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.20 The Verses of the Elder Sirimata --- | |
| “Pare ca naṁ pasaṁsanti, | “If others praise him, | |
| attā ce asamāhito; | but he himself is unconcentrated, | |
| Moghaṁ pare pasaṁsanti, | in vain do others praise him, | |
| attā hi asamāhito. | for he himself is unconcentrated. | |
| Pare ca naṁ garahanti, | If others censure him, | |
| attā ce susamāhito; | but he himself is well-concentrated, | |
| Moghaṁ pare garahanti, | in vain do others censure him, | |
| attā hi susamāhito”ti. | for he himself is well-concentrated.” | |
| … Sirimā thero …. | … The Elder Sirimā …. | |
| vaggo dutiyo. | Chapter the Second. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Cundo ca jotidāso ca, | Cunda and Jotidāsa, | |
| thero heraññakāni ca; | and the Elder Heraññakāni, | |
| Somamitto sabbamitto, | Somamitta, Sabbamitta, | |
| kāḷo tisso ca kimilo; | Kāḷa, Tissa, and Kimila, | |
| Nando ca sirimā ceva, | Nanda and Sirimā, | |
| dasa therā mahiddhikāti. | ten elders of great psychic power. | |
| ♦ Vagga 3 | ♦ Chapter 3 | |
| Thag2.21 Uttarattheragāthā | Thag2.21 The Verses of the Elder Uttara | |
| Thag2.22 Bhaddajittheragāthā | Thag2.22 The Verses of the Elder Bhaddaji | |
| Thag2.23 Sobhitattheragāthā | Thag2.23 The Verses of the Elder Sobhita | |
| Thag2.24 Valliyattheragāthā | Thag2.24 The Verses of the Elder Valliya | |
| Thag2.25 Vītasokattheragāthā | Thag2.25 The Verses of the Elder Vītasoka | |
| Thag2.26 Puṇṇamāsattheragāthā | Thag2.26 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇamāsa | |
| Thag2.27 Nandakattheragāthā | Thag2.27 The Verses of the Elder Nandaka | |
| Thag2.28 Bharatattheragāthā | Thag2.28 The Verses of the Elder Bharata | |
| Thag2.29 Bhāradvājattheragāthā | Thag2.29 The Verses of the Elder Bhāradvāja | |
| Thag2.30 Kaṇhadinnattheragāthā | Thag2.30 The Verses of the Elder Kaṇhadinna | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 2.21 Uttara
| --- Thag2.21 Uttarattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.21 The Verses of the Elder Uttara --- | |
| “Khandhā mayā pariññātā, | “I have fully understood the aggregates, | |
| taṇhā me susamūhatā; | my craving is well uprooted, | |
| Bhāvitā mama bojjhaṅgā, | my factors of enlightenment are developed, | |
| patto me āsavakkhayo. | I have attained the destruction of the taints. | |
| Sohaṁ khandhe pariññāya, | I, having fully understood the aggregates, | |
| abbahitvāna jāliniṁ; | having pulled out the net of craving, | |
| Bhāvayitvāna bojjhaṅge, | having developed the factors of enlightenment, | |
| nibbāyissaṁ anāsavo”ti. | will be extinguished without taints.” | |
| … Uttaro thero …. | … The Elder Uttara …. | |
+Thag 2.22 Bhaddaji
| --- Thag2.22 Bhaddajittheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.22 The Verses of the Elder Bhaddaji --- | |
| “Panādo nāma so rājā, | “Panāda was the name of that king, | |
| yassa yūpo suvaṇṇayo; | whose sacrificial post was of gold. | |
| Tiriyaṁ soḷasubbedho, | It was sixteen spans across, | |
| ubbhamāhu sahassadhā. | and a thousand high, they say. | |
| Sahassakaṇḍo satageṇḍu, | It had a thousand rings, a hundred garlands, | |
| dhajālu haritāmayo; | was adorned with flags, made of green beryl. | |
| Anaccuṁ tattha gandhabbā, | There the gandhabbas danced, | |
| chasahassāni sattadhā”ti. | six thousand in seven groups.” | |
| … Bhaddajitthero …. | … The Elder Bhaddaji …. | |
+Thag 2.23 Sobhita
| --- Thag2.23 Sobhitattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.23 The Verses of the Elder Sobhita --- | |
| “Satimā paññavā bhikkhu, | “A mindful and wise bhikkhu, | |
| āraddhabalavīriyo; | with aroused strength and energy, | |
| Pañca kappasatānāhaṁ, | I remembered five hundred eons | |
| ekarattiṁ anussariṁ. | in a single night. | |
| Cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, | Cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, | |
| satta aṭṭha ca bhāvayaṁ; | the seven, and the eight, | |
| Pañca kappasatānāhaṁ, | I remembered five hundred eons | |
| ekarattiṁ anussarin”ti. | in a single night.” | |
| … Sobhito thero …. | … The Elder Sobhita …. | |
+Thag 2.24 Valliya
| --- Thag2.24 Valliyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.24 The Verses of the Elder Valliya --- | |
| “Yaṁ kiccaṁ daḷhavīriyena, | “What is to be done with firm energy, | |
| yaṁ kiccaṁ boddhumicchatā; | what is to be done by one wishing to awaken, | |
| Karissaṁ nāvarajjhissaṁ, | I will do it, I will not fail, | |
| passa vīriyaṁ parakkamaṁ. | see my energy and striving. | |
| Tvañca me maggamakkhāhi, | You should point out the path to me, | |
| añjasaṁ amatogadhaṁ; | the direct path leading to the deathless. | |
| Ahaṁ monena monissaṁ, | I, through sagehood, will reach the goal of the sage, | |
| gaṅgāsotova sāgaran”ti. | like the river Ganges to the ocean.” | |
| … Valliyo thero …. | … The Elder Valliya …. | |
+Thag 2.25 Vītasoka
| --- Thag2.25 Vītasokattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.25 The Verses of the Elder Vītasoka --- | |
| “Kese me olikhissanti, | “The barber approached | |
| kappako upasaṅkami; | to cut my hair. | |
| Tato ādāsamādāya, | Then, taking a mirror, | |
| sarīraṁ paccavekkhisaṁ. | I reflected on my body. | |
| Tuccho kāyo adissittha, | The body appeared empty, | |
| andhakāro tamo byagā; | the darkness of ignorance was gone. | |
| Sabbe coḷā samucchinnā, | All my bonds are cut, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Vītasoko thero …. | … The Elder Vītasoka …. | |
+Thag 2.26 Puṇṇamāsa
| --- Thag2.26 Puṇṇamāsattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.26 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇamāsa --- | |
| “Pañca nīvaraṇe hitvā, | “Having abandoned the five hindrances | |
| yogakkhemassa pattiyā; | for the attainment of security from bondage, | |
| Dhammādāsaṁ gahetvāna, | and taking the mirror of the Dhamma | |
| ñāṇadassanamattano. | for knowledge and vision of myself, | |
| Paccavekkhiṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ, | I reflected on this entire body, | |
| sabbaṁ santarabāhiraṁ; | inside and out. | |
| Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, | Within and without, | |
| tuccho kāyo adissathā”ti. | the body appeared empty.” | |
| … Puṇṇamāso thero …. | … The Elder Puṇṇamāsa …. | |
+Thag 2.27 Nandaka
| --- Thag2.27 Nandakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.27 The Verses of the Elder Nandaka --- | |
| “Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, | “Just as a fine thoroughbred, | |
| khalitvā patitiṭṭhati; | having stumbled, stands firm again, | |
| Bhiyyo laddhāna saṁvegaṁ, | and gaining urgency, pulls the load | |
| adīno vahate dhuraṁ. | undiscouraged, | |
| Evaṁ dassanasampannaṁ, | so you should regard me as one | |
| sammāsambuddhasāvakaṁ; | accomplished in vision, a disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One, | |
| Ājānīyaṁ maṁ dhāretha, | a thoroughbred, an heir, | |
| puttaṁ buddhassa orasan”ti. | a true-born son of the Buddha.” | |
| … Nandako thero …. | … The Elder Nandaka …. | |
+Thag 2.28 Bharata
| --- Thag2.28 Bharatattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.28 The Verses of the Elder Bharata --- | |
| “Ehi nandaka gacchāma, | “Come, Nandaka, let us go | |
| upajjhāyassa santikaṁ; | to our preceptor’s presence. | |
| Sīhanādaṁ nadissāma, | We will roar a lion’s roar | |
| buddhaseṭṭhassa sammukhā. | before the supreme Buddha. | |
| Yāya no anukampāya, | That purpose for which the Sage, with compassion, | |
| amhe pabbājayī muni; | had us go forth, | |
| So no attho anuppatto, | that goal has been reached by us: | |
| sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. | the destruction of all fetters.” | |
| … Bharato thero …. | … The Elder Bharata …. | |
+Thag 2.29 Bhāradvāja
| --- Thag2.29 Bhāradvājattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.29 The Verses of the Elder Bhāradvāja --- | |
| “Nadanti evaṁ sappaññā, | “Thus do the wise roar, | |
| sīhāva girigabbhare; | like lions in a mountain cave, | |
| Vīrā vijitasaṅgāmā, | the heroes who have won the battle, | |
| jetvā māraṁ savāhiniṁ. | having conquered Māra and his army. | |
| Satthā ca pariciṇṇo me, | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| dhammo saṅgho ca pūjito; | the Dhamma and Sangha honored. | |
| Ahañca vitto sumano, | And I am glad and joyful, | |
| puttaṁ disvā anāsavan”ti. | seeing my son free of taints.” | |
| … Bhāradvājo thero …. | … The Elder Bhāradvāja …. | |
+Thag 2.30 Kaṇhadinna
| --- Thag2.30 Kaṇhadinnattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.30 The Verses of the Elder Kaṇhadinna --- | |
| “Upāsitā sappurisā, | “I have attended on the good, | |
| sutā dhammā abhiṇhaso; | I have heard the Dhamma often. | |
| Sutvāna paṭipajjissaṁ, | Having heard it, I will practice | |
| añjasaṁ amatogadhaṁ. | the direct path leading to the deathless. | |
| Bhavarāgahatassa me sato, | Though I was smitten by the lust for existence, | |
| Bhavarāgo puna me na vijjati; | the lust for existence is no longer found in me. | |
| Na cāhu na ca me bhavissati, | It was not, nor will it be for me, | |
| Na ca me etarahi vijjatī”ti. | nor is it present for me now.” | |
| … Kaṇhadinno thero … | … The Elder Kaṇhadinna … | |
| vaggo tatiyo. | Chapter the Third. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Uttaro bhaddajitthero, | Uttara, the Elder Bhaddaji, | |
| sobhito valliyo isi; | the sage Sobhita, Valliya, | |
| Vītasoko ca yo thero, | the Elder who was Vītasoka, | |
| puṇṇamāso ca nandako; | Puṇṇamāsa and Nandaka, | |
| Bharato bhāradvājo ca, | Bharata and Bhāradvāja, | |
| kaṇhadinno mahāmunīti. | and Kaṇhadinna, the great sage. | |
| ♦ Vagga 4 | ♦ Chapter 4 | |
| Thag2.31 Migasirattheragāthā | Thag2.31 The Verses of the Elder Migasira | |
| Thag2.32 Sivakattheragāthā | Thag2.32 The Verses of the Elder Sivaka | |
| Thag2.33 Upavāṇattheragāthā | Thag2.33 The Verses of the Elder Upavāṇa | |
| Thag2.34 Isidinnattheragāthā | Thag2.34 The Verses of the Elder Isidinna | |
| Thag2.35 Sambulakaccānattheragāthā | Thag2.35 The Verses of the Elder Sambulakaccāna | |
| Thag2.36 Nitakattheragāthā | Thag2.36 The Verses of the Elder Nitaka | |
| Thag2.37 Soṇapoṭiriyattheragāthā | Thag2.37 The Verses of the Elder Soṇapoṭiriya | |
| Thag2.38 Nisabhattheragāthā | Thag2.38 The Verses of the Elder Nisabha | |
| Thag2.39 Usabhattheragāthā | Thag2.39 The Verses of the Elder Usabha | |
| Thag2.40 Kappaṭakurattheragāthā | Thag2.40 The Verses of the Elder Kappaṭakura | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 2.31 Migasira
| --- Thag2.31 Migasirattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.31 The Verses of the Elder Migasira --- | |
| “Yato ahaṁ pabbajito, | “Since I went forth | |
| sammāsambuddhasāsane; | in the teaching of the Perfectly Enlightened One, | |
| Vimuccamāno uggacchiṁ, | as I was being liberated I ascended, | |
| kāmadhātuṁ upaccagaṁ. | and passed beyond the sensual realm. | |
| Brahmuno pekkhamānassa, | While Brahmā was watching, | |
| tato cittaṁ vimucci me; | from that my mind was liberated. | |
| Akuppā me vimuttīti, | My liberation is unshakable, | |
| sabbasaṁyojanakkhayā”ti. | due to the destruction of all fetters.” | |
| … Migasiro thero …. | … The Elder Migasira …. | |
+Thag 2.32 Sivaka
| --- Thag2.32 Sivakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.32 The Verses of the Elder Sivaka --- | |
| “Aniccāni gahakāni, | “Impermanent are the houses of the body, | |
| tattha tattha punappunaṁ; | here and there, again and again. | |
| Gahakāraṁ gavesanto, | Seeking the house-builder, | |
| dukkhā jāti punappunaṁ. | birth is suffering again and again. | |
| Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, | House-builder, you are seen! | |
| puna gehaṁ na kāhasi; | You will not build a house again. | |
| Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, | All your rafters are broken, | |
| thūṇikā ca vidālitā; | and the ridge-pole is shattered. | |
| Vimariyādikataṁ cittaṁ, | The mind has reached the unconditioned; | |
| idheva vidhamissatī”ti. | it will be extinguished right here.” | |
| … Sivako thero …. | … The Elder Sivaka …. | |
+Thag 2.33 Upavāṇa
| --- Thag2.33 Upavāṇattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.33 The Verses of the Elder Upavāṇa --- | |
| “Arahaṁ sugato loke, | “The Arahant, the Well-Gone-One in the world, | |
| vātehābādhiko muni; | the sage is afflicted with a wind-disease. | |
| Sace uṇhodakaṁ atthi, | If there is hot water, Brahmin, | |
| munino dehi brāhmaṇa. | give it to the sage. | |
| Pūjito pūjaneyyānaṁ, | He is worshipped by the worthy of worship, | |
| sakkareyyāna sakkato; | honored by the worthy of honor, | |
| Apacitopaceyyānaṁ, | revered by the worthy of reverence; | |
| tassa icchāmi hātave”ti. | for him I wish to bring it.” | |
| … Upavāṇo thero …. | … The Elder Upavāṇa …. | |
+Thag 2.34 Isidinna
| --- Thag2.34 Isidinnattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.34 The Verses of the Elder Isidinna --- | |
| “Diṭṭhā mayā dhammadharā upāsakā, | “I have seen lay followers who are upholders of the Dhamma, | |
| Kāmā aniccā iti bhāsamānā; | saying, ‘Sensual pleasures are impermanent.’ | |
| Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, | They are passionately attached to jeweled earrings, | |
| Puttesu dāresu ca te apekkhā. | and they have longing for their sons and wives. | |
| Addhā na jānanti yatodha dhammaṁ, | Indeed, they do not know the Dhamma from here, | |
| Kāmā aniccā iti cāpi āhu; | though they say, ‘Sensual pleasures are impermanent.’ | |
| Rāgañca tesaṁ na balatthi chettuṁ, | And they do not have the strength to cut off their lust, | |
| Tasmā sitā puttadāraṁ dhanañcā”ti. | therefore they are attached to son, wife, and wealth.” | |
| … Isidinno thero …. | … The Elder Isidinna …. | |
+Thag 2.35 Sambulakaccāna
| --- Thag2.35 Sambulakaccānattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.35 The Verses of the Elder Sambulakaccāna --- | |
| “Devo ca vassati, devo ca gaḷagaḷāyati, | “The sky-god is raining, the sky-god is thundering, | |
| Ekako cāhaṁ bherave bile viharāmi; | and I am dwelling alone in a fearsome cave. | |
| Tassa mayhaṁ ekakassa bherave bile viharato, | For me, dwelling alone in a fearsome cave, | |
| Natthi bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā. | there is no fear or trembling or hair-raising. | |
| Dhammatā mamesā yassa me, | This is my nature, for me, | |
| Ekakassa bherave bile; | dwelling alone in a fearsome cave, | |
| Viharato natthi bhayaṁ vā, | there is no fear, | |
| Chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā”ti. | or trembling or hair-raising.” | |
| … Sambulakaccāno thero …. | … The Elder Sambulakaccāna …. | |
+Thag 2.36 Nitaka
| --- Thag2.36 Nitakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.36 The Verses of the Elder Nitaka --- | |
| “Kassa selūpamaṁ cittaṁ, | “Whose mind is like a rock, | |
| ṭhitaṁ nānupakampati; | firm, unshakable, | |
| Virattaṁ rajanīyesu, | dispassionate towards what is alluring, | |
| kuppanīye na kuppati; | not agitated by what is agitating; | |
| Yassevaṁ bhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, | whose mind is thus developed, | |
| kuto taṁ dukkhamessati. | from where will suffering come to him? | |
| Mama selūpamaṁ cittaṁ, | My mind is like a rock, | |
| ṭhitaṁ nānupakampati; | firm, unshakable, | |
| Virattaṁ rajanīyesu, | dispassionate towards what is alluring, | |
| kuppanīye na kuppati; | not agitated by what is agitating; | |
| Mamevaṁ bhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, | my mind is thus developed, | |
| kuto maṁ dukkhamessatī”ti. | from where will suffering come to me?” | |
| … Nitako thero …. | … The Elder Nitaka …. | |
+Thag 2.37 Soṇapoṭiriya
| --- Thag2.37 Soṇapoṭiriyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.37 The Verses of the Elder Soṇapoṭiriya --- | |
| “Na tāva supituṁ hoti, | “This is not the time to sleep, | |
| ratti nakkhattamālinī; | the night is garlanded with stars. | |
| Paṭijaggitumevesā, | This night is indeed for staying awake | |
| ratti hoti vijānatā”. | for one who is wise.” | |
| “Hatthikkhandhāvapatitaṁ, | “Fallen from an elephant’s back, | |
| kuñjaro ce anukkame; | if an elephant should trample me, | |
| Saṅgāme me mataṁ seyyo, | it is better for me to die in battle, | |
| yañce jīve parājito”ti. | than to live defeated.” | |
| … Soṇo poṭiriyo thero …. | … Soṇa Poṭiriya the Elder …. | |
+Thag 2.38 Nisabha
| --- Thag2.38 Nisabhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.38 The Verses of the Elder Nisabha --- | |
| “Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, | “Having abandoned the five strands of sensual pleasure, | |
| Piyarūpe manorame; | pleasing forms, delightful to the mind, | |
| Saddhāya gharā nikkhamma, | having gone forth from home out of faith, | |
| Dukkhassantakaro bhave. | one should become an ender of suffering. | |
| Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, | I do not delight in death, | |
| nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; | I do not delight in life. | |
| Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, | I await my time, | |
| sampajāno patissato”ti. | fully aware and mindful.” | |
| … Nisabho thero …. | … The Elder Nisabha …. | |
+Thag 2.39 Usabha
| --- Thag2.39 Usabhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.39 The Verses of the Elder Usabha --- | |
| “Ambapallavasaṅkāsaṁ, | “Having placed my robe on my shoulder, | |
| aṁse katvāna cīvaraṁ; | like a mango sprout, | |
| Nisinno hatthigīvāyaṁ, | seated on an elephant’s neck, | |
| gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. | I entered the village for alms. | |
| Hatthikkhandhato oruyha, | Descending from the elephant’s back, | |
| saṁvegaṁ alabhiṁ tadā; | I felt a sense of urgency then. | |
| Sohaṁ ditto tadā santo, | I, being ardent then, being serene, | |
| patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. | have attained the destruction of my taints.” | |
| … Usabho thero …. | … The Elder Usabha …. | |
+Thag 2.40 Kappaṭakura
| --- Thag2.40 Kappaṭakurattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.40 The Verses of the Elder Kappaṭakura --- | |
| “Ayamiti kappaṭo kappaṭakuro, | “This is Kappaṭa, Kappaṭakura, | |
| Acchāya atibharitāya; | with his very heavy rags. | |
| Amataghaṭikāyaṁ dhammakaṭamatto, | In the tiny cup of the deathless, a mere spoonful of Dhamma, | |
| Katapadaṁ jhānāni ocetuṁ. | he has set his foot to check the jhānas. | |
| Mā kho tvaṁ kappaṭa pacālesi, | Don’t you nod off, Kappaṭa, | |
| Mā tvaṁ upakaṇṇamhi tāḷessaṁ; | lest I clip you on the ear. | |
| Na hi tvaṁ kappaṭa mattamaññāsi, | Kappaṭa, you did not know the measure, | |
| Saṅghamajjhamhi pacalāyamāno”ti. | nodding off in the middle of the Sangha.” | |
| … Kappaṭakuro thero … | … The Elder Kappaṭakura … | |
| vaggo catuttho. | Chapter the Fourth. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Migasiro sivako ca, | Migasira and Sivaka, | |
| upavāṇo ca paṇḍito; | and the wise Upavāṇa, | |
| Isidinno ca kaccāno, | Isidinna and Kaccāna, | |
| nitako ca mahāvasī; | and Nitaka of great self-control, | |
| Poṭiriyaputto nisabho, | the son of Poṭiri, Nisabha, | |
| usabho kappaṭakuroti. | Usabha, and Kappaṭakura. | |
| ♦ Vagga 5 | ♦ Chapter 5 | |
| Thag2.41 Kumārakassapattheragāthā | Thag2.41 The Verses of the Elder Kumārakassapa | |
| Thag2.42 Dhammapālattheragāthā | Thag2.42 The Verses of the Elder Dhammapāla | |
| Thag2.43 Brahmālittheragāthā | Thag2.43 The Verses of the Elder Brahmāli | |
| Thag2.44 Mogharājattheragāthā | Thag2.44 The Verses of the Elder Mogharāja | |
| Thag2.45 Visākhapañcālaputtattheragāthā | Thag2.45 The Verses of the Elder Visākhapañcālaputta | |
| Thag2.46 Cūḷakattheragāthā | Thag2.46 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷaka | |
| Thag2.47 Anūpamattheragāthā | Thag2.47 The Verses of the Elder Anūpama | |
| Thag2.48 Vajjitattheragāthā | Thag2.48 The Verses of the Elder Vajjita | |
| Thag2.49 Sandhitattheragāthā | Thag2.49 The Verses of the Elder Sandhita | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 2.41 Kumārakassapa
| --- Thag2.41 Kumārakassapattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.41 The Verses of the Elder Kumārakassapa --- | |
| “Aho buddhā aho dhammā, | “Oh, the Buddhas! Oh, the Dhammas! | |
| aho no satthu sampadā; | Oh, the good fortune of our Teacher! | |
| Yattha etādisaṁ dhammaṁ, | Where a disciple will realize | |
| sāvako sacchikāhiti. | such a Dhamma as this. | |
| Asaṅkheyyesu kappesu, | For innumerable eons, | |
| sakkāyādhigatā ahū; | identities have been acquired. | |
| Tesamayaṁ pacchimako, | This is the last of them, | |
| carimoyaṁ samussayo; | this is the final body. | |
| Jātimaraṇasaṁsāro, | The round of birth and death is at an end, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Kumārakassapo thero …. | … The Elder Kumārakassapa …. | |
+Thag 2.42 Dhammapāla
| --- Thag2.42 Dhammapālattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.42 The Verses of the Elder Dhammapāla --- | |
| “Yo have daharo bhikkhu, | “Whatever young bhikkhu | |
| yuñjati buddhasāsane; | devotes himself to the Buddha’s teaching, | |
| Jāgaro sa hi suttesu, | he is awake among the sleeping; | |
| amoghaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. | his life is not in vain. | |
| Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, | Therefore, faith and virtue, | |
| pasādaṁ dhammadassanaṁ; | confidence and vision of the Dhamma, | |
| Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, | a wise person should pursue, | |
| saraṁ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. | remembering the teaching of the Buddhas.” | |
| … Dhammapālo thero …. | … The Elder Dhammapāla …. | |
+Thag 2.43 Brahmāli
| --- Thag2.43 Brahmālittheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.43 The Verses of the Elder Brahmāli --- | |
| “Kassindriyāni samathaṅgatāni, | “Whose faculties are calmed, | |
| Assā yathā sārathinā sudantā; | like horses well-tamed by a charioteer? | |
| Pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, | Whose conceit is destroyed, who is free from taints? | |
| Devāpi kassa pihayanti tādinoti. | Even the gods yearn for such a one. | |
| Mayhindriyāni samathaṅgatāni, | My faculties are calmed, | |
| Assā yathā sārathinā sudantā; | like horses well-tamed by a charioteer. | |
| Pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, | My conceit is destroyed, I am free from taints. | |
| Devāpi mayhaṁ pihayanti tādino”ti. | Even the gods yearn for me, such a one.” | |
| … Brahmāli thero …. | … The Elder Brahmāli …. | |
+Thag 2.44 Mogharāja
| --- Thag2.44 Mogharājattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.44 The Verses of the Elder Mogharāja --- | |
| “Chavipāpaka cittabhaddaka, | “With ugly skin, but fair of mind, | |
| Mogharāja satataṁ samāhito; | Mogharāja is ever concentrated. | |
| Hemantikasītakālarattiyo, | In the cold winter nights, | |
| Bhikkhu tvaṁsi kathaṁ karissasi”. | Bhikkhu, what will you do?” | |
| “Sampannasassā magadhā, | “The Magadhan lands have a full harvest, | |
| kevalā iti me sutaṁ; | all of them, so I have heard. | |
| Palālacchannako seyyaṁ, | I shall lie down on a bed of straw, | |
| yathaññe sukhajīvino”ti. | like other happy livers.” | |
| … Mogharājā thero …. | … The Elder Mogharāja …. | |
+Thag 2.45 Visākhapañcālaputta
| --- Thag2.45 Visākhapañcālaputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.45 The Verses of the Elder Visākhapañcālaputta --- | |
| “Na ukkhipe no ca parikkhipe pare, | “One should not praise oneself, nor disparage others. | |
| Na okkhipe pāragataṁ na eraye; | One should not find fault with one who has gone to the far shore, nor praise them. | |
| Na cattavaṇṇaṁ parisāsu byāhare, | One should not speak of one's own virtue in assemblies. | |
| Anuddhato sammitabhāṇi subbato. | One who is not arrogant, speaks with measure, and is well-behaved. | |
| Susukhumanipuṇatthadassinā, | By one who sees the very subtle and fine meaning, | |
| Matikusalena nivātavuttinā; | skilled in thought, of humble conduct, | |
| Saṁsevitavuddhasīlinā, | who has associated with the virtuous and elderly, | |
| Nibbānaṁ na hi tena dullabhan”ti. | Nibbāna is not difficult for him to attain.” | |
| … Visākho pañcālaputto thero …. | … Visākha Pañcālaputta the Elder …. | |
+Thag 2.46 Cūḷaka
| --- Thag2.46 Cūḷakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.46 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷaka --- | |
| “Nadanti morā susikhā supekhuṇā, | “The peacocks cry out, with beautiful crests and beautiful plumes, | |
| Sunīlagīvā sumukhā sugajjino; | with beautiful blue necks, beautiful faces, beautiful calls. | |
| Susaddalā cāpi mahāmahī ayaṁ, | This great earth too is full of beautiful sound, | |
| Subyāpitambu suvalāhakaṁ nabhaṁ. | the sky has beautiful water and beautiful clouds. | |
| Sukallarūpo sumanassa jhāyataṁ, | The form is beautiful for one of pleasant mind who is meditating. | |
| Sunikkamo sādhu subuddhasāsane; | The going forth is good, excellent in the good teaching of the Buddha. | |
| Susukkasukkaṁ nipuṇaṁ sududdasaṁ, | Touch that which is purely white, subtle, very hard to see, | |
| Phusāhi taṁ uttamamaccutaṁ padan”ti. | the supreme, unshakable state.” | |
| … Cūḷako thero …. | … The Elder Cūḷaka …. | |
+Thag 2.47 Anūpama
| --- Thag2.47 Anūpamattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.47 The Verses of the Elder Anūpama --- | |
| “Nandamānāgataṁ cittaṁ, | “The mind came with joy, | |
| sūlamāropamānakaṁ; | as if impaling itself on a stake. | |
| Tena teneva vajasi, | You go by that very path | |
| yena sūlaṁ kaliṅgaraṁ. | by which the stake is a stake of suffering. | |
| Tāhaṁ cittakaliṁ brūmi, | I call you a stake of a mind, | |
| taṁ brūmi cittadubbhakaṁ; | I call you a rogue of a mind. | |
| Satthā te dullabho laddho, | Your Teacher, hard to obtain, has been found, | |
| mānatthe maṁ niyojayī”ti. | don’t you apply me to things of conceit.” | |
| … Anūpamo thero …. | … The Elder Anūpama …. | |
+Thag 2.48 Vajjita
| --- Thag2.48 Vajjitattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.48 The Verses of the Elder Vajjita --- | |
| “Saṁsaraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ, | “Wandering for a long time, | |
| gatīsu parivattisaṁ; | I have revolved through the states of existence, | |
| Apassaṁ ariyasaccāni, | not seeing the noble truths, | |
| andhabhūto puthujjano. | an blind ordinary person. | |
| Tassa me appamattassa, | For me, being heedful, | |
| saṁsārā vinaḷīkatā; | the rounds of existence have been unraveled. | |
| Sabbā gatī samucchinnā, | All states of existence are cut off, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Vajjito thero …. | … The Elder Vajjita …. | |
+Thag 2.49 Sandhita
| --- Thag2.49 Sandhitattheragāthā --- | --- Thag2.49 The Verses of the Elder Sandhita --- | |
| “Assatthe haritobhāse, | “At a Bo tree, with green sheen, | |
| saṁvirūḷhamhi pādape; | a well-grown tree, | |
| Ekaṁ buddhagataṁ saññaṁ, | I obtained a single perception directed towards the Buddha, | |
| alabhitthaṁ patissato. | being mindful. | |
| Ekatiṁse ito kappe, | In the thirty-first eon from now, | |
| yaṁ saññamalabhiṁ tadā; | when I obtained that perception, | |
| Tassā saññāya vāhasā, | by the power of that perception, | |
| patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. | I have attained the destruction of my taints.” | |
| … Sandhito thero … | … The Elder Sandhita … | |
| vaggo pañcamo. | Chapter the Fifth. | |
| Tassuddānaṁ | The summary: | |
| Kumārakassapo thero, | The Elder Kumārakassapa, | |
| dhammapālo ca brahmāli; | Dhammapāla and Brahmāli, | |
| Mogharājā visākho ca, | Mogharāja and Visākha, | |
| cūḷako ca anūpamo; | Cūḷaka and Anūpama, | |
| Vajjito sandhito thero, | The Elder Vajjita, Sandhita, | |
| kilesarajavāhanoti. | who have washed away the dust of defilements. | |
| Dukanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Twos is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Gāthādukanipātamhi, | In the Book of Two Verses, | |
| navuti ceva aṭṭha ca; | there are ninety-eight verses. | |
| Therā ekūnapaññāsaṁ, | Forty-nine elders, | |
| bhāsitā nayakovidāti. | skilled in the way, have spoken them. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 3
all
| ♦ Nipāta 3 | ♦ The Book of Threes | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag3.1 Aṅgaṇikabhāradvājattheragāthā | Thag3.1 The Verses of the Elder Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja | |
| Thag3.2 Paccayattheragāthā | Thag3.2 The Verses of the Elder Paccaya | |
| Thag3.3 Bākulattheragāthā | Thag3.3 The Verses of the Elder Bākula | |
| Thag3.4 Dhaniyattheragāthā | Thag3.4 The Verses of the Elder Dhaniya | |
| Thag3.5 Mātaṅgaputtattheragāthā | Thag3.5 The Verses of the Elder Mātaṅgaputta | |
| Thag3.6 Khujjasobhitattheragāthā | Thag3.6 The Verses of the Elder Khujjasobhita | |
| Thag3.7 Vāraṇattheragāthā | Thag3.7 The Verses of the Elder Vāraṇa | |
| Thag3.8 Vassikattheragāthā | Thag3.8 The Verses of the Elder Vassika | |
| Thag3.9 Yasojattheragāthā | Thag3.9 The Verses of the Elder Yasoja | |
| Thag3.10 Sāṭimattiyattheragāthā | Thag3.10 The Verses of the Elder Sāṭimattiya | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 3.1 Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja
| --- Thag3.1 Aṅgaṇikabhāradvājattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.1 The Verses of the Elder Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja --- | |
| “Ayoni suddhimanvesaṁ, | “Seeking purification in the wrong way, | |
| aggiṁ paricariṁ vane; | I tended the fire in the forest. | |
| Suddhimaggaṁ ajānanto, | Not knowing the path to purity, | |
| akāsiṁ amaraṁ tapaṁ. | I practiced severe austerities. | |
| Taṁ sukhena sukhaṁ laddhaṁ, | That happiness has been obtained by happiness, | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ; | see the excellence of the Dhamma! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Brahmabandhu pure āsiṁ, | Formerly I was a kinsman of Brahmā, | |
| idāni khomhi brāhmaṇo; | but now I am indeed a brahmin. | |
| Tevijjo nhātako camhi, | I have the three true knowledges, am a master of the bath, | |
| sottiyo camhi vedagū”ti. | and I am a scholar, a master of the Veda.” | |
| … Aṅgaṇikabhāradvājo thero …. | … The Elder Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja …. | |
+Thag 3.2 Paccaya
| --- Thag3.2 Paccayattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.2 The Verses of the Elder Paccaya --- | |
| “Pañcāhāhaṁ pabbajito, | “Five days after I went forth, | |
| sekho appattamānaso; | a trainee with an unattained mind, | |
| Vihāraṁ me paviṭṭhassa, | a resolution arose in my mind | |
| cetaso paṇidhī ahu. | as I entered my dwelling. | |
| Nāsissaṁ na pivissāmi, | ‘I will not eat, I will not drink, | |
| vihārato na nikkhame; | I will not leave my dwelling, | |
| Napi passaṁ nipātessaṁ, | nor will I lie down on my side, | |
| taṇhāsalle anūhate. | until the dart of craving is removed.’ | |
| Tassa mevaṁ viharato, | For me, dwelling thus, | |
| passa vīriyaparakkamaṁ; | see my energy and striving! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Paccayo thero …. | … The Elder Paccaya …. | |
+Thag 3.3 Bākula
| --- Thag3.3 Bākulattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.3 The Verses of the Elder Bākula --- | |
| “Yo pubbe karaṇīyāni, | “He who wishes to do afterwards | |
| pacchā so kātumicchati; | what should be done before, | |
| Sukhā so dhaṁsate ṭhānā, | he falls from the state of happiness, | |
| pacchā ca manutappati. | and afterwards he repents. | |
| Yañhi kayirā tañhi vade, | One should say what one would do, | |
| yaṁ na kayirā na taṁ vade; | one should not say what one would not do. | |
| Akarontaṁ bhāsamānaṁ, | The wise recognize one who does not do | |
| parijānanti paṇḍitā. | what he says. | |
| Susukhaṁ vata nibbānaṁ, | Very happy indeed is Nibbāna, | |
| sammāsambuddhadesitaṁ; | taught by the Perfectly Enlightened One, | |
| Asokaṁ virajaṁ khemaṁ, | sorrowless, dustless, secure, | |
| yattha dukkhaṁ nirujjhatī”ti. | where suffering ceases.” | |
| … Bākulo thero …. | … The Elder Bākula …. | |
+Thag 3.4 Dhaniya
| --- Thag3.4 Dhaniyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.4 The Verses of the Elder Dhaniya --- | |
| “Sukhañce jīvituṁ icche, | “If one wishes to live happily, | |
| sāmaññasmiṁ apekkhavā; | having expectations in the ascetic life, | |
| Saṅghikaṁ nātimaññeyya, | one should not despise the Sangha’s | |
| cīvaraṁ pānabhojanaṁ. | robe, drink, and food. | |
| Sukhañce jīvituṁ icche, | If one wishes to live happily, | |
| sāmaññasmiṁ apekkhavā; | having expectations in the ascetic life, | |
| Ahi mūsikasobbhaṁva, | one should frequent a lodging | |
| sevetha sayanāsanaṁ. | like a snake in a mouse-hole. | |
| Sukhañce jīvituṁ icche, | If one wishes to live happily, | |
| sāmaññasmiṁ apekkhavā; | having expectations in the ascetic life, | |
| Itarītarena tusseyya, | one should be content with this or that, | |
| ekadhammañca bhāvaye”ti. | and cultivate a single state.” | |
| … Dhaniyo thero …. | … The Elder Dhaniya …. | |
+Thag 3.5 Mātaṅgaputta
| --- Thag3.5 Mātaṅgaputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.5 The Verses of the Elder Mātaṅgaputta --- | |
| “Atisītaṁ atiuṇhaṁ, | “‘It is too cold, it is too hot, | |
| atisāyamidaṁ ahu; | it is too late in the evening,’ | |
| Iti vissaṭṭhakammante, | thus, for young men who have abandoned their work, | |
| khaṇā accenti māṇave. | the moments pass by. | |
| Yo ca sītañca uṇhañca, | But he who regards cold and heat | |
| tiṇā bhiyyo na maññati; | as no more than grass, | |
| Karaṁ purisakiccāni, | doing a man’s duties, | |
| so sukhā na vihāyati. | he does not fall away from happiness. | |
| Dabbaṁ kusaṁ poṭakilaṁ, | Dabba grass, kusa grass, pōtakila rushes, | |
| usīraṁ muñjapabbajaṁ; | usīra roots and muñja grass, | |
| Urasā panudissāmi, | I shall push aside with my chest, | |
| vivekamanubrūhayan”ti. | cultivating seclusion.” | |
| … Mātaṅgaputto thero …. | … The Elder Mātaṅgaputta …. | |
+Thag 3.6 Khujjasobhita
| --- Thag3.6 Khujjasobhitattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.6 The Verses of the Elder Khujjasobhita --- | |
| “Ye cittakathī bahussutā, | “Those eloquent speakers, the very learned, | |
| Samaṇā pāṭaliputtavāsino; | the ascetics who live in Pāṭaliputta, | |
| Tesaññataroyamāyuvā, | this young man is one of them, | |
| Dvāre tiṭṭhati khujjasobhito”. | Hunchback Sobhita, who stands at the gate.” | |
| “Ye cittakathī bahussutā, | “Those eloquent speakers, the very learned, | |
| Samaṇā pāṭaliputtavāsino; | the ascetics who live in Pāṭaliputta, | |
| Tesaññataroyamāyuvā, | this young man is one of them, | |
| Dvāre tiṭṭhati māluterito”. | who stands at the gate, stirred by the wind.” | |
| “Suyuddhena suyiṭṭhena, | “Through a good battle, a good sacrifice, | |
| saṅgāmavijayena ca; | and victory in battle, | |
| Brahmacariyānuciṇṇena, | and through the practice of the holy life, | |
| evāyaṁ sukhamedhatī”ti. | thus he prospers in happiness.” | |
| … Khujjasobhito thero …. | … The Elder Khujjasobhita …. | |
+Thag 3.7 Vāraṇa
| --- Thag3.7 Vāraṇattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.7 The Verses of the Elder Vāraṇa --- | |
| “Yodha koci manussesu, | “Whoever among men | |
| parapāṇāni hiṁsati; | harms other living beings, | |
| Asmā lokā paramhā ca, | from this world and the next, | |
| ubhayā dhaṁsate naro. | that man falls away from both. | |
| Yo ca mettena cittena, | But he who, with a mind of loving-kindness, | |
| sabbapāṇānukampati; | has compassion for all living beings, | |
| Bahuñhi so pasavati, | such a man generates | |
| puññaṁ tādisako naro. | much merit. | |
| Subhāsitassa sikkhetha, | One should train in well-spoken words, | |
| samaṇūpāsanassa ca; | and in attending on ascetics, | |
| Ekāsanassa ca raho, | and in solitude in a single seat, | |
| cittavūpasamassa cā”ti. | and in the calming of the mind.” | |
| … Vāraṇo thero …. | … The Elder Vāraṇa …. | |
+Thag 3.8 Vassika
| --- Thag3.8 Vassikattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.8 The Verses of the Elder Vassika --- | |
| “Ekopi saddho medhāvī, | “Even one faithful and wise person | |
| assaddhānīdha ñātinaṁ; | among faithless kinsmen here, | |
| Dhammaṭṭho sīlasampanno, | established in the Dhamma, endowed with virtue, | |
| hoti atthāya bandhunaṁ. | is for the welfare of his relatives. | |
| Niggayha anukampāya, | Having been admonished with compassion | |
| coditā ñātayo mayā; | and rebuked by me, my kinsmen, | |
| Ñātibandhavapemena, | out of love for their kinsmen and relatives, | |
| kāraṁ katvāna bhikkhusu. | did their duty to the bhikkhus. | |
| Te abbhatītā kālaṅkatā, | They have passed away, departed, | |
| pattā te tidivaṁ sukhaṁ; | they have attained the happiness of heaven. | |
| Bhātaro mayhaṁ mātā ca, | My brothers and my mother | |
| modanti kāmakāmino”ti. | rejoice, possessing what they desire.” | |
| … Vassiko thero …. | … The Elder Vassika …. | |
+Thag 3.9 Yasoja
| --- Thag3.9 Yasojattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.9 The Verses of the Elder Yasoja --- | |
| “Kālapabbaṅgasaṅkāso, | “Like the limb of a kāla tree, | |
| kiso dhamanisanthato; | lean, with veins standing out, | |
| Mattaññū annapānamhi, | a man moderate in food and drink, | |
| adīnamānaso naro”. | with an undaunted mind.” | |
| “Phuṭṭho ḍaṁsehi makasehi, | “Bitten by horseflies and mosquitoes | |
| araññasmiṁ brahāvane; | in the forest, in the great woods, | |
| Nāgo saṅgāmasīseva, | like an elephant at the head of a battle, | |
| sato tatrādhivāsaye. | mindful, one should endure there. | |
| Yathā brahmā tathā eko, | As is Brahmā, so is one; | |
| yathā devo tathā duve; | as are the gods, so are two; | |
| Yathā gāmo tathā tayo, | as is a village, so are three; | |
| kolāhalaṁ tatuttarin”ti. | and more than that is a clamor.” | |
| … Yasojo thero …. | … The Elder Yasoja …. | |
+Thag 3.10 Sāṭimattiya
| --- Thag3.10 Sāṭimattiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.10 The Verses of the Elder Sāṭimattiya --- | |
| “Ahu tuyhaṁ pure saddhā, | “Formerly you had faith, | |
| sā te ajja na vijjati; | today you have none. | |
| Yaṁ tuyhaṁ tuyhamevetaṁ, | What is yours is yours alone, | |
| natthi duccaritaṁ mama. | I have no wrong-doing. | |
| Aniccā hi calā saddhā, | Faith is impermanent and fickle, | |
| evaṁ diṭṭhā hi sā mayā; | thus it has been seen by me. | |
| Rajjantipi virajjanti, | They become passionate and dispassionate; | |
| tattha kiṁ jiyyate muni. | how can a sage be troubled by that? | |
| Paccati munino bhattaṁ, | The sage’s food is cooking, | |
| Thokaṁ thokaṁ kule kule; | a little at a time, in house after house. | |
| Piṇḍikāya carissāmi, | I will go on my alms round, | |
| Atthi jaṅghabalaṁ mamā”ti. | I have the strength of my shanks.” | |
| … Sāṭimattiyo thero …. | … The Elder Sāṭimattiya …. | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| Thag3.11 Upālittheragāthā | Thag3.11 The Verses of the Elder Upāli | |
| Thag3.12 Uttarapālattheragāthā | Thag3.12 The Verses of the Elder Uttarapāla | |
| Thag3.13 Abhibhūtattheragāthā | Thag3.13 The Verses of the Elder Abhibhūta | |
| Thag3.14 Gotamattheragāthā | Thag3.14 The Verses of the Elder Gotama | |
| Thag3.15 Hāritattheragāthā | Thag3.15 The Verses of the Elder Hārita | |
| Thag3.16 Vimalattheragāthā | Thag3.16 The Verses of the Elder Vimala | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 3.11 Upāli
| --- Thag3.11 Upālittheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.11 The Verses of the Elder Upāli --- | |
| “Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, | “Having gone forth out of faith, | |
| navapabbajito navo; | a new one, newly gone forth, | |
| Mitte bhajeyya kalyāṇe, | one should associate with good friends, | |
| suddhājīve atandite. | of pure livelihood, untiring. | |
| Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, | Having gone forth out of faith, | |
| navapabbajito navo; | a new one, newly gone forth, | |
| Saṅghasmiṁ viharaṁ bhikkhu, | a bhikkhu dwelling in the Sangha, | |
| sikkhetha vinayaṁ budho. | a wise one should train in the Vinaya. | |
| Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, | Having gone forth out of faith, | |
| navapabbajito navo; | a new one, newly gone forth, | |
| Kappākappesu kusalo, | skilled in what is proper and improper, | |
| careyya apurakkhato”ti. | one should wander without being forward.” | |
| … Upālitthero …. | … The Elder Upāli …. | |
+Thag 3.12 Uttarapāla
| --- Thag3.12 Uttarapālattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.12 The Verses of the Elder Uttarapāla --- | |
| “Paṇḍitaṁ vata maṁ santaṁ, | “I who was wise, indeed, | |
| alamatthavicintakaṁ; | able to think of my own good, | |
| Pañca kāmaguṇā loke, | the five strands of sensual pleasure in the world | |
| sammohā pātayiṁsu maṁ. | have deludedly cast me down. | |
| Pakkhando māravisaye, | Having plunged into the realm of Māra, | |
| daḷhasallasamappito; | pierced by a strong arrow, | |
| Asakkhiṁ maccurājassa, | I was unable to free myself | |
| ahaṁ pāsā pamuccituṁ. | from the snare of the king of death. | |
| Sabbe kāmā pahīnā me, | All my sensual pleasures are abandoned, | |
| bhavā sabbe padālitā; | all existences are shattered. | |
| Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, | The round of births is destroyed, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Uttarapālo thero …. | … The Elder Uttarapāla …. | |
+Thag 3.13 Abhibhūta
| --- Thag3.13 Abhibhūtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.13 The Verses of the Elder Abhibhūta --- | |
| “Suṇātha ñātayo sabbe, | “Listen, all you kinsmen, | |
| yāvantettha samāgatā; | as many as are gathered here. | |
| Dhammaṁ vo desayissāmi, | I will teach you the Dhamma: | |
| dukkhā jāti punappunaṁ. | birth is suffering, again and again. | |
| Ārambhatha nikkamatha, | Strive, go forth, | |
| Yuñjatha buddhasāsane; | devote yourselves to the Buddha’s teaching. | |
| Dhunātha maccuno senaṁ, | Shake off the army of death, | |
| Naḷāgāraṁva kuñjaro. | as an elephant a reed hut. | |
| Yo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye, | Whoever in this Dhamma and Vinaya | |
| appamatto vihassati; | will dwell heedfully, | |
| Pahāya jātisaṁsāraṁ, | abandoning the round of births, | |
| dukkhassantaṁ karissatī”ti. | will make an end of suffering.” | |
| … Abhibhūto thero …. | … The Elder Abhibhūta …. | |
+Thag 3.14 Gotama
| --- Thag3.14 Gotamattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.14 The Verses of the Elder Gotama --- | |
| “Saṁsaraṁ hi nirayaṁ agacchissaṁ, | “Wandering, I would go to hell, | |
| Petalokamagamaṁ punappunaṁ; | I went to the world of ghosts again and again. | |
| Dukkhamamhipi tiracchānayoniyaṁ, | And I have long dwelt in misery | |
| Nekadhā hi vusitaṁ ciraṁ mayā. | in the animal realm, many times. | |
| Mānusopi ca bhavobhirādhito, | And the human state has been obtained by me, | |
| Saggakāyamagamaṁ sakiṁ sakiṁ; | and from time to time I went to a heavenly body. | |
| Rūpadhātusu arūpadhātusu, | In the form realms and formless realms, | |
| Nevasaññisu asaññisuṭṭhitaṁ. | I have stood in the neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient and the non-percipient. | |
| Sambhavā suviditā asārakā, | Existences are well-understood to be worthless, | |
| Saṅkhatā pacalitā saderitā; | conditioned, fluctuating, subject to agitation. | |
| Taṁ viditvā mahamattasambhavaṁ, | Having understood that my own existence is so, | |
| Santimeva satimā samajjhagan”ti. | mindful, I have attained to peace itself.” | |
| … Gotamo thero …. | … The Elder Gotama …. | |
+Thag 3.15 Hārita
| --- Thag3.15 Hāritattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.15 The Verses of the Elder Hārita --- | |
| “Yo pubbe karaṇīyāni, | “He who wishes to do afterwards | |
| pacchā so kātumicchati; | what should be done before, | |
| Sukhā so dhaṁsate ṭhānā, | he falls from the state of happiness, | |
| pacchā ca manutappati. | and afterwards he repents. | |
| Yañhi kayirā tañhi vade, | One should say what one would do, | |
| yaṁ na kayirā na taṁ vade; | one should not say what one would not do. | |
| Akarontaṁ bhāsamānaṁ, | The wise recognize one who does not do | |
| parijānanti paṇḍitā. | what he says. | |
| Susukhaṁ vata nibbānaṁ, | Very happy indeed is Nibbāna, | |
| sammāsambuddhadesitaṁ; | taught by the Perfectly Enlightened One, | |
| Asokaṁ virajaṁ khemaṁ, | sorrowless, dustless, secure, | |
| yattha dukkhaṁ nirujjhatī”ti. | where suffering ceases.” | |
| … Hārito thero …. | … The Elder Hārita …. | |
+Thag 3.16 Vimala
| --- Thag3.16 Vimalattheragāthā --- | --- Thag3.16 The Verses of the Elder Vimala --- | |
| “Pāpamitte vivajjetvā, | “Having avoided evil friends, | |
| bhajeyyuttamapuggalaṁ; | one should associate with the supreme person. | |
| Ovāde cassa tiṭṭheyya, | One should stand in his instruction, | |
| patthento acalaṁ sukhaṁ. | striving for unshakable happiness. | |
| Parittaṁ dārumāruyha, | As someone on a small plank of wood | |
| yathā sīde mahaṇṇave; | would sink in the great ocean, | |
| Evaṁ kusītamāgamma, | so even one who lives well sinks | |
| sādhujīvīpi sīdati; | when they rely on a lazy person. | |
| Tasmā taṁ parivajjeyya, | So you should avoid that one— | |
| kusītaṁ hīnavīriyaṁ. | the lazy and lacking in energy. | |
| Pavivittehi ariyehi, | With the secluded, with the noble ones, | |
| pahitattehi jhāyibhi; | the resolute, the practitioners of jhāna, | |
| Niccaṁ āraddhavīriyehi, | always with their energy roused, | |
| paṇḍitehi sahāvase”ti. | one should live together with the wise.” | |
| … Vimalo thero … | … The Elder Vimala … | |
| Tikanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Threes is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Aṅgaṇiko bhāradvājo, | Aṅgaṇika Bhāradvāja, | |
| paccayo bākulo isi; | the sage Paccaya, Bākula, | |
| Dhaniyo mātaṅgaputto, | Dhaniya, Mātaṅgaputta, | |
| sobhito vāraṇo isi. | the sage Sobhita, Vāraṇa, | |
| Vassiko ca yasojo ca, | Vassika and Yasoja, | |
| sāṭimattiyupāli ca; | Sāṭimattiya and Upāli, | |
| Uttarapālo abhibhūto, | Uttarapāla, Abhibhūta, | |
| gotamo hāritopi ca. | Gotama and Hārita too. | |
| Thero tikanipātamhi, | The elder in the Book of Threes, | |
| nibbāne vimalo kato; | Vimala has been made pure in Nibbāna. | |
| Aṭṭhatālīsa gāthāyo, | There are forty-eight verses, | |
| therā soḷasa kittitāti. | and sixteen elders are celebrated. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 4
all
| ♦ Nipāta 4 | ♦ The Book of Fours | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag4.1 Nāgasamālattheragāthā | Thag4.1 The Verses of the Elder Nāgasamāla | |
| Thag4.2 Bhaguttheragāthā | Thag4.2 The Verses of the Elder Bhagu | |
| Thag4.3 Sabhiyattheragāthā | Thag4.3 The Verses of the Elder Sabhiya | |
| Thag4.4 Nandakattheragāthā | Thag4.4 The Verses of the Elder Nandaka | |
| Thag4.5 Jambukattheragāthā | Thag4.5 The Verses of the Elder Jambuka | |
| Thag4.6 Senakattheragāthā | Thag4.6 The Verses of the Elder Senaka | |
| Thag4.7 Sambhūtattheragāthā | Thag4.7 The Verses of the Elder Sambhūta | |
| Thag4.8 Rāhulattheragāthā | Thag4.8 The Verses of the Elder Rāhula | |
| Thag4.9 Candanattheragāthā | Thag4.9 The Verses of the Elder Candana | |
| Thag4.10 Dhammikattheragāthā | Thag4.10 The Verses of the Elder Dhammika | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 4.1 Nāgasamāla
| --- Thag4.1 Nāgasamālattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.1 The Verses of the Elder Nāgasamāla --- | |
| “Alaṅkatā suvasanā, | “Adorned, well-dressed, | |
| mālinī candanussadā; | wearing garlands, anointed with sandalwood, | |
| Majjhe mahāpathe nārī, | in the middle of the high street a woman, | |
| tūriye naccati naṭṭakī. | a dancer, dances to the music. | |
| Piṇḍikāya paviṭṭhohaṁ, | I, having entered for alms, | |
| gacchanto naṁ udikkhisaṁ; | saw her as I was going along, | |
| Alaṅkataṁ suvasanaṁ, | adorned, well-dressed, | |
| maccupāsaṁva oḍḍitaṁ. | like a snare of death set up. | |
| Tato me manasīkāro, | Then my attention | |
| yoniso udapajjatha; | arose according to the principle. | |
| Ādīnavo pāturahu, | The danger became clear, | |
| nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. | disenchantment was established. | |
| Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, | Then my mind was liberated, | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ; | see the excellence of the Dhamma! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Nāgasamālo thero …. | … The Elder Nāgasamāla …. | |
+Thag 4.2 Bhagu
| --- Thag4.2 Bhaguttheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.2 The Verses of the Elder Bhagu --- | |
| “Ahaṁ middhena pakato, | “I, overcome by drowsiness, | |
| vihārā upanikkhamiṁ; | went out from my dwelling. | |
| Caṅkamaṁ abhiruhanto, | Ascending the meditation walk, | |
| tattheva papatiṁ chamā. | I fell right there on the ground. | |
| Gattāni parimajjitvā, | Having rubbed my limbs, | |
| punapāruyha caṅkamaṁ; | and having again mounted the meditation walk, | |
| Caṅkame caṅkamiṁ sohaṁ, | I walked on the meditation walk, | |
| ajjhattaṁ susamāhito. | well-composed within myself. | |
| Tato me manasīkāro, | Then my attention | |
| yoniso udapajjatha; | arose according to the principle. | |
| Ādīnavo pāturahu, | The danger became clear, | |
| nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. | disenchantment was established. | |
| Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, | Then my mind was liberated, | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ; | see the excellence of the Dhamma! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Bhagutthero …. | … The Elder Bhagu …. | |
+Thag 4.3 Sabhiya
| --- Thag4.3 Sabhiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.3 The Verses of the Elder Sabhiya --- | |
| “Pare ca na vijānanti, | “Others do not understand | |
| mayamettha yamāmase; | that we must restrain ourselves here. | |
| Ye ca tattha vijānanti, | But those who do understand it, | |
| tato sammanti medhagā. | their quarrels are therefore calmed. | |
| Yadā ca avijānantā, | But when those who do not understand | |
| iriyantyamarā viya; | act as if they were immortal, | |
| Vijānanti ca ye dhammaṁ, | those who know the Dhamma | |
| āturesu anāturā. | are unagitated among the agitated. | |
| Yaṁ kiñci sithilaṁ kammaṁ, | Whatever slack deed, | |
| saṅkiliṭṭhañca yaṁ vataṁ; | and whatever defiled vow, | |
| Saṅkassaraṁ brahmacariyaṁ, | a holy life of doubt, | |
| na taṁ hoti mahapphalaṁ. | that is not of great fruit. | |
| Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, | He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners | |
| gāravo nūpalabbhati; | is not found, | |
| Ārakā hoti saddhammā, | is as far from the true Dhamma | |
| nabhaṁ puthaviyā yathā”ti. | as the sky is from the earth.” | |
| … Sabhiyo thero …. | … The Elder Sabhiya …. | |
+Thag 4.4 Nandaka
| --- Thag4.4 Nandakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.4 The Verses of the Elder Nandaka --- | |
| “Dhiratthu pūre duggandhe, | “Fie on this foul, stinking body, | |
| mārapakkhe avassute; | the leaky ally of Māra. | |
| Navasotāni te kāye, | Nine streams are in your body, | |
| yāni sandanti sabbadā. | which flow always. | |
| Mā purāṇaṁ amaññittho, | Do not despise the ancient ones, | |
| māsādesi tathāgate; | do not look down upon the Tathāgatas. | |
| Saggepi te na rajjanti, | They do not delight even in heaven, | |
| kimaṅgaṁ pana mānuse. | how much less so in the human world. | |
| Ye ca kho bālā dummedhā, | But those who are foolish, of little wisdom, | |
| dummantī mohapārutā; | ill-advised, cloaked in delusion, | |
| Tādisā tattha rajjanti, | such ones delight there, | |
| mārakhittamhi bandhane. | in the snare set by Māra. | |
| Yesaṁ rāgo ca doso ca, | Those for whom lust and hatred | |
| avijjā ca virājitā; | and ignorance have been made to fade, | |
| Tādī tattha na rajjanti, | such ones do not delight there, | |
| chinnasuttā abandhanā”ti. | their strings cut, unbound.” | |
| … Nandako thero …. | … The Elder Nandaka …. | |
+Thag 4.5 Jambuka
| --- Thag4.5 Jambukattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.5 The Verses of the Elder Jambuka --- | |
| “Pañcapaññāsavassāni, | “For fifty-five years, | |
| rajojallamadhārayiṁ; | I have worn dust and dirt. | |
| Bhuñjanto māsikaṁ bhattaṁ, | Eating a meal once a month, | |
| kesamassuṁ alocayiṁ. | I have plucked out my hair and beard. | |
| Ekapādena aṭṭhāsiṁ, | I stood on one foot, | |
| āsanaṁ parivajjayiṁ; | I avoided sitting. | |
| Sukkhagūthāni ca khādiṁ, | I ate dried excrement, | |
| uddesañca na sādiyiṁ. | and did not accept what was dedicated. | |
| Etādisaṁ karitvāna, | Having done such things, | |
| bahuṁ duggatigāminaṁ; | many of which lead to a bad destination, | |
| Vuyhamāno mahoghena, | being swept along by the great flood, | |
| buddhaṁ saraṇamāgamaṁ. | I came to the Buddha for refuge. | |
| Saraṇagamanaṁ passa, | See the going for refuge! | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ; | See the excellence of the Dhamma! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Jambuko thero …. | … The Elder Jambuka …. | |
+Thag 4.6 Senaka
| --- Thag4.6 Senakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.6 The Verses of the Elder Senaka --- | |
| “Svāgataṁ vata me āsi, | “Welcome indeed it was for me | |
| gayāyaṁ gayaphagguyā; | at Gayā, on the Phaggunā river at Gayā, | |
| Yaṁ addasāsiṁ sambuddhaṁ, | that I saw the Enlightened One | |
| desentaṁ dhammamuttamaṁ. | teaching the supreme Dhamma. | |
| Mahappabhaṁ gaṇācariyaṁ, | Of great radiance, the teacher of the group, | |
| aggapattaṁ vināyakaṁ; | who has attained the highest, the guide, | |
| Sadevakassa lokassa, | of the world with its gods, | |
| jinaṁ atuladassanaṁ. | the Jina of unequaled vision. | |
| Mahānāgaṁ mahāvīraṁ, | The great naga, the great hero, | |
| mahājutimanāsavaṁ; | of great splendor, without taints, | |
| Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇaṁ, | with all taints completely destroyed, | |
| satthāramakutobhayaṁ. | the Teacher who is fearless. | |
| Cirasaṅkiliṭṭhaṁ vata maṁ, | Me who had been long defiled, | |
| diṭṭhisandānabandhitaṁ; | bound by the chains of views, | |
| Vimocayi so bhagavā, | that Blessed One liberated, | |
| sabbaganthehi senakan”ti. | Senaka, from all bonds.” | |
| … Senako thero …. | … The Elder Senaka …. | |
+Thag 4.7 Sambhūta
| --- Thag4.7 Sambhūtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.7 The Verses of the Elder Sambhūta --- | |
| “Yo dandhakāle tarati, | “He who is slow when it is time to hurry, | |
| taraṇīye ca dandhaye; | and hurries when it is time to be slow, | |
| Ayoni saṁvidhānena, | the fool, through unwise planning, | |
| bālo dukkhaṁ nigacchati. | goes to suffering. | |
| Tassatthā parihāyanti, | His goals perish, | |
| kāḷapakkheva candimā; | like the moon in the dark fortnight. | |
| Āyasakyañca pappoti, | He gets a bad reputation, | |
| mittehi ca virujjhati. | and is at odds with his friends. | |
| Yo dandhakāle dandheti, | He who is slow when it is time to be slow, | |
| taraṇīye ca tāraye; | and hurries when it is time to hurry, | |
| Yoniso saṁvidhānena, | the wise man, through wise planning, | |
| sukhaṁ pappoti paṇḍito. | attains happiness. | |
| Tassatthā paripūrenti, | His goals are fulfilled, | |
| sukkapakkheva candimā; | like the moon in the bright fortnight. | |
| Yaso kittiñca pappoti, | He gets fame and renown, | |
| mittehi na virujjhatī”ti. | and is not at odds with his friends.” | |
| … Sambhūto thero …. | … The Elder Sambhūta …. | |
+Thag 4.8 Rāhula
| --- Thag4.8 Rāhulattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.8 The Verses of the Elder Rāhula --- | |
| “Ubhayeneva sampanno, | “Accomplished in both ways, | |
| rāhulabhaddoti maṁ vidū; | they know me as ‘Rāhula the fortunate,’ | |
| Yañcamhi putto buddhassa, | both because I am the son of the Buddha, | |
| yañca dhammesu cakkhumā. | and because I have vision in the Dhamma. | |
| Yañca me āsavā khīṇā, | And because my taints are destroyed, | |
| yañca natthi punabbhavo; | and because there is no new existence for me, | |
| Arahā dakkhiṇeyyomhi, | I am an Arahant, worthy of offerings, | |
| tevijjo amataddaso. | with the three true knowledges, a seer of the deathless. | |
| Kāmandhā jālapacchannā, | Blinded by sensual pleasure, covered by a net, | |
| taṇhāchādanachāditā; | cloaked in the shroud of craving, | |
| Pamattabandhunā baddhā, | bound by the kinsman of the heedless, | |
| macchāva kumināmukhe. | like a fish in the mouth of a fish-trap. | |
| Taṁ kāmaṁ ahamujjhitvā, | Having cast off that sensual pleasure, | |
| chetvā mārassa bandhanaṁ; | having cut Māra’s bond, | |
| Samūlaṁ taṇhamabbuyha, | having uprooted craving with its root, | |
| sītibhūtosmi nibbuto”ti. | I am become cool, quenched.” | |
| … Rāhulo thero …. | … The Elder Rāhula …. | |
+Thag 4.9 Candana
| --- Thag4.9 Candanattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.9 The Verses of the Elder Candana --- | |
| “Jātarūpena sañchannā, | “Covered with gold, | |
| dāsīgaṇapurakkhatā; | attended by a group of slave-girls, | |
| Aṅkena puttamādāya, | taking her son on her hip, | |
| bhariyā maṁ upāgami. | my wife approached me. | |
| Tañca disvāna āyantiṁ, | Seeing her coming, | |
| sakaputtassa mātaraṁ; | the mother of my own son, | |
| Alaṅkataṁ suvasanaṁ, | adorned, well-dressed, | |
| maccupāsaṁva oḍḍitaṁ. | like a snare of death set up. | |
| Tato me manasīkāro, | Then my attention | |
| yoniso udapajjatha; | arose according to the principle. | |
| Ādīnavo pāturahu, | The danger became clear, | |
| nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. | disenchantment was established. | |
| Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, | Then my mind was liberated, | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ; | see the excellence of the Dhamma! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Candano thero …. | … The Elder Candana …. | |
+Thag 4.10 Dhammika
| --- Thag4.10 Dhammikattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.10 The Verses of the Elder Dhammika --- | |
| “Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṁ, | “The Dhamma indeed protects one who practices the Dhamma. | |
| Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahati; | The Dhamma well-practiced brings happiness. | |
| Esānisaṁso dhamme suciṇṇe, | This is the benefit of the Dhamma well-practiced: | |
| Na duggatiṁ gacchati dhammacārī. | one who practices the Dhamma does not go to a bad destination. | |
| Na hi dhammo adhammo ca, | For the Dhamma and the non-Dhamma | |
| ubho samavipākino; | do not both have the same result. | |
| Adhammo nirayaṁ neti, | The non-Dhamma leads to hell, | |
| dhammo pāpeti suggatiṁ. | the Dhamma leads to a good destination. | |
| Tasmā hi dhammesu kareyya chandaṁ, | Therefore one should have a desire for the Dhammas. | |
| Iti modamāno sugatena tādinā; | Thus rejoicing in the Well-gone-One, the Such, | |
| Dhamme ṭhitā sugatavarassa sāvakā, | the disciples of the supreme Well-gone-One, established in the Dhamma, | |
| Nīyanti dhīrā saraṇavaraggagāmino”. | the steadfast are led, going to the best, supreme refuge.” | |
| “Vipphoṭito gaṇḍamūlo, | “The root of the boil has been lanced, | |
| Taṇhājālo samūhato; | the net of craving has been uprooted. | |
| So khīṇasaṁsāro na catthi kiñcanaṁ, | He whose round of rebirth is exhausted, has nothing, | |
| Cando yathā dosinā puṇṇamāsiyan”ti. | like the moon on a dark, full-moon night.” | |
| … Dhammiko thero …. | … The Elder Dhammika …. | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| Thag4.11 Sappakattheragāthā | Thag4.11 The Verses of the Elder Sappaka | |
| Thag4.12 Muditattheragāthā | Thag4.12 The Verses of the Elder Mudita | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 4.11 Sappaka
| --- Thag4.11 Sappakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.11 The Verses of the Elder Sappaka --- | |
| “Yadā balākā sucipaṇḍaracchadā, | “When the egrets, with their pure white plumage, | |
| Kāḷassa meghassa bhayena tajjitā; | startled by the fear of the black cloud, | |
| Palehiti ālayamālayesinī, | will flee, seeking a nest, | |
| Tadā nadī ajakaraṇī rameti maṁ. | then the Ajakaraṇī river delights me. | |
| Yadā balākā suvisuddhapaṇḍarā, | When the egrets, of perfectly pure white, | |
| Kāḷassa meghassa bhayena tajjitā; | startled by the fear of the black cloud, | |
| Pariyesati leṇamaleṇadassinī, | search for a shelter, seeing no shelter, | |
| Tadā nadī ajakaraṇī rameti maṁ. | then the Ajakaraṇī river delights me. | |
| Kaṁ nu tattha na ramenti, | Who would not be delighted there, | |
| jambuyo ubhato tahiṁ; | where rose-apple trees are on both banks, | |
| Sobhenti āpagākūlaṁ, | adorning the river bank, | |
| mama leṇassa pacchato. | behind my cave. | |
| Tāmatamadasaṅghasuppahīnā, | Freed from the company of those of dark nature, | |
| Bhekā mandavatī panādayanti; | the frogs of soft voice cry out; | |
| ‘Nājja girinadīhi vippavāsasamayo, | ‘Today is not a time to be away from the mountain rivers, | |
| Khemā ajakaraṇī sivā surammā’”ti. | The Ajakaraṇī is safe, blessed, and very pleasant.’” | |
| … Sappako thero …. | … The Elder Sappaka …. | |
+Thag 4.12 Mudita
| --- Thag4.12 Muditattheragāthā --- | --- Thag4.12 The Verses of the Elder Mudita --- | |
| “Pabbajiṁ jīvikatthohaṁ, | “I went forth for the sake of a livelihood, | |
| laddhāna upasampadaṁ; | having obtained the higher ordination. | |
| Tato saddhaṁ paṭilabhiṁ, | Then I gained faith, | |
| daḷhavīriyo parakkamiṁ. | and strove with strong energy. | |
| Kāmaṁ bhijjatuyaṁ kāyo, | Let this body break, | |
| maṁsapesī visīyaruṁ; | let the pieces of flesh fall away. | |
| Ubho jaṇṇukasandhīhi, | Let my legs fall from | |
| jaṅghāyo papatantu me. | both knee-joints. | |
| Nāsissaṁ na pivissāmi, | ‘I will not eat, I will not drink, | |
| vihārā ca na nikkhame; | nor will I leave my dwelling, | |
| Napi passaṁ nipātessaṁ, | nor will I lie down on my side, | |
| taṇhāsalle anūhate. | until the dart of craving is removed.’ | |
| Tassa mevaṁ viharato, | For me, dwelling thus, | |
| passa vīriyaparakkamaṁ; | see my energy and striving! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Mudito thero … | … The Elder Mudita … | |
| Catukkanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Fours is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Nāgasamālo bhagu ca, | Nāgasamāla and Bhagu, | |
| sabhiyo nandakopi ca; | Sabhiya and Nandaka too, | |
| Jambuko senako thero, | Jambuka, the Elder Senaka, | |
| sambhūto rāhulopi ca. | Sambhūta and Rāhula too. | |
| Bhavati candano thero, | The Elder Candana is, | |
| dasete buddhasāvakā; | these ten are disciples of the Buddha. | |
| Dhammiko sappako thero, | Dhammika, the Elder Sappaka, | |
| mudito cāpi te tayo; | and Mudita are those three. | |
| Gāthāyo dve ca paññāsa, | There are fifty-two verses, | |
| therā sabbepi terasāti. | and all the elders are thirteen. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 5
all
| ♦ Nipāta 5 | ♦ The Book of Fives | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag5.1 Rājadattattheragāthā | Thag5.1 The Verses of the Elder Rājadatta | |
| Thag5.2 Subhūtattheragāthā | Thag5.2 The Verses of the Elder Subhūta | |
| Thag5.3 Girimānandattheragāthā | Thag5.3 The Verses of the Elder Girimānanda | |
| Thag5.4 Sumanattheragāthā | Thag5.4 The Verses of the Elder Sumana | |
| Thag5.5 Vaḍḍhattheragāthā | Thag5.5 The Verses of the Elder Vaḍḍha | |
| Thag5.6 Nadīkassapattheragāthā | Thag5.6 The Verses of the Elder Nadīkassapa | |
| Thag5.7 Gayākassapattheragāthā | Thag5.7 The Verses of the Elder Gayākassapa | |
| Thag5.8 Vakkalittheragāthā | Thag5.8 The Verses of the Elder Vakkali | |
| Thag5.9 Vijitasenattheragāthā | Thag5.9 The Verses of the Elder Vijitasena | |
| Thag5.10 Yasadattattheragāthā | Thag5.10 The Verses of the Elder Yasadatta | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 5.1 Rājadatta
| --- Thag5.1 Rājadattattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.1 The Verses of the Elder Rājadatta --- | |
| “Bhikkhu sivathikaṁ gantvā, | “A bhikkhu, going to a charnel ground, | |
| Addasa itthimujjhitaṁ; | saw a woman cast out, | |
| Apaviddhaṁ susānasmiṁ, | discarded in the cemetery, | |
| Khajjantiṁ kimihī phuṭaṁ. | being eaten, infested with worms. | |
| Yañhi eke jigucchanti, | What some despise, | |
| mataṁ disvāna pāpakaṁ; | seeing a foul corpse, | |
| Kāmarāgo pāturahu, | sensual lust arose, | |
| andhova savatī ahuṁ. | I was blind as if drunk. | |
| Oraṁ odanapākamhā, | Before my rice was cooked, | |
| tamhā ṭhānā apakkamiṁ; | I departed from that place. | |
| Satimā sampajānohaṁ, | Mindful and fully aware, | |
| ekamantaṁ upāvisiṁ. | I sat down in a secluded spot. | |
| Tato me manasīkāro, | Then my attention | |
| yoniso udapajjatha; | arose according to the principle. | |
| Ādīnavo pāturahu, | The danger became clear, | |
| nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. | disenchantment was established. | |
| Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, | Then my mind was liberated, | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ; | see the excellence of the Dhamma! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Rājadatto thero …. | … The Elder Rājadatta …. | |
+Thag 5.2 Subhūta
| --- Thag5.2 Subhūtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.2 The Verses of the Elder Subhūta --- | |
| “Ayoge yuñjamattānaṁ, | “Engaging oneself in what is not the proper task, | |
| puriso kiccamicchako; | a person who wants a duty, | |
| Carañce nādhigaccheyya, | if they wander and do not achieve it, | |
| ‘taṁ me dubbhagalakkhaṇaṁ’. | ‘That is a sign of my bad luck.’ | |
| Abbūḷhaṁ aghagataṁ vijitaṁ, | The drawn out, the lost, the conquered, | |
| Ekañce ossajeyya kalīva siyā; | if one should let go of one, one would be like a loser. | |
| Sabbānipi ce ossajeyya andhova siyā, | If one should let go of them all, one would be like a blind man, | |
| Samavisamassa adassanato. | from not seeing the even and the uneven. | |
| Yañhi kayirā tañhi vade, | One should say what one would do, | |
| yaṁ na kayirā na taṁ vade; | one should not say what one would not do. | |
| Akarontaṁ bhāsamānaṁ, | The wise recognize one who does not do | |
| parijānanti paṇḍitā. | what he says. | |
| Yathāpi ruciraṁ pupphaṁ, | Just as a beautiful flower, | |
| vaṇṇavantaṁ agandhakaṁ; | colorful but without fragrance, | |
| Evaṁ subhāsitā vācā, | so well-spoken words | |
| aphalā hoti akubbato. | are fruitless for one who does not act on them. | |
| Yathāpi ruciraṁ pupphaṁ, | Just as a beautiful flower, | |
| Vaṇṇavantaṁ sugandhakaṁ; | colorful and fragrant, | |
| Evaṁ subhāsitā vācā, | so well-spoken words | |
| Saphalā hoti kubbato”ti. | are fruitful for one who acts on them.” | |
| … Subhūto thero …. | … The Elder Subhūta …. | |
+Thag 5.3 Girimānanda
| --- Thag5.3 Girimānandattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.3 The Verses of the Elder Girimānanda --- | |
| “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, | “The sky-god rains as if singing a song, | |
| Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; | my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind. | |
| Tassaṁ viharāmi vūpasanto, | In it I dwell, at peace. | |
| Atha ce patthayasī pavassa deva. | So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god. | |
| Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, | The sky-god rains as if singing a song, | |
| Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; | my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind. | |
| Tassaṁ viharāmi santacitto, | In it I dwell, with a serene mind. | |
| Atha ce patthayasī pavassa deva. | So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god. | |
| Vassati devo, | The sky-god rains, | |
| … pe … | … and so on … | |
| tassaṁ viharāmi vītarāgo, | in it I dwell, free from lust, | |
| … pe … | … and so on … | |
| Vassati devo, | The sky-god rains, | |
| … pe … | … and so on … | |
| tassaṁ viharāmi vītadoso, | in it I dwell, free from hatred, | |
| … pe … | … and so on … | |
| Vassati devo, | The sky-god rains, | |
| … pe … | … and so on … | |
| tassaṁ viharāmi vītamoho, | in it I dwell, free from delusion. | |
| Atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā”ti. | So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” | |
| … Girimānando thero …. | … The Elder Girimānanda …. | |
+Thag 5.4 Sumana
| --- Thag5.4 Sumanattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.4 The Verses of the Elder Sumana --- | |
| “Yaṁ patthayāno dhammesu, | “Seeking a purpose in the Dhammas, | |
| upajjhāyo anuggahi; | my preceptor favored me. | |
| Amataṁ abhikaṅkhantaṁ, | Longing for the deathless, | |
| kataṁ kattabbakaṁ mayā. | what was to be done has been done by me. | |
| Anuppatto sacchikato, | The unmediated Dhamma has been attained, | |
| sayaṁ dhammo anītiho; | realized by myself. | |
| Visuddhañāṇo nikkaṅkho, | With purified knowledge, free from doubt, | |
| byākaromi tavantike. | I declare it in your presence. | |
| Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, | I know my past lives, | |
| dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; | the divine eye is purified. | |
| Sadattho me anuppatto, | My true goal has been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Appamattassa me sikkhā, | The training of me who was heedful | |
| sussutā tava sāsane; | has been well heard in your teaching. | |
| Sabbe me āsavā khīṇā, | All my taints are destroyed, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo. | now there is no new existence. | |
| Anusāsi maṁ ariyavatā, | You instructed me with noble conduct, | |
| Anukampi anuggahi; | you had compassion and favored me. | |
| Amogho tuyhamovādo, | Your advice was not in vain, | |
| Antevāsimhi sikkhito”ti. | I am your disciple, well-trained.” | |
| … Sumano thero …. | … The Elder Sumana …. | |
+Thag 5.5 Vaḍḍha
| --- Thag5.5 Vaḍḍhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.5 The Verses of the Elder Vaḍḍha --- | |
| “Sādhū hi kira me mātā, | “Good indeed was my mother, it seems, | |
| Patodaṁ upadaṁsayi; | she showed me the goad. | |
| Yassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, | Having heard her words, | |
| Anusiṭṭho janettiyā; | instructed by my mother, | |
| Āraddhavīriyo pahitatto, | with aroused energy and resolute mind, | |
| Patto sambodhimuttamaṁ. | I attained the supreme enlightenment. | |
| Arahā dakkhiṇeyyomhi, | I am an Arahant, worthy of offerings, | |
| tevijjo amataddaso; | with the three true knowledges, a seer of the deathless. | |
| Jetvā namucino senaṁ, | Having conquered the army of Namuci, | |
| viharāmi anāsavo. | I dwell without taints. | |
| Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, | Whatever taints I had, | |
| ye me vijjiṁsu āsavā; | within and without, | |
| Sabbe asesā ucchinnā, | all are completely cut off, | |
| na ca uppajjare puna. | and will not arise again. | |
| Visāradā kho bhaginī, | My sister spoke these words with confidence: | |
| etamatthaṁ abhāsayi; | ‘Surely even in me | |
| ‘Apihā nūna mayipi, | there is no attachment to you.’ | |
| vanatho te na vijjati’. | Suffering has been brought to an end, | |
| Pariyantakataṁ dukkhaṁ, | this is my final body. | |
| antimoyaṁ samussayo; | The round of birth and death is at an end, | |
| Jātimaraṇasaṁsāro, | now there is no new existence.” | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. … Vaḍḍho thero …. |
… The Elder Vaḍḍha …. | |
+Thag 5.6 Nadīkassapa
| --- Thag5.6 Nadīkassapattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.6 The Verses of the Elder Nadīkassapa --- | |
| “Atthāya vata me buddho, | “For my benefit indeed the Buddha | |
| nadiṁ nerañjaraṁ agā; | went to the Nerañjarā river. | |
| Yassāhaṁ dhammaṁ sutvāna, | Having heard his Dhamma, | |
| micchādiṭṭhiṁ vivajjayiṁ. | I abandoned wrong view. | |
| Yajiṁ uccāvace yaññe, | I performed various sacrifices, | |
| aggihuttaṁ juhiṁ ahaṁ; | I tended the sacred fire. | |
| ‘Esā suddhī’ti maññanto, | Thinking, ‘This is purity,’ | |
| andhabhūto puthujjano. | I was a blind ordinary person. | |
| Diṭṭhigahanapakkhando, | Plunged into a thicket of views, | |
| parāmāsena mohito; | deluded by clinging, | |
| Asuddhiṁ maññisaṁ suddhiṁ, | I thought impurity was purity, | |
| andhabhūto aviddasu. | being blind and ignorant. | |
| Micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā me, | My wrong view is abandoned, | |
| bhavā sabbe padālitā; | all existences are shattered. | |
| Juhāmi dakkhiṇeyyaggiṁ, | I make offerings to the fire of the worthy of offerings, | |
| namassāmi tathāgataṁ. | I pay homage to the Tathāgata. | |
| Mohā sabbe pahīnā me, | All my delusions are abandoned, | |
| bhavataṇhā padālitā; | the craving for existence is shattered. | |
| Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, | The round of births is destroyed, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Nadīkassapo thero …. | … The Elder Nadīkassapa …. | |
+Thag 5.7 Gayākassapa
| --- Thag5.7 Gayākassapattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.7 The Verses of the Elder Gayākassapa --- | |
| “Pāto majjhanhikaṁ sāyaṁ, | “In the morning, at noon, and in the evening, | |
| tikkhattuṁ divasassahaṁ; | three times a day I | |
| Otariṁ udakaṁ sohaṁ, | entered the water, here at Gayā | |
| gayāya gayaphagguyā. | on the Phaggunā river at Gayā. | |
| ‘Yaṁ mayā pakataṁ pāpaṁ, | ‘Whatever evil I have done | |
| pubbe aññāsu jātisu; | in former other births, | |
| Taṁ dānīdha pavāhemi’, | that I now wash away here,’ | |
| evaṁdiṭṭhi pure ahuṁ. | such was my view before. | |
| Sutvā subhāsitaṁ vācaṁ, | Having heard a well-spoken utterance, | |
| dhammatthasahitaṁ padaṁ; | a phrase connected with the Dhamma’s meaning, | |
| Tathaṁ yāthāvakaṁ atthaṁ, | I reflected on the meaning | |
| yoniso paccavekkhisaṁ. | wisely, as it really is. | |
| Ninhātasabbapāpomhi, | I am bathed of all evils, | |
| nimmalo payato suci; | stainless, pure, clean. | |
| Suddho suddhassa dāyādo, | I am a pure heir of the pure one, | |
| putto buddhassa oraso. | a true-born son of the Buddha. | |
| Ogayhaṭṭhaṅgikaṁ sotaṁ, | Having entered the eightfold stream, | |
| sabbapāpaṁ pavāhayiṁ; | I have washed away all evil. | |
| Tisso vijjā ajjhagamiṁ, | I have attained the three true knowledges, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Gayākassapo thero …. | … The Elder Gayākassapa …. | |
+Thag 5.8 Vakkali
| --- Thag5.8 Vakkalittheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.8 The Verses of the Elder Vakkali --- | |
| “Vātarogābhinīto tvaṁ, | “You who are afflicted with a wind-disease, | |
| viharaṁ kānane vane; | dwelling in a forest grove, | |
| Paviṭṭhagocare lūkhe, | in a rough, remote region, | |
| kathaṁ bhikkhu karissasi”. | how will you fare, O bhikkhu?” | |
| “Pītisukhena vipulena, | “With abundant joy and happiness | |
| pharamāno samussayaṁ; | pervading my body, | |
| Lūkhampi abhisambhonto, | enduring even what is rough, | |
| viharissāmi kānane. | I shall dwell in the forest grove. | |
| Bhāvento satipaṭṭhāne, | Developing the foundations of mindfulness, | |
| indriyāni balāni ca; | the faculties and the powers, | |
| Bojjhaṅgāni ca bhāvento, | developing the factors of enlightenment, | |
| viharissāmi kānane. | I shall dwell in the forest grove. | |
| Āraddhavīriye pahitatte, | Having seen the united and harmonious ones, | |
| Niccaṁ daḷhaparakkame; | with aroused energy and resolute minds, | |
| Samagge sahite disvā, | ever firm in their striving, | |
| Viharissāmi kānane. | I shall dwell in the forest grove. | |
| Anussaranto sambuddhaṁ, | Remembering the Enlightened One, | |
| aggaṁ dantaṁ samāhitaṁ; | the supreme, tamed, and concentrated one, | |
| Atandito rattindivaṁ, | untiringly, day and night, | |
| viharissāmi kānane”ti. | I shall dwell in the forest grove.” | |
| … Vakkalitthero …. | … The Elder Vakkali …. | |
+Thag 5.9 Vijitasena
| --- Thag5.9 Vijitasenattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.9 The Verses of the Elder Vijitasena --- | |
| “Olaggessāmi te citta, | “I will restrain you, O mind, | |
| āṇidvāreva hatthinaṁ; | like an elephant at a gate-post. | |
| Na taṁ pāpe niyojessaṁ, | I will not yoke you to evil, | |
| kāmajāla sarīraja. | O sensual net born of the body. | |
| Tvaṁ olaggo na gacchasi, | Restrained, you will not go, | |
| Dvāravivaraṁ gajova alabhanto; | like an elephant not finding the opening of the gate. | |
| Na ca cittakali punappunaṁ, | And you, O roguish mind, will not again | |
| Pasakka pāparato carissasi. | wander about delighting in evil. | |
| Yathā kuñjaraṁ adantaṁ, | Just as a skilled tamer of fine horses, | |
| Navaggahamaṅkusaggaho; | a supreme charioteer, tames a thoroughbred, | |
| Balavā āvatteti akāmaṁ, | so shall I tame you, | |
| Evaṁ āvattayissaṁ taṁ. | established in the five powers. | |
| Yathā varahayadamakusalo, | I shall bind you with mindfulness, | |
| Sārathi pavaro dameti ājaññaṁ; | devoted, I shall tame you. | |
| Evaṁ damayissaṁ taṁ, | Restrained by the yoke of energy, | |
| Patiṭṭhito pañcasu balesu. | you will not go far from here, O mind.” | |
| Satiyā taṁ nibandhissaṁ, Payutto te damessāmi; Vīriyadhuraniggahito, Na yito dūraṁ gamissase cittā”ti. … Vijitaseno thero …. |
… The Elder Vijitasena …. | |
+Thag 5.10 Yasadatta
| --- Thag5.10 Yasadattattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.10 The Verses of the Elder Yasadatta --- | |
| “Upārambhacitto dummedho, | “A foolish person with a critical mind | |
| suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; | listens to the teaching of the Jina. | |
| Ārakā hoti saddhammā, | He is as far from the true Dhamma | |
| nabhaso pathavī yathā. | as the sky is from the earth. | |
| Upārambhacitto dummedho, | A foolish person with a critical mind | |
| suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; | listens to the teaching of the Jina. | |
| Parihāyati saddhammā, | He falls away from the true Dhamma, | |
| kāḷapakkheva candimā. | like the moon in the dark fortnight. | |
| Upārambhacitto dummedho, | A foolish person with a critical mind | |
| suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; | listens to the teaching of the Jina. | |
| Parisussati saddhamme, | He withers away in the true Dhamma, | |
| maccho appodake yathā. | like a fish in little water. | |
| Upārambhacitto dummedho, | A foolish person with a critical mind | |
| suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; | listens to the teaching of the Jina. | |
| Na virūhati saddhamme, | He does not grow in the true Dhamma, | |
| khette bījaṁva pūtikaṁ. | like a rotten seed in a field. | |
| Yo ca tuṭṭhena cittena, | But he who, with a joyful mind, | |
| suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; | listens to the teaching of the Jina, | |
| Khepetvā āsave sabbe, | having destroyed all the taints, | |
| sacchikatvā akuppataṁ; | having realized the unshakable, | |
| Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, | attaining the supreme peace, | |
| parinibbātināsavo”ti. | he attains final Nibbāna without taints.” | |
| … Yasadatto thero …. | … The Elder Yasadatta …. | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| Thag5.11 Soṇakuṭikaṇṇattheragāthā | Thag5.11 The Verses of the Elder Soṇakuṭikaṇṇa | |
| Thag5.12 Kosiyattheragāthā | Thag5.12 The Verses of the Elder Kosiya | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 5.11 Soṇakuṭikaṇṇa
| --- Thag5.11 Soṇakuṭikaṇṇattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.11 The Verses of the Elder Soṇakuṭikaṇṇa --- | |
| “Upasampadā ca me laddhā, | “My higher ordination has been received, | |
| vimutto camhi anāsavo; | and I am liberated, without taints. | |
| So ca me bhagavā diṭṭho, | And I have seen the Blessed One, | |
| vihāre ca sahāvasiṁ. | and I have lived with him in his dwelling. | |
| Bahudeva rattiṁ bhagavā, | For a great part of the night the Blessed One | |
| abbhokāsetināmayi; | spent his time in the open air. | |
| Vihārakusalo satthā, | The Teacher, skilled in dwellings, | |
| vihāraṁ pāvisī tadā. | then entered his dwelling. | |
| Santharitvāna saṅghāṭiṁ, | Having spread out his outer robe, | |
| seyyaṁ kappesi gotamo; | Gotama lay down to rest, | |
| Sīho selaguhāyaṁva, | like a lion in a mountain cave, | |
| pahīnabhayabheravo. | with fear and dread abandoned. | |
| Tato kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, | Then Soṇa, a disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One, | |
| sammāsambuddhasāvako; | of good speech and conduct, | |
| Soṇo abhāsi saddhammaṁ, | spoke the true Dhamma | |
| buddhaseṭṭhassa sammukhā. | in the presence of the supreme Buddha. | |
| Pañcakkhandhe pariññāya, | Having fully understood the five aggregates, | |
| Bhāvayitvāna añjasaṁ; | having cultivated the direct path, | |
| Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, | attaining the supreme peace, | |
| Parinibbissatyanāsavo”ti. | he will be extinguished without taints.” | |
| … Soṇo kuṭikaṇṇatthero …. | … Soṇa Kuṭikaṇṇa the Elder …. | |
+Thag 5.12 Kosiya
| --- Thag5.12 Kosiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag5.12 The Verses of the Elder Kosiya --- | |
| “Yo ve garūnaṁ vacanaññu dhīro, | “He who is a wise one, knowing the words of his teachers, | |
| Vase ca tamhi janayetha pemaṁ; | and would dwell there, and would generate love for him, | |
| So bhattimā nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, | he is called one of faith, and is a wise man, | |
| Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. | and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them. | |
| Yaṁ āpadā uppatitā uḷārā, | The great calamities that arise | |
| Nakkhambhayante paṭisaṅkhayantaṁ; | do not overwhelm him who reflects. | |
| So thāmavā nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, | He is called one of strength, and is a wise man, | |
| Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. | and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them. | |
| Yo ve samuddova ṭhito anejo, | He who stands unagitated like the ocean, | |
| Gambhīrapañño nipuṇatthadassī; | of profound wisdom, seeing the subtle meaning, | |
| Asaṁhāriyo nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, | he is called one who cannot be swayed, and is a wise man, | |
| Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. | and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them. | |
| Bahussuto dhammadharo ca hoti, | He is very learned and an upholder of the Dhamma, | |
| Dhammassa hoti anudhammacārī; | he is a practicer of the Dhamma in accordance with the Dhamma. | |
| So tādiso nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, | Such a one is called thus, and is a wise man, | |
| Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. | and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them. | |
| Atthañca yo jānāti bhāsitassa, | He who knows the meaning of what is spoken, | |
| Atthañca ñatvāna tathā karoti; | and having known the meaning, acts accordingly, | |
| Atthantaro nāma sa hoti paṇḍito, | he is called one who knows the meaning, and is a wise man, | |
| Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assā”ti. | and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them.” | |
| … Kosiyo thero …. | … The Elder Kosiya …. | |
| Pañcakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Fives is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Rājadatto subhūto ca, | Rājadatta, Subhūta, | |
| girimānandasumanā; | Girimānanda, Sumana, | |
| Vaḍḍho ca kassapo thero, | Vaḍḍha and the Elder Kassapa, | |
| gayākassapavakkalī. | Gayākassapa, Vakkali. | |
| Vijito yasadatto ca, | Vijita, Yasadatta, | |
| soṇo kosiyasavhayo; | Soṇa, and the one named Kosiya. | |
| Saṭṭhi ca pañca gāthāyo, | There are sixty-five verses, | |
| therā ca ettha dvādasāti. | and the elders here are twelve. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 6
all
| ♦ Nipāta 6 | ♦ The Book of Sixes | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag6.1 Uruveḷakassapattheragāthā | Thag6.1 The Verses of the Elder Uruveḷakassapa | |
| Thag6.2 Tekicchakārittheragāthā | Thag6.2 The Verses of the Elder Tekicchakāri | |
| Thag6.3 Mahānāgattheragāthā | Thag6.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahānāga | |
| Thag6.4 Kullattheragāthā | Thag6.4 The Verses of the Elder Kulla | |
| Thag6.5 Mālukyaputtattheragāthā | Thag6.5 The Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta | |
| Thag6.6 Sappadāsattheragāthā | Thag6.6 The Verses of the Elder Sappadāsa | |
| Thag6.7 Kātiyānattheragāthā | Thag6.7 The Verses of the Elder Kātiyāna | |
| Thag6.8 Migajālattheragāthā | Thag6.8 The Verses of the Elder Migajāla | |
| Thag6.9 Purohitaputtajentattheragāthā | Thag6.9 The Verses of the Elder Jenta, son of the Purohita | |
| Thag6.10 Sumanattheragāthā | Thag6.10 The Verses of the Elder Sumana | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 6.1 Uruveḷakassapa
| --- Thag6.1 Uruveḷakassapattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.1 The Verses of the Elder Uruveḷakassapa --- | |
| “Disvāna pāṭihīrāni, | “Having seen the miracles | |
| gotamassa yasassino; | of the glorious Gotama, | |
| Na tāvāhaṁ paṇipatiṁ, | I did not yet bow down, | |
| issāmānena vañcito. | deceived by jealousy and conceit. | |
| Mama saṅkappamaññāya, | The charioteer of men, knowing my thoughts, | |
| codesi narasārathi; | admonished me. | |
| Tato me āsi saṁvego, | Then I felt a sense of urgency, | |
| abbhuto lomahaṁsano. | astounding and hair-raising. | |
| Pubbe jaṭilabhūtassa, | The little power that was mine | |
| yā me siddhi parittikā; | when I was formerly a matted-hair ascetic, | |
| Tāhaṁ tadā nirākatvā, | I then renounced | |
| pabbajiṁ jinasāsane. | and went forth in the Jina’s teaching. | |
| Pubbe yaññena santuṭṭho, | Formerly I was content with sacrifice, | |
| kāmadhātupurakkhato; | devoted to the sensual realm. | |
| Pacchā rāgañca dosañca, | Afterwards I rooted out lust and hatred, | |
| mohañcāpi samūhaniṁ. | and delusion as well. | |
| Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, | I know my past lives, | |
| dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; | the divine eye is purified. | |
| Iddhimā paracittaññū, | I have psychic power, knowledge of others’ minds, | |
| dibbasotañca pāpuṇiṁ. | and have attained the divine ear. | |
| Yassa catthāya pabbajito, | The purpose for which I went forth | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from home into homelessness, | |
| So me attho anuppatto, | that goal has been reached by me: | |
| sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. | the destruction of all fetters.” | |
| … Uruveḷakassapo thero …. | … The Elder Uruveḷakassapa …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.2 Tekicchakāri
| --- Thag6.2 Tekicchakārittheragāthā --- | --- Thg6.2 The Verses of the Elder Tekicchakāri --- | |
| “Atihitā vīhi, | “The paddy has been threshed, | |
| khalagatā sālī; | the rice is on the threshing floor. | |
| Na ca labhe piṇḍaṁ, | But I don’t get any alms-food. | |
| kathamahaṁ kassaṁ”. | What shall I do?” | |
| “Buddhamappameyyaṁ anussara pasanno, | “Remember the immeasurable Buddha with a confident mind; | |
| Pītiyā phuṭasarīro hohisi satatamudaggo. | with your body suffused with joy, you will be ever elated. | |
| Dhammamappameyyaṁ anussara pasanno, | Remember the immeasurable Dhamma with a confident mind; | |
| Pītiyā phuṭasarīro hohisi satatamudaggo. | with your body suffused with joy, you will be ever elated. | |
| Saṅghamappameyyaṁ anussara pasanno, | Remember the immeasurable Sangha with a confident mind; | |
| Pītiyā phuṭasarīro hohisi satatamudaggo”. | with your body suffused with joy, you will be ever elated.” | |
| “Abbhokāse viharasi, | “You are dwelling in the open air; | |
| Sītā hemantikā imā ratyo; | these are cold winter nights. | |
| Mā sītena pareto vihaññittho, | Don’t be afflicted, overcome by the cold; | |
| Pavisa tvaṁ vihāraṁ phusitaggaḷaṁ”. | enter your dwelling with the bolt fastened.” | |
| “Phusissaṁ catasso appamaññāyo, | “I will pervade with the four immeasurables, | |
| Tāhi ca sukhito viharissaṁ; | and dwelling happily with them, | |
| Nāhaṁ sītena vihaññissaṁ, | I will not be afflicted by the cold, | |
| Aniñjito viharanto”ti. | dwelling unshaken.” | |
| … Tekicchakārī thero …. | … The Elder Tekicchakāri …. | |
+Thag 6.3 Mahānāga
| --- Thag6.3 Mahānāgattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahānāga --- | |
| “Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, | “He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners | |
| gāravo nūpalabbhati; | is not found, | |
| Parihāyati saddhammā, | he falls away from the true Dhamma, | |
| maccho appodake yathā. | like a fish in little water. | |
| Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, | He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners | |
| gāravo nūpalabbhati; | is not found, | |
| Na virūhati saddhamme, | he does not grow in the true Dhamma, | |
| khette bījaṁva pūtikaṁ. | like a rotten seed in a field. | |
| Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, | He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners | |
| gāravo nūpalabbhati; | is not found, | |
| Ārakā hoti nibbānā, | is far from Nibbāna | |
| dhammarājassa sāsane. | in the teaching of the king of Dhamma. | |
| Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, | He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners | |
| gāravo upalabbhati; | is found, | |
| Na vihāyati saddhammā, | he does not fall away from the true Dhamma, | |
| maccho bavhodake yathā. | like a fish in much water. | |
| Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, | He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners | |
| gāravo upalabbhati; | is found, | |
| So virūhati saddhamme, | he grows in the true Dhamma, | |
| khette bījaṁva bhaddakaṁ. | like a good seed in a field. | |
| Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, | He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners | |
| gāravo upalabbhati; | is found, | |
| Santike hoti nibbānaṁ, | he is near to Nibbāna | |
| dhammarājassa sāsane”ti. | in the teaching of the king of Dhamma.” | |
| … Mahānāgo thero …. | … The Elder Mahānāga …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.4 Kulla
| --- Thag6.4 Kullattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.4 The Verses of the Elder Kulla --- | |
| “Kullo sivathikaṁ gantvā, | “Kulla, going to a charnel ground, | |
| addasa itthimujjhitaṁ; | saw a woman cast out, | |
| Apaviddhaṁ susānasmiṁ, | discarded in the cemetery, | |
| khajjantiṁ kimihī phuṭaṁ. | being eaten, infested with worms. | |
| Āturaṁ asuciṁ pūtiṁ, | Behold, Kulla, the body, | |
| passa kulla samussayaṁ; | sick, impure, and foul, | |
| Uggharantaṁ paggharantaṁ, | oozing and trickling, | |
| bālānaṁ abhinanditaṁ. | delighted in by fools. | |
| Dhammādāsaṁ gahetvāna, | Taking the mirror of the Dhamma | |
| ñāṇadassanapattiyā; | for the attainment of knowledge and vision, | |
| Paccavekkhiṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ, | I reflected on this body, | |
| tucchaṁ santarabāhiraṁ. | empty, inside and out. | |
| Yathā idaṁ tathā etaṁ, | As this is, so is that; | |
| yathā etaṁ tathā idaṁ; | as that is, so is this. | |
| Yathā adho tathā uddhaṁ, | As below, so above; | |
| yathā uddhaṁ tathā adho. | as above, so below. | |
| Yathā divā tathā rattiṁ, | As by day, so by night; | |
| yathā rattiṁ tathā divā; | as by night, so by day. | |
| Yathā pure tathā pacchā, | As before, so after; | |
| yathā pacchā tathā pure. | as after, so before. | |
| Pañcaṅgikena turiyena, | With a five-piece orchestra, | |
| Na ratī hoti tādisī; | there is no such delight | |
| Yathā ekaggacittassa, | as for one with a one-pointed mind, | |
| Sammā dhammaṁ vipassato”ti. | rightly seeing the Dhamma.” | |
| … Kullo thero …. | … The Elder Kulla …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.5 Mālukyaputta
| --- Thag6.5 Mālukyaputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.5 The Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta --- | |
| “Manujassa pamattacārino, | “For a person who lives heedlessly, | |
| Taṇhā vaḍḍhati māluvā viya; | craving grows like a māluvā creeper. | |
| So plavatī hurā huraṁ, | He flits from here to there, | |
| Phalamicchaṁva vanasmi vānaro. | like a monkey in the forest wanting fruit. | |
| Yaṁ esā sahate jammī, | Whomever this wretched, clinging | |
| taṇhā loke visattikā; | craving in the world overcomes, | |
| Sokā tassa pavaḍḍhanti, | his sorrows grow, | |
| abhivaṭṭhaṁva bīraṇaṁ. | like bīraṇa grass after a heavy rain. | |
| Yo cetaṁ sahate jammiṁ, | But whoever overcomes this wretched | |
| taṇhaṁ loke duraccayaṁ; | craving, difficult to cross in the world, | |
| Sokā tamhā papatanti, | sorrows fall from him, | |
| udabindūva pokkharā. | like a drop of water from a lotus leaf. | |
| Taṁ vo vadāmi bhaddaṁ vo, | This I say to you, good fortune to you, | |
| yāvantettha samāgatā; | as many as are gathered here. | |
| Taṇhāya mūlaṁ khaṇatha, | Dig up the root of craving, | |
| usīratthova bīraṇaṁ; | as one seeking usīra root digs up bīraṇa grass. | |
| Mā vo naḷaṁva sotova, | Let not Māra break you again and again, | |
| māro bhañji punappunaṁ. | as a stream breaks a reed. | |
| Karotha buddhavacanaṁ, | Do the Buddha’s word, | |
| khaṇo vo mā upaccagā; | let not the moment pass you by. | |
| Khaṇātītā hi socanti, | For those who have let the moment pass grieve | |
| nirayamhi samappitā. | when they are consigned to hell. | |
| Pamādo rajo pamādo, | Heedlessness is dust, heedlessness, | |
| pamādānupatito rajo; | dust follows from heedlessness. | |
| Appamādena vijjāya, | Through heedfulness and knowledge, | |
| abbahe sallamattano”ti. | one may draw out the arrow of oneself.” | |
| … Mālukyaputto thero …. | … The Elder Mālukyaputta …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.6 Sappadāsa
| --- Thag6.6 Sappadāsattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.6 The Verses of the Elder Sappadāsa --- | |
| “Paṇṇavīsativassāni, | “For twenty-five years | |
| yato pabbajito ahaṁ; | since I went forth, | |
| Accharāsaṅghātamattampi, | I have not attained serenity of mind, | |
| cetosantimanajjhagaṁ. | not even for a finger-snap’s duration. | |
| Aladdhā cittassekaggaṁ, | Not having attained one-pointedness of mind, | |
| kāmarāgena aṭṭito; | afflicted by sensual lust, | |
| Bāhā paggayha kandanto, | wailing with outstretched arms, | |
| vihārā upanikkhamiṁ. | I went out from my dwelling. | |
| Satthaṁ vā āharissāmi, | ‘I will take a weapon, | |
| Ko attho jīvitena me; | what is the use of my life? | |
| Kathaṁ hi sikkhaṁ paccakkhaṁ, | How indeed could one like me, | |
| Kālaṁ kubbetha mādiso. | having renounced the training, die?’ | |
| Tadāhaṁ khuramādāya, | Then I, taking a razor, | |
| mañcakamhi upāvisiṁ; | sat down on my couch. | |
| Parinīto khuro āsi, | The razor was brought forth | |
| dhamaniṁ chettumattano. | to cut my own artery. | |
| Tato me manasīkāro, | Then my attention | |
| yoniso udapajjatha; | arose according to the principle. | |
| Ādīnavo pāturahu, | The danger became clear, | |
| nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. | disenchantment was established. | |
| Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, | Then my mind was liberated, | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ; | see the excellence of the Dhamma! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Sappadāso thero …. | … The Elder Sappadāsa …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.7 Kātiyāna
| --- Thag6.7 Kātiyānattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.7 The Verses of the Elder Kātiyāna --- | |
| “Uṭṭhehi nisīda kātiyāna, | “Arise, sit up, Kātiyāna! | |
| Mā niddābahulo ahu jāgarassu; | Don’t be one for much sleep, be awake! | |
| Mā taṁ alasaṁ pamattabandhu, | Let not the king of death, Māra, | |
| Kūṭeneva jinātu maccurājā. | the kinsman of the heedless, conquer you with a trick. | |
| Seyyathāpi mahāsamuddavego, | Just as the force of the great ocean, | |
| Evaṁ jātijarātivattate taṁ; | so birth and old age overcome you. | |
| So karohi sudīpamattano tvaṁ, | So make a good island for yourself, | |
| Na hi tāṇaṁ tava vijjateva aññaṁ. | for there is no other refuge for you. | |
| Satthā hi vijesi maggametaṁ, | The Teacher has indeed conquered this path, | |
| Saṅgā jātijarābhayā atītaṁ; | which has passed beyond attachment, birth, and fear of old age. | |
| Pubbāpararattamappamatto, | Be heedful day and night, | |
| Anuyuñjassu daḷhaṁ karohi yogaṁ. | exert yourself, make your practice firm. | |
| Purimāni pamuñca bandhanāni, | Abandon your former bonds, | |
| Saṅghāṭikhuramuṇḍabhikkhabhojī; | eating alms-food with a patchwork robe, shaven-headed, a beggar. | |
| Mā khiḍḍāratiñca mā niddaṁ, | Don’t practice playful delight and sleep, | |
| Anuyuñjittha jhāya kātiyāna. | practice jhāna, Kātiyāna. | |
| Jhāyāhi jināhi kātiyāna, | Practice jhāna and conquer, Kātiyāna, | |
| Yogakkhemapathesu kovidosi; | you are skilled in the paths of security from bondage. | |
| Pappuyya anuttaraṁ visuddhiṁ, | Having attained the supreme purity, | |
| Parinibbāhisi vārināva joti. | you will be extinguished like a flame with water. | |
| Pajjotakaro parittaraṁso, | The lamp-maker, with a small wick, | |
| Vātena vinamyate latāva; | is bent by the wind like a creeper. | |
| Evampi tuvaṁ anādiyāno, | Even so you, not taking it to heart, | |
| Māraṁ indasagotta niddhunāhi; | shake off Māra, O descendant of Inda. | |
| So vedayitāsu vītarāgo, | He, free from lust for feelings, | |
| Kālaṁ kaṅkha idheva sītibhūto”ti. | should await his time here, having become cool.” | |
| … Kātiyāno thero …. | … The Elder Kātiyāna …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.8 Migajāla
| --- Thag6.8 Migajālattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.8 The Verses of the Elder Migajāla --- | |
| “Sudesito cakkhumatā, | “Well taught by the one with vision, | |
| buddhenādiccabandhunā; | the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, | |
| Sabbasaṁyojanātīto, | is the path that transcends all fetters, | |
| sabbavaṭṭavināsano. | and destroys all rebirth. | |
| Niyyāniko uttaraṇo, | It is the path of deliverance, leading out, | |
| taṇhāmūlavisosano; | which purifies the root of craving, | |
| Visamūlaṁ āghātanaṁ, | which, having cut off the root of poison, the slaughter-house, | |
| chetvā pāpeti nibbutiṁ. | leads to Nibbāna. | |
| Aññāṇamūlabhedāya, | For the breaking of the root of ignorance, | |
| kammayantavighāṭano; | the dismantling of the machine of kamma, | |
| Viññāṇānaṁ pariggahe, | for the grasp of consciousness, | |
| ñāṇavajiranipātano. | the striking down with the thunderbolt of knowledge. | |
| Vedanānaṁ viññāpano, | For the discerning of feelings, | |
| upādānappamocano; | the release from clinging, | |
| Bhavaṁ aṅgārakāsuṁva, | for seeing existence as a pit of coals | |
| ñāṇena anupassano. | with knowledge. | |
| Mahāraso sugambhīro, | Of great flavor, very profound, | |
| jarāmaccunivāraṇo; | warding off old age and death, | |
| Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, | the noble eightfold path, | |
| dukkhūpasamano sivo. | the blissful calming of suffering. | |
| Kammaṁ kammanti ñatvāna, | Having known kamma as kamma, | |
| vipākañca vipākato; | and result as result, | |
| Paṭiccuppannadhammānaṁ, | the seer who sees conditioned things | |
| yathāvālokadassano; | as they are. | |
| Mahākhemaṅgamo santo, | The one who goes to great security, peaceful, | |
| pariyosānabhaddako”ti. | auspicious in its conclusion.” | |
| … Migajālo thero …. | … The Elder Migajāla …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.9 Purohitaputtajenta
| --- Thag6.9 Purohitaputtajentattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.9 The Verses of the Elder Jenta, son of the Purohita --- | |
| “Jātimadena mattohaṁ, | “Intoxicated with the pride of birth, | |
| bhogaissariyena ca; | and with wealth and sovereignty, | |
| Saṇṭhānavaṇṇarūpena, | and with the pride of my physique, complexion, and form, | |
| madamatto acārihaṁ. | I wandered about. | |
| Nāttano samakaṁ kañci, | I did not think anyone was my equal, | |
| atirekaṁ ca maññisaṁ; | or superior to me. | |
| Atimānahato bālo, | A fool, overcome by excessive pride, | |
| patthaddho ussitaddhajo. | stubborn, with banner raised high. | |
| Mātaraṁ pitarañcāpi, | I did not pay homage to my mother and father, | |
| aññepi garusammate; | nor to others respected as elders. | |
| Na kañci abhivādesiṁ, | Proud and stubborn, disrespectful, | |
| mānatthaddho anādaro. | I did not greet anyone. | |
| Disvā vināyakaṁ aggaṁ, | Having seen the supreme guide, | |
| sārathīnaṁ varuttamaṁ; | the best of charioteers, | |
| Tapantamiva ādiccaṁ, | shining like the sun, | |
| bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhataṁ. | at the head of the Sangha of bhikkhus, | |
| Mānaṁ madañca chaḍḍetvā, | having cast off pride and intoxication, | |
| vippasannena cetasā; | with a clear and confident mind, | |
| Sirasā abhivādesiṁ, | I bowed my head in homage | |
| sabbasattānamuttamaṁ. | to the supreme of all beings. | |
| Atimāno ca omāno, | Excessive pride and disdain | |
| pahīnā susamūhatā; | have been abandoned, completely uprooted. | |
| Asmimāno samucchinno, | The conceit ‘I am’ is cut off, | |
| sabbe mānavidhā hatā”ti. | all kinds of pride have been destroyed.” | |
| … Jento purohitaputto thero …. | … Jenta, the son of the purohita, the Elder …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.10 Sumana
| --- Thag6.10 Sumanattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.10 The Verses of the Elder Sumana --- | |
| “Yadā navo pabbajito, | “When I was a new novice, | |
| jātiyā sattavassiko; | seven years of age by birth, | |
| Iddhiyā abhibhotvāna, | having overcome with psychic power | |
| pannagindaṁ mahiddhikaṁ. | a serpent-king of great psychic power, | |
| Upajjhāyassa udakaṁ, | I brought water for my preceptor | |
| anotattā mahāsarā; | from the great lake Anotatta. | |
| Āharāmi tato disvā, | Then, seeing me, the Teacher | |
| maṁ satthā etadabravi”. | spoke this:” | |
| “Sāriputta imaṁ passa, | “Sāriputta, look at this | |
| āgacchantaṁ kumārakaṁ; | young boy coming, | |
| Udakakumbhamādāya, | carrying a pot of water, | |
| ajjhattaṁ susamāhitaṁ. | well-composed within himself. | |
| Pāsādikena vattena, | With graceful conduct, | |
| kalyāṇairiyāpatho; | of beautiful deportment, | |
| Sāmaṇeronuruddhassa, | he is the novice of Anuruddha, | |
| iddhiyā ca visārado. | and skilled in psychic power. | |
| Ājānīyena ājañño, | A thoroughbred trained by a thoroughbred, | |
| sādhunā sādhukārito; | well-trained by one who is good, | |
| Vinīto anuruddhena, | trained by Anuruddha, | |
| katakiccena sikkhito. | who has done his duty and is learned. | |
| So patvā paramaṁ santiṁ, | He, having reached the supreme peace, | |
| sacchikatvā akuppataṁ; | having realized the unshakable, | |
| Sāmaṇero sa sumano, | that novice Sumana | |
| mā maṁ jaññāti icchatī”ti. | wishes, ‘May they not know me.’” | |
| … Sumano thero …. | … The Elder Sumana …. | |
| ♦ Vagga 2 | ♦ Chapter 2 | |
| Thag6.11 Nhātakamunittheragāthā | Thag6.11 The Verses of the Elder Nhātakamuni | |
| Thag6.12 Brahmadattattheragāthā | Thag6.12 The Verses of the Elder Brahmadatta | |
| Thag6.13 Sirimaṇḍattheragāthā | Thag6.13 The Verses of the Elder Sirimaṇḍa | |
| Thag6.14 Sabbakāmittheragāthā | Thag6.14 The Verses of the Elder Sabbakāmi | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
❧
+Thag 6.11 Nhātakamuni
| --- Thag6.11 Nhātakamunittheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.11 The Verses of the Elder Nhātakamuni --- | |
| “Vātarogābhinīto tvaṁ, | “You who are afflicted with a wind-disease, | |
| viharaṁ kānane vane; | dwelling in a forest grove, | |
| Paviddhagocare lūkhe, | in a rough, remote region, | |
| kathaṁ bhikkhu karissasi”. | how will you fare, O bhikkhu?” | |
| “Pītisukhena vipulena, | “With abundant joy and happiness | |
| pharitvāna samussayaṁ; | having pervaded my body, | |
| Lūkhampi abhisambhonto, | enduring even what is rough, | |
| viharissāmi kānane. | I shall dwell in the forest grove. | |
| Bhāvento satta bojjhaṅge, | Developing the seven factors of enlightenment, | |
| indriyāni balāni ca; | the faculties and the powers, | |
| Jhānasokhummasampanno, | endowed with the subtleties of jhāna, | |
| viharissaṁ anāsavo. | I shall dwell without taints. | |
| Vippamuttaṁ kilesehi, | With my mind freed from the defilements, | |
| suddhacittaṁ anāvilaṁ; | pure and untroubled, | |
| Abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhanto, | constantly reflecting, | |
| viharissaṁ anāsavo. | I shall dwell without taints. | |
| Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, | Whatever taints I had, | |
| ye me vijjiṁsu āsavā; | within and without, | |
| Sabbe asesā ucchinnā, | all are completely cut off, | |
| na ca uppajjare puna. | and will not arise again. | |
| Pañcakkhandhā pariññātā, | The five aggregates are fully understood, | |
| tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā; | they stand with their root cut off. | |
| Dukkhakkhayo anuppatto, | The destruction of suffering is attained, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Nhātakamunitthero …. | … The Elder Nhātakamuni …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.12 Brahmadatta
| --- Thag6.12 Brahmadattattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.12 The Verses of the Elder Brahmadatta --- | |
| “Akkodhassa kuto kodho, | “Whence is anger for one without anger, | |
| dantassa samajīvino; | who is tamed, living evenly, | |
| Sammadaññāvimuttassa, | liberated by right knowledge, | |
| upasantassa tādino. | peaceful and Such? | |
| Tasseva tena pāpiyo, | He is the worse of the two | |
| yo kuddhaṁ paṭikujjhati; | who gets angry at an angry person. | |
| Kuddhaṁ appaṭikujjhanto, | He who does not get angry at an angry person | |
| saṅgāmaṁ jeti dujjayaṁ. | wins a battle hard to win. | |
| Ubhinnamatthaṁ carati, | He practices for the welfare of both, | |
| attano ca parassa ca; | his own and the other’s, | |
| Paraṁ saṅkupitaṁ ñatvā, | when, knowing the other is angry, | |
| yo sato upasammati. | he remains mindful and calm. | |
| Ubhinnaṁ tikicchantaṁ taṁ, | That one who is healing both, | |
| attano ca parassa ca; | his own and the other’s, | |
| Janā maññanti bāloti, | people think him a fool, | |
| ye dhammassa akovidā. | those who are unskilled in the Dhamma. | |
| Uppajje te sace kodho, | If anger should arise in you, | |
| āvajja kakacūpamaṁ; | reflect on the simile of the saw. | |
| Uppajje ce rase taṇhā, | If craving for tastes should arise, | |
| puttamaṁsūpamaṁ sara. | remember the simile of the son’s flesh. | |
| Sace dhāvati cittaṁ te, | If your mind should run to | |
| kāmesu ca bhavesu ca; | sensual pleasures and to states of existence, | |
| Khippaṁ niggaṇha satiyā, | quickly restrain it with mindfulness, | |
| kiṭṭhādaṁ viya duppasun”ti. | like a bad cow from the standing crop.” | |
| … Brahmadatto thero …. | … The Elder Brahmadatta …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.13 Sirimaṇḍa
| --- Thag6.13 Sirimaṇḍattheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.13 The Verses of the Elder Sirimaṇḍa --- | |
| “Channamativassati, | “It rains on what is covered, | |
| vivaṭaṁ nātivassati; | it does not rain on what is open. | |
| Tasmā channaṁ vivaretha, | Therefore, uncover what is covered, | |
| evaṁ taṁ nātivassati. | so that it will not rain on you. | |
| Maccunābbhahato loko, | The world is afflicted by death, | |
| jarāya parivārito; | surrounded by old age, | |
| Taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, | pierced by the arrow of craving, | |
| icchādhūpāyito sadā. | always smoldering with desire. | |
| Maccunābbhahato loko, | The world is afflicted by death, | |
| parikkhitto jarāya ca; | hemmed in by old age, | |
| Haññati niccamattāṇo, | always struck down, without refuge, | |
| pattadaṇḍova takkaro. | like a thief under sentence. | |
| Āgacchantaggikhandhāva, | The three—death, sickness, and old age— | |
| maccu byādhi jarā tayo; | approach like masses of fire. | |
| Paccuggantuṁ balaṁ natthi, | There is no strength to oppose them, | |
| javo natthi palāyituṁ. | there is no speed to flee. | |
| Amoghaṁ divasaṁ kayirā, | One should make the day not fruitless, | |
| appena bahukena vā; | whether by little or by much. | |
| Yaṁ yaṁ vijahate rattiṁ, | Whatever night one lets pass, | |
| tadūnaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. | so much less is one’s life. | |
| Carato tiṭṭhato vāpi, | Whether walking or standing, | |
| āsīnasayanassa vā; | or sitting or lying down, | |
| Upeti carimā ratti, | the final night approaches; | |
| na te kālo pamajjitun”ti. | it is not your time to be heedless.” | |
| … Sirimaṇḍo thero …. | … The Elder Sirimaṇḍa …. | |
❧
+Thag 6.14 Sabbakāmi
| --- Thag6.14 Sabbakāmittheragāthā --- | --- Thag6.14 The Verses of the Elder Sabbakāmi --- | |
| “Dvipādakoyaṁ asuci, | “This two-footed thing is impure, | |
| duggandho parihīrati; | foul-smelling, it passes away, | |
| Nānākuṇapaparipūro, | full of various carcasses, | |
| vissavanto tato tato. | leaking from here and there. | |
| Migaṁ nilīnaṁ kūṭena, | They afflict the common person, | |
| baḷiseneva ambujaṁ; | like a hidden deer with a trap, | |
| Vānaraṁ viya lepena, | like a fish with a hook, | |
| bādhayanti puthujjanaṁ. | like a monkey with lime. | |
| Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, | Forms, sounds, tastes, smells, | |
| phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā; | and delightful objects of touch, | |
| Pañca kāmaguṇā ete, | these five strands of sensual pleasure | |
| itthirūpasmi dissare. | are seen in a woman’s form. | |
| Ye etā upasevanti, | Those common people who indulge in these, | |
| rattacittā puthujjanā; | with minds full of passion, | |
| Vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṁ ghoraṁ, | they increase the terrible charnel ground, | |
| ācinanti punabbhavaṁ. | they accumulate further existence. | |
| Yo cetā parivajjeti, | But he who avoids these, | |
| sappasseva padā siro; | as one avoids a snake’s head with his foot, | |
| Somaṁ visattikaṁ loke, | he, being mindful, overcomes | |
| sato samativattati. | this clinging in the world. | |
| Kāmesvādīnavaṁ disvā, | Having seen the danger in sensual pleasures, | |
| nekkhammaṁ daṭṭhu khemato; | and having seen renunciation as security, | |
| Nissaṭo sabbakāmehi, | I am released from all sensual pleasures, | |
| patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. | the destruction of my taints has been attained.” | |
| … Sabbakāmitthero …. | … The Elder Sabbakāmi …. | |
| Chakkanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Sixes is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Uruveḷakassapo ca, | Uruveḷakassapa, | |
| thero tekicchakāri ca; | and the Elder Tekicchakāri, | |
| Mahānāgo ca kullo ca, | Mahānāga and Kulla, | |
| mālukyo sappadāsako; | Mālukya, Sappadāsa, | |
| Kātiyāno migajālo, | Kātiyāna, Migajāla, | |
| jento sumanasavhayo; | Jenta, and the one named Sumana, | |
| Nhātamuni brahmadatto, | Nhātamuni, Brahmadatta, | |
| sirimaṇḍo sabbakāmī ca; | Sirimaṇḍa and Sabbakāmi. | |
| Gāthāyo caturāsīti, | There are eighty-four verses, | |
| therā cettha catuddasāti. | and here there are fourteen elders. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 7
all
| ♦ Nipāta 7 | ♦ The Book of Sevens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag7.1 Sundarasamuddattheragāthā | Thag7.1 The Verses of the Elder Sundarasamudda | |
| Thag7.2 Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyattheragāthā | Thag7.2 The Verses of the Elder Lakuṇḍaka Bhaddiya | |
| Thag7.3 Bhaddattheragāthā | Thag7.3 The Verses of the Elder Bhadda | |
| Thag7.4 Sopākattheragāthā | Thag7.4 The Verses of the Elder Sopāka | |
| Thag7.5 Sarabhaṅgattheragāthā | Thag7.5 The Verses of the Elder Sarabhaṅga | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 7.1 Sundarasamudda
| --- Thag7.1 Sundarasamuddattheragāthā --- | --- Thag7.1 The Verses of the Elder Sundarasamudda --- | |
| “Alaṅkatā suvasanā, | “Adorned, well-dressed, | |
| māladhārī vibhūsitā; | wearing a garland, and ornamented, | |
| Alattakakatāpādā, | with lac-dyed feet, | |
| pādukāruyha vesikā. | a courtesan wearing sandals. | |
| Pādukā oruhitvāna, | Having taken off her sandals, | |
| purato pañjalīkatā; | with hands raised in reverence before me, | |
| Sā maṁ saṇhena mudunā, | she, with a gentle and soft voice, | |
| mhitapubbaṁ abhāsatha. | spoke to me, smiling first. | |
| Yuvāsi tvaṁ pabbajito, | ‘You are young, and have gone forth; | |
| tiṭṭhāhi mama sāsane; | stay in my instruction. | |
| Bhuñja mānusake kāme, | Enjoy human sensual pleasures; | |
| ahaṁ vittaṁ dadāmi te; | I will give you wealth. | |
| Saccaṁ te paṭijānāmi, | I promise you truly, | |
| aggiṁ vā te harāmahaṁ. | or I will bring you fire.’ | |
| Yadā jiṇṇā bhavissāma, | ‘When we are old, | |
| ubho daṇḍaparāyanā; | both leaning on staffs, | |
| Ubhopi pabbajissāma, | we will both go forth; | |
| ubhayattha kaṭaggaho. | in both respects it will be a gain.’ | |
| Tañca disvāna yācantiṁ, | Seeing her begging, | |
| vesikaṁ pañjalīkataṁ; | the courtesan with hands raised in reverence, | |
| Alaṅkataṁ suvasanaṁ, | adorned, well-dressed, | |
| maccupāsaṁva oḍḍitaṁ. | like a snare of death set up. | |
| Tato me manasīkāro, | Then my attention arose, | |
| … pe | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. | disenchantment was established. | |
| Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, | Then my mind was liberated, | |
| … pe | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” | |
| … Sundarasamuddo thero …. | … The Elder Sundarasamudda …. | |
❧
+Thag 7.2 Lakuṇḍakabhaddiya
| --- Thag7.2 Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag7.2 The Verses of the Elder Lakuṇḍaka Bhaddiya --- | |
| “Pare ambāṭakārāme, | “In Jīvaka’s Mango Grove beyond, in a stretch of woods, is Bhaddiya; | |
| vanasaṇḍamhi bhaddiyo; | having plucked out craving root and all, there he, the fortunate one, meditates. | |
| Samūlaṁ taṇhamabbuyha, | Some delight in kettle-drums, | |
| tattha bhaddova jhāyati. | in lutes and cymbals, | |
| Ramanteke mudiṅgehi, | but I, at the root of a tree, | |
| vīṇāhi paṇavehi ca; | delight in the Buddha’s teaching. | |
| Ahañca rukkhamūlasmiṁ, | If the Buddha were to grant me a wish, | |
| rato buddhassa sāsane. | and if that wish could be obtained by me, | |
| Buddho ce me varaṁ dajjā, | I would take for the whole world | |
| so ca labbhetha me varo; | constant mindfulness of the body. | |
| Gaṇhehaṁ sabbalokassa, | Those who measured me by my form, | |
| niccaṁ kāyagataṁ satiṁ. | and those who followed me by my voice, | |
| Ye maṁ rūpena pāmiṁsu, | given over to desire and lust, | |
| ye ca ghosena anvagū; | those people do not know me. | |
| Chandarāgavasūpetā, | He does not know what is within, | |
| na maṁ jānanti te janā. | and does not see what is without. | |
| Ajjhattañca na jānāti, | The fool, completely cloaked, | |
| bahiddhā ca na passati; | is carried away by voice. | |
| Samantāvaraṇo bālo, | He does not know what is within, | |
| sa ve ghosena vuyhati. | but sees what is without. | |
| Ajjhattañca na jānāti, | The one who sees fruits without, | |
| bahiddhā ca vipassati; | he too is carried away by voice. | |
| Bahiddhā phaladassāvī, | He understands what is within, | |
| sopi ghosena vuyhati. | and sees what is without. | |
| Ajjhattañca pajānāti, | The one who sees without cloaks, | |
| bahiddhā ca vipassati; | he is not carried away by voice.” | |
| Anāvaraṇadassāvī, na so ghosena vuyhatī”ti. … Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Lakuṇḍaka Bhaddiya …. | |
❧
+Thag 7.3 Bhadda
| --- Thag7.3 Bhaddattheragāthā --- | --- Thag7.3 The Verses of the Elder Bhadda --- | |
| “Ekaputto ahaṁ āsiṁ, | “I was an only son, | |
| piyo mātu piyo pitu; | dear to my mother, dear to my father. | |
| Bahūhi vatacariyāhi, | Obtained through many rites | |
| laddho āyācanāhi ca. | and with many prayers. | |
| Te ca maṁ anukampāya, | And they, out of compassion for me, | |
| atthakāmā hitesino; | desiring my welfare and benefit, | |
| Ubho pitā ca mātā ca, | both my father and my mother, | |
| buddhassa upanāmayuṁ. | brought me to the Buddha. | |
| ‘Kicchā laddho ayaṁ putto, | ‘This son was obtained with difficulty, | |
| sukhumālo sukhedhito; | delicate and happily raised; | |
| Imaṁ dadāma te nātha, | we give him to you, O Lord, | |
| jinassa paricārakaṁ’. | as an attendant of the Jina.’ | |
| Satthā ca maṁ paṭiggayha, | And the Teacher, having accepted me, | |
| ānandaṁ etadabravi; | said this to Ānanda: | |
| ‘Pabbājehi imaṁ khippaṁ, | ‘Ordain him quickly, | |
| hessatyājāniyo ayaṁ’. | this one will be a thoroughbred.’ | |
| Pabbājetvāna maṁ satthā, | Having ordained me, the Teacher, | |
| vihāraṁ pāvisī jino; | the Jina, entered his dwelling. | |
| Anoggatasmiṁ sūriyasmiṁ, | Before the sun had set, | |
| tato cittaṁ vimucci me. | then my mind was liberated. | |
| Tato satthā nirākatvā, | Then the Teacher, having ended | |
| paṭisallānavuṭṭhito; | his solitude and arisen, | |
| ‘Ehi bhaddā’ti maṁ āha, | said to me, ‘Come, Bhadda’; | |
| sā me āsūpasampadā. | that was my higher ordination. | |
| Jātiyā sattavassena, | At seven years of age by birth, | |
| laddhā me upasampadā; | I received the higher ordination. | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| aho dhammasudhammatā”ti. | oh, the excellence of the Dhamma!” | |
| … Bhaddo thero …. | … The Elder Bhadda …. | |
❧
+Thag 7.4 Sopāka
| --- Thag7.4 Sopākattheragāthā --- | --- Thag7.4 The Verses of the Elder Sopāka --- | |
| “Disvā pāsādachāyāyaṁ, | “Seeing the supreme man pacing | |
| caṅkamantaṁ naruttamaṁ; | in the shade of the palace, | |
| Tattha naṁ upasaṅkamma, | approaching him there, | |
| vandissaṁ purisuttamaṁ. | I will pay homage to the supreme person. | |
| Ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā, | Having arranged my robe on one shoulder, | |
| saṁharitvāna pāṇayo; | and having brought my hands together, | |
| Anucaṅkamissaṁ virajaṁ, | I will follow the dust-free one on his walk, | |
| sabbasattānamuttamaṁ. | the supreme of all beings. | |
| Tato pañhe apucchi maṁ, | Then he, the expert in questions, the wise one, | |
| pañhānaṁ kovido vidū; | asked me questions. | |
| Acchambhī ca abhīto ca, | Without trembling and without fear, | |
| byākāsiṁ satthuno ahaṁ. | I answered the Teacher. | |
| Vissajjitesu pañhesu, | When the questions were answered, | |
| anumodi tathāgato; | the Tathāgata approved. | |
| Bhikkhusaṅghaṁ viloketvā, | Looking at the Sangha of bhikkhus, | |
| imamatthaṁ abhāsatha. | he spoke this matter: | |
| ‘Lābhā aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ, | ‘It is a gain for the people of Aṅga and Magadha, | |
| Yesāyaṁ paribhuñjati; | that they get to use this one’s | |
| Cīvaraṁ piṇḍapātañca, | robe, alms-food, | |
| Paccayaṁ sayanāsanaṁ; | requisites, and lodging, | |
| Paccuṭṭhānañca sāmīciṁ, | and that they get to stand up and pay respect to him; | |
| Tesaṁ lābhāti cābravi. | it is a gain for them,’ he said. | |
| Ajjatagge maṁ sopāka, | ‘From today onwards, Sopāka, | |
| dassanāyopasaṅkama; | come to see me. | |
| Esā ceva te sopāka, | And let this, Sopāka, | |
| bhavatu upasampadā’. | be your higher ordination.’ | |
| Jātiyā sattavassohaṁ, | At seven years of age by birth, | |
| laddhāna upasampadaṁ; | having received the higher ordination, | |
| Dhāremi antimaṁ dehaṁ, | I bear my final body; | |
| aho dhammasudhammatā”ti. | oh, the excellence of the Dhamma!” | |
| … Sopāko thero …. | … The Elder Sopāka …. | |
❧
+Thag 7.5 Sarabhaṅga
| --- Thag7.5 Sarabhaṅgattheragāthā --- | --- Thag7.5 The Verses of the Elder Sarabhaṅga --- | |
| “Sare hatthehi bhañjitvā, | “Having broken reeds with my hands, | |
| katvāna kuṭimacchisaṁ; | I made myself a hut to live in. | |
| Tena me sarabhaṅgoti, | Because of that, ‘Sarabhaṅga’ | |
| nāmaṁ sammutiyā ahu. | became my name by convention. | |
| Na mayhaṁ kappate ajja, | It is not proper for me today | |
| sare hatthehi bhañjituṁ; | to break reeds with my hands. | |
| Sikkhāpadā no paññattā, | The training rules have been prescribed for us | |
| gotamena yasassinā. | by Gotama the glorious. | |
| Sakalaṁ samattaṁ rogaṁ, | The whole, entire disease, | |
| Sarabhaṅgo nāddasaṁ pubbe; | Sarabhaṅga did not see before. | |
| Soyaṁ rogo diṭṭho, | This disease has now been seen, | |
| Vacanakarenātidevassa. | by the word of the super-divine one. | |
| Yeneva maggena gato vipassī, | The very path by which Vipassī went, | |
| Yeneva maggena sikhī ca vessabhū; | and the path by which Sikhī and Vessabhū, | |
| Kakusandhakoṇāgamano ca kassapo, | Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa, | |
| Tenañjasena agamāsi gotamo. | by that direct path Gotama has gone. | |
| Vītataṇhā anādānā, | Free from craving, without grasping, | |
| satta buddhā khayogadhā; | the seven Buddhas who have reached the end of decay, | |
| Yehāyaṁ desito dhammo, | by whom this Dhamma was taught, | |
| dhammabhūtehi tādibhi. | by those Such Ones who have become Dhamma. | |
| Cattāri ariyasaccāni, | The four noble truths, | |
| anukampāya pāṇinaṁ; | out of compassion for living beings: | |
| Dukkhaṁ samudayo maggo, | suffering, the origin, the path, | |
| nirodho dukkhasaṅkhayo. | and the cessation which is the exhaustion of suffering. | |
| Yasmiṁ nivattate dukkhaṁ, | In which suffering ceases, | |
| saṁsārasmiṁ anantakaṁ; | in the endless round of rebirths, | |
| Bhedā imassa kāyassa, | with the breakup of this body, | |
| jīvitassa ca saṅkhayā; | and the exhaustion of this life, | |
| Añño punabbhavo natthi, | there is no other new existence, | |
| suvimuttomhi sabbadhī”ti. | I am completely liberated in every way.” | |
| … Sarabhaṅgo thero … | … The Elder Sarabhaṅga … | |
| Sattakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Sevens is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Sundarasamuddo thero, | The Elder Sundarasamudda, | |
| thero lakuṇḍabhaddiyo; | the Elder Lakuṇḍaka Bhaddiya, | |
| Bhaddo thero ca sopāko, | the Elder Bhadda and Sopāka, | |
| sarabhaṅgo mahāisi; | and the great sage Sarabhaṅga. | |
| Sattake pañcakā therā, | In the Book of Sevens there are five elders, | |
| gāthāyo pañcatiṁsatīti. | and thirty-five verses. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 8
all
| ♦ Nipāta 8 | ♦ The Book of Eights | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag8.1 Mahākaccāyanattheragāthā | Thag8.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahākaccāyana | |
| Thag8.2 Sirimittattheragāthā | Thag8.2 The Verses of the Elder Sirimitta | |
| Thag8.3 Mahāpanthakattheragāthā | Thag8.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahāpanthaka | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 8.1 Mahākaccāyana
| --- Thag8.1 Mahākaccāyanattheragāthā --- | --- Thag8.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahākaccāyana --- | |
| “Kammaṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, | “One shouldn’t take on much work, | |
| Parivajjeyya janaṁ na uyyame; | one should avoid people, one shouldn’t be busy. | |
| So ussukko rasānugiddho, | One who is eager and greedy for flavors, | |
| Atthaṁ riñcati yo sukhādhivāho. | misses the goal that brings happiness. | |
| Paṅkoti hi naṁ avedayuṁ, | ‘A swamp,’ they have indeed called it, | |
| Yāyaṁ vandanapūjanā kulesu; | this veneration and worship in families. | |
| Sukhumaṁ sallaṁ durubbahaṁ, | A subtle, hard-to-extract dart; | |
| Sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho. | honor is hard for a vile man to relinquish. | |
| Na parassupanidhāya, | A mortal does not do an evil deed | |
| kammaṁ maccassa pāpakaṁ; | on behalf of another. | |
| Attanā taṁ na seveyya, | One should not engage in that oneself, | |
| kammabandhū hi mātiyā. | for mortals have kamma as their kin. | |
| Na pare vacanā coro, | One is not a thief by another’s word, | |
| na pare vacanā muni; | nor a sage by another’s word. | |
| Attā ca naṁ yathāvedi, | And as one knows oneself, | |
| devāpi naṁ tathā vidū. | so too do the gods know one. | |
| Pare ca na vijānanti, | Others do not understand | |
| mayamettha yamāmase; | that we must restrain ourselves here. | |
| Ye ca tattha vijānanti, | But those who do understand it, | |
| tato sammanti medhagā. | their quarrels are therefore calmed. | |
| Jīvate vāpi sappañño, | Even if he is destitute of wealth, | |
| api vittaparikkhayo; | a wise person lives on. | |
| Paññāya ca alābhena, | But without obtaining wisdom, | |
| vittavāpi na jīvati. | even one with wealth does not live. | |
| Sabbaṁ suṇāti sotena, | One hears everything with the ear, | |
| sabbaṁ passati cakkhunā; | one sees everything with the eye. | |
| Na ca diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ dhīro, | But a wise person should not | |
| sabbaṁ ujjhitumarahati. | reject all that is seen and heard. | |
| Cakkhumāssa yathā andho, | Though having eyes, be as if blind, | |
| sotavā badhiro yathā; | though having ears, be as if deaf, | |
| Paññavāssa yathā mūgo, | though having wisdom, be as if mute, | |
| balavā dubbaloriva; | though having strength, be as if weak. | |
| Atha atthe samuppanne, | Then when a matter arises, | |
| sayetha matasāyikan”ti. | one may lie down as if dead.” | |
| … Mahākaccāyano thero …. | … The Elder Mahākaccāyana …. | |
❧
+Thag 8.2 Sirimitta
| --- Thag8.2 Sirimittattheragāthā --- | --- Thag8.2 The Verses of the Elder Sirimitta --- | |
| “Akkodhanonupanāhī, | “Free from anger and resentment, | |
| amāyo rittapesuṇo; | without hypocrisy, free from slander, | |
| Sa ve tādisako bhikkhu, | such a bhikkhu indeed, | |
| evaṁ pecca na socati. | having passed away, does not grieve. | |
| Akkodhanonupanāhī, | Free from anger and resentment, | |
| amāyo rittapesuṇo; | without hypocrisy, free from slander, | |
| Guttadvāro sadā bhikkhu, | with guarded doors, such a bhikkhu always, | |
| evaṁ pecca na socati. | having passed away, does not grieve. | |
| Akkodhanonupanāhī, | Free from anger and resentment, | |
| amāyo rittapesuṇo; | without hypocrisy, free from slander, | |
| Kalyāṇasīlo so bhikkhu, | of good virtue, such a bhikkhu, | |
| evaṁ pecca na socati. | having passed away, does not grieve. | |
| Akkodhanonupanāhī, | Free from anger and resentment, | |
| amāyo rittapesuṇo; | without hypocrisy, free from slander, | |
| Kalyāṇamitto so bhikkhu, | with good friends, such a bhikkhu, | |
| evaṁ pecca na socati. | having passed away, does not grieve. | |
| Akkodhanonupanāhī, | Free from anger and resentment, | |
| amāyo rittapesuṇo; | without hypocrisy, free from slander, | |
| Kalyāṇapañño so bhikkhu, | with good wisdom, such a bhikkhu, | |
| evaṁ pecca na socati. | having passed away, does not grieve. | |
| Yassa saddhā tathāgate, | He whose faith in the Tathāgata | |
| acalā suppatiṭṭhitā; | is unshakable and well-established, | |
| Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṁ, | and whose virtue is good, | |
| ariyakantaṁ pasaṁsitaṁ. | praised and esteemed by the noble ones, | |
| Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, | who has confidence in the Sangha, | |
| ujubhūtañca dassanaṁ; | and whose view is straight, | |
| ‘Adaliddo’ti taṁ āhu, | they call him ‘not poor’, | |
| amoghaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. | his life is not in vain. | |
| Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, | Therefore, faith and virtue, | |
| pasādaṁ dhammadassanaṁ; | confidence and vision of the Dhamma, | |
| Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, | a wise person should pursue, | |
| saraṁ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. | remembering the teaching of the Buddhas.” | |
| … Sirimitto thero …. | … The Elder Sirimitta …. | |
❧
+Thag 8.3 Mahāpanthaka
| --- Thag8.3 Mahāpanthakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag8.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahāpanthaka --- | |
| “Yadā paṭhamamaddakkhiṁ, | “When I first saw | |
| satthāramakutobhayaṁ; | the Teacher, fearless, | |
| Tato me ahu saṁvego, | then I felt a sense of urgency, | |
| passitvā purisuttamaṁ. | seeing the supreme person. | |
| Siriṁ hatthehi pādehi, | One who would bow down with hands and feet | |
| yo paṇāmeyya āgataṁ; | to the glory that has come, | |
| Etādisaṁ so satthāraṁ, | having honored such a teacher, | |
| ārādhetvā virādhaye. | he would lose him. | |
| Tadāhaṁ puttadārañca, | Then I abandoned son and wife, | |
| dhanadhaññañca chaḍḍayiṁ; | and wealth and grain. | |
| Kesamassūni chedetvā, | Having cut off my hair and beard, | |
| pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ. | I went forth into homelessness. | |
| Sikkhāsājīvasampanno, | Endowed with the training and a good livelihood, | |
| indriyesu susaṁvuto; | well-restrained in the faculties, | |
| Namassamāno sambuddhaṁ, | paying homage to the Sambuddha, | |
| vihāsiṁ aparājito. | I dwelt unconquered. | |
| Tato me paṇidhī āsi, | Then a resolution arose in me, | |
| cetaso abhipatthito; | a longing of my mind: | |
| Na nisīde muhuttampi, | ‘I will not sit for a moment, | |
| taṇhāsalle anūhate. | until the dart of craving is removed.’ | |
| Tassa mevaṁ viharato, | For me, dwelling thus, | |
| passa vīriyaparakkamaṁ; | see my energy and striving! | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, | I know my past lives, | |
| dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; | the divine eye is purified. | |
| Arahā dakkhiṇeyyomhi, | I am an Arahant, worthy of offerings, | |
| vippamutto nirūpadhi. | liberated, without attachments. | |
| Tato ratyā vivasāne, | Then, at the end of the night, | |
| sūriyuggamanaṁ pati; | towards sunrise, | |
| Sabbaṁ taṇhaṁ visosetvā, | having dried up all craving, | |
| pallaṅkena upāvisin”ti. | I sat down cross-legged.” | |
| … Mahāpanthako thero … | … The Elder Mahāpanthaka … | |
| Aṭṭhakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Eights is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Mahākaccāyano thero, | The Elder Mahākaccāyana, | |
| sirimitto mahāpanthako; | Sirimitta, Mahāpanthaka. | |
| Ete aṭṭhanipātamhi, | These in the Book of Eights, | |
| gāthāyo catuvīsatīti. | and twenty-four verses. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 9
all
| ♦ Nipāta 9 | ♦ The Book of Nines | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag9.1 Bhūtattheragāthā | Thag9.1 The Verses of the Elder Bhūta | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 9.1 Bhūta
| --- Thag9.1 Bhūtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag9.1 The Verses of the Elder Bhūta --- | |
| “Yadā dukkhaṁ jarāmaraṇanti paṇḍito, | “When the wise man understands that old age and death are suffering, | |
| Aviddasū yattha sitā puthujjanā; | where ordinary ignorant people are attached, | |
| Dukkhaṁ pariññāya satova jhāyati, | having fully understood suffering, he meditates mindfully; | |
| Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. | then he finds no greater delight than that. | |
| Yadā dukkhassāvahaniṁ visattikaṁ, | When, having abandoned craving, which brings suffering, is a clinging, | |
| Papañcasaṅghātadukhādhivāhiniṁ; | which brings the suffering of the heap of proliferation, | |
| Taṇhaṁ pahantvāna satova jhāyati, | he meditates mindfully, | |
| Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. | then he finds no greater delight than that. | |
| Yadā sivaṁ dvecaturaṅgagāminaṁ, | When, having seen with wisdom the auspicious path with two and four limbs, | |
| Magguttamaṁ sabbakilesasodhanaṁ; | the supreme path that purifies all defilements, | |
| Paññāya passitva satova jhāyati, | he meditates mindfully, | |
| Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. | then he finds no greater delight than that. | |
| Yadā asokaṁ virajaṁ asaṅkhataṁ, | When he develops the sorrowless, dustless, unconditioned, | |
| Santaṁ padaṁ sabbakilesasodhanaṁ; | peaceful state that purifies all defilements, | |
| Bhāveti saṁyojanabandhanacchidaṁ, | which cuts the fetter of craving, | |
| Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. | then he finds no greater delight than that. | |
| Yadā nabhe gajjati meghadundubhi, | When the cloud-drum thunders in the sky, | |
| Dhārākulā vihagapathe samantato; | and streams of rain are everywhere on the birds’ path, | |
| Bhikkhū ca pabbhāragatova jhāyati, | and the bhikkhu, gone to a mountain cleft, meditates, | |
| Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. | then he finds no greater delight than that. | |
| Yadā nadīnaṁ kusumākulānaṁ, | When, seated on the bank of a river full of flowers, | |
| Vicitta-vāneyya-vaṭaṁsakānaṁ; | adorned with various beautiful forest wreaths, | |
| Tīre nisinno sumanova jhāyati, | with a joyful mind he meditates, | |
| Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. | then he finds no greater delight than that. | |
| Yadā nisīthe rahitamhi kānane, | When at midnight in a secluded forest, | |
| Deve gaḷantamhi nadanti dāṭhino; | while the sky-god is thundering, the fanged beasts roar, | |
| Bhikkhū ca pabbhāragatova jhāyati, | and the bhikkhu, gone to a mountain cleft, meditates, | |
| Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. | then he finds no greater delight than that. | |
| Yadā vitakke uparundhiyattano, | When, having restrained his own thoughts, | |
| Nagantare nagavivaraṁ samassito; | he has resorted to a mountain cave, a cleft in the rocks, | |
| Vītaddaro vītakhilova jhāyati, | free from fear, free from hindrances, he meditates, | |
| Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. | then he finds no greater delight than that. | |
| Yadā sukhī malakhilasokanāsano, | When, happy, the destroyer of stains, hindrances, and sorrow, | |
| Niraggaḷo nibbanatho visallo; | unfettered, without obsession, without darts, | |
| Sabbāsave byantikatova jhāyati, | having made an end of all taints, he meditates, | |
| Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindatī”ti. | then he finds no greater delight than that.” | |
| … Bhūto thero … | … The Elder Bhūta … | |
| Navakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Nines is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Bhūto tathaddaso thero, | The Elder Bhūta, who saw things as they are, | |
| eko khaggavisāṇavā; | alone, like a rhinoceros horn. | |
| Navakamhi nipātamhi, | In the Book of Nines, | |
| gāthāyopi imā navāti. | there are also these nine verses. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 10
all
| ♦ Nipāta 10 | ♦ The Book of Tens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag10.1 Kāḷudāyittheragāthā | Thag10.1 The Verses of the Elder Kāḷudāyī | |
| Thag10.2 Ekavihāriyattheragāthā | Thag10.2 The Verses of the Elder Ekavihāriya | |
| Thag10.3 Mahākappinattheragāthā | Thag10.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahākappina | |
| Thag10.4 Cūḷapanthakattheragāthā | Thag10.4 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷapanthaka | |
| Thag10.5 Kappattheragāthā | Thag10.5 The Verses of the Elder Kappa | |
| Thag10.6 Vaṅgantaputtaupasenattheragāthā | Thag10.6 The Verses of the Elder Upasena, son of Vaṅganta | |
| Thag10.7 (Apara) Gotamattheragāthā | Thag10.7 The Verses of the (Second) Elder Gotama | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 10.1 Kāḷudāyi
| --- Thag10.1 Kāḷudāyittheragāthā --- | --- Thag10.1 The Verses of the Elder Kāḷudāyī --- | |
| “Aṅgārino dāni dumā bhadante, | “The trees are now like embers, venerable sir, | |
| Phalesino chadanaṁ vippahāya; | fruitful, they have shed their leaves. | |
| Te accimantova pabhāsayanti, | They shine like flames; | |
| Samayo mahāvīra bhāgī rasānaṁ. | it is time, great hero, for the sharing of tastes. | |
| Dumāni phullāni manoramāni, | The trees are in bloom, delightful, | |
| Samantato sabbadisā pavanti; | they waft their scent in all directions all around. | |
| Pattaṁ pahāya phalamāsasānā, | Having shed their leaves, they await their fruit; | |
| Kālo ito pakkamanāya vīra. | it is time, O hero, to depart from here. | |
| Nevātisītaṁ na panātiuṇhaṁ, | It is neither too cold nor too hot, | |
| Sukhā utu addhaniyā bhadante; | the season is pleasant for the journey, venerable sir. | |
| Passantu taṁ sākiyā koḷiyā ca, | Let the Sākyans and the Koliyans see you, | |
| Pacchāmukhaṁ rohiniyaṁ tarantaṁ. | crossing the Rohiṇī river, facing west. | |
| Āsāya kasate khettaṁ, | With hope one plows the field, | |
| bījaṁ āsāya vappati; | with hope the seed is sown. | |
| Āsāya vāṇijā yanti, | With hope merchants go to sea, | |
| samuddaṁ dhanahārakā; | bringing back wealth. | |
| Yāya āsāya tiṭṭhāmi, | The hope with which I stand, | |
| sā me āsā samijjhatu. | may that hope of mine be fulfilled. | |
| Punappunaṁ ceva vapanti bījaṁ, | Again and again they sow the seed, | |
| Punappunaṁ vassati devarājā; | again and again the king of the gods sends rain. | |
| Punappunaṁ khettaṁ kasanti kassakā, | Again and again farmers plow the field, | |
| Punappunaṁ dhaññamupeti raṭṭhaṁ. | again and again the country obtains grain. | |
| Punappunaṁ yācanakā caranti, | Again and again beggars wander, | |
| Punappunaṁ dānapatī dadanti; | again and again the generous give. | |
| Punappunaṁ dānapatī daditvā, | Again and again the generous, having given, | |
| Punappunaṁ saggamupenti ṭhānaṁ. | again and again go to a heavenly place. | |
| Vīro have sattayugaṁ puneti, | A hero indeed purifies seven generations | |
| Yasmiṁ kule jāyati bhūripañño; | in the family in which he of vast wisdom is born. | |
| Maññāmahaṁ sakkati devadevo, | I think the Sakyan is the god of gods, | |
| Tayā hi jāto muni saccanāmo. | for you, O sage of true name, were born from him. | |
| Suddhodano nāma pitā mahesino, | Suddhodana is the name of the father of the great sage, | |
| Buddhassa mātā pana māyanāmā; | and the Buddha’s mother was named Māyā. | |
| Yā bodhisattaṁ parihariya kucchinā, | She who carried the Bodhisatta in her womb, | |
| Kāyassa bhedā tidivamhi modati. | at the breaking up of the body, rejoices in heaven. | |
| Sā gotamī kālakatā ito cutā, | That Gotamī, having died, departed from here, | |
| Dibbehi kāmehi samaṅgibhūtā; | is endowed with divine sensual pleasures. | |
| Sā modati kāmaguṇehi pañcahi, | She rejoices in the five strands of sensual pleasure, | |
| Parivāritā devagaṇehi tehi”. | surrounded by those groups of gods.” | |
| “Buddhassa puttomhi asayhasāhino, | “I am the son of the Buddha, the unendurable endurer, | |
| Aṅgīrasassappaṭimassa tādino; | of Aṅgīrasa, the peerless Such One. | |
| Pitupitā mayhaṁ tuvaṁsi sakka, | You, Sakka, are my father’s father; | |
| Dhammena me gotama ayyakosī”ti. | by the Dhamma, Gotama, you are my grandfather.” | |
| … Kāḷudāyī thero …. | … The Elder Kāḷudāyī …. | |
❧
+Thag 10.2 Ekavihāriya
| --- Thag10.2 Ekavihāriyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag10.2 The Verses of the Elder Ekavihāriya --- | |
| “Purato pacchato vāpi, | “To the front or to the back, | |
| aparo ce na vijjati; | if there is no other, | |
| Atīva phāsu bhavati, | it is very pleasant | |
| ekassa vasato vane. | for one living alone in the forest. | |
| Handa eko gamissāmi, | Come, I will go alone | |
| araññaṁ buddhavaṇṇitaṁ; | to the forest praised by the Buddha, | |
| Phāsu ekavihārissa, | pleasant for a bhikkhu living alone, | |
| pahitattassa bhikkhuno. | one with a resolute mind. | |
| Yogi-pītikaraṁ rammaṁ, | Delightful to the yogi, charming, | |
| mattakuñjarasevitaṁ; | frequented by intoxicated elephants, | |
| Eko attavasī khippaṁ, | alone, master of myself, I will quickly | |
| pavisissāmi kānanaṁ. | enter the forest. | |
| Supupphite sītavane, | In the cool wood with its beautiful flowers, | |
| sītale girikandare; | in a cool mountain cave, | |
| Gattāni parisiñcitvā, | having bathed my limbs, | |
| caṅkamissāmi ekako. | I will walk alone. | |
| Ekākiyo adutiyo, | Alone, without a companion, | |
| ramaṇīye mahāvane; | in the delightful great forest, | |
| Kadāhaṁ viharissāmi, | when will I dwell, | |
| katakicco anāsavo. | my task done, free from taints? | |
| Evaṁ me kattukāmassa, | May my intention, | |
| adhippāyo samijjhatu; | for me who wishes to do so, be fulfilled. | |
| Sādhayissāmahaṁyeva, | I alone will accomplish it, | |
| nāñño aññassa kārako. | no one can do it for another. | |
| Esa bandhāmi sannāhaṁ, | Here I bind on my armor, | |
| pavisissāmi kānanaṁ; | I will enter the forest. | |
| Na tato nikkhamissāmi, | I will not come out from there | |
| appatto āsavakkhayaṁ. | without attaining the destruction of the taints. | |
| Mālute upavāyante, | When the wind blows, | |
| sīte surabhigandhike; | cool and fragrant, | |
| Avijjaṁ dālayissāmi, | I will shatter ignorance, | |
| nisinno nagamuddhani. | seated on the mountain top. | |
| Vane kusumasañchanne, | In the forest covered with flowers, | |
| pabbhāre nūna sītale; | in a cool mountain cleft indeed, | |
| Vimuttisukhena sukhito, | delighting in the happiness of liberation, | |
| ramissāmi giribbaje. | I will take delight in the Giribbaja hills. | |
| Sohaṁ paripuṇṇasaṅkappo, | I, with my intention fulfilled, | |
| cando pannaraso yathā; | like the moon on the fifteenth day, | |
| Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇo, | with all taints completely destroyed, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | now there is no new existence.” | |
| … Ekavihāriyo thero …. | … The Elder Ekavihāriya …. | |
❧
+Thag 10.3 Mahākappina
| --- Thag10.3 Mahākappinattheragāthā --- | --- Thag10.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahākappina --- | |
| “Anāgataṁ yo paṭikacca passati, | “He who foresees the future, | |
| Hitañca atthaṁ ahitañca taṁ dvayaṁ; | and both what is beneficial and what is harmful, | |
| Viddesino tassa hitesino vā, | his enemies or his benefactors, | |
| Randhaṁ na passanti samekkhamānā. | though they search, do not see a fault in him. | |
| Ānāpānasatī yassa, | He whose mindfulness of breathing | |
| paripuṇṇā subhāvitā; | is complete and well-developed, | |
| Anupubbaṁ paricitā, | cultivated in sequence, | |
| yathā buddhena desitā; | as taught by the Buddha, | |
| Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, | he illuminates this world, | |
| abbhā muttova candimā. | like the moon freed from a cloud. | |
| Odātaṁ vata me cittaṁ, | My mind is indeed pure, | |
| appamāṇaṁ subhāvitaṁ; | immeasurable and well-developed. | |
| Nibbiddhaṁ paggahītañca, | Piercing and uplifted, | |
| sabbā obhāsate disā. | it illuminates all directions. | |
| Jīvate vāpi sappañño, | Even if he is destitute of wealth, | |
| api vittaparikkhayo; | a wise person lives on. | |
| Paññāya ca alābhena, | But without obtaining wisdom, | |
| vittavāpi na jīvati. | even one with wealth does not live. | |
| Paññā sutavinicchinī, | Wisdom is the judge of what is heard, | |
| Paññā kittisilokavaddhanī; | wisdom increases fame and renown. | |
| Paññāsahito naro idha, | A person in this world endowed with wisdom | |
| Api dukkhesu sukhāni vindati. | finds happiness even in the midst of suffering. | |
| Nāyaṁ ajjatano dhammo, | This is not a Dhamma of today, | |
| nacchero napi abbhuto; | it is not strange nor wonderful. | |
| Yattha jāyetha mīyetha, | Where one is born and dies, | |
| tattha kiṁ viya abbhutaṁ. | what is so wonderful about that? | |
| Anantaraṁ hi jātassa, | Indeed, for one who is born, | |
| jīvitā maraṇaṁ dhuvaṁ; | death is certain from life. | |
| Jātā jātā marantīdha, | Born, born, they die here, | |
| evaṁdhammā hi pāṇino. | for such is the nature of living beings. | |
| Na hetadatthāya matassa hoti, | It is not for the benefit of the dead | |
| Yaṁ jīvitatthaṁ paraporisānaṁ; | that one weeps for the life of others. | |
| Matamhi ruṇṇaṁ na yaso na lokyaṁ, | Weeping for the dead is not for fame or renown, | |
| Na vaṇṇitaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇehi. | it is not praised by ascetics and brahmins. | |
| Cakkhuṁ sarīraṁ upahanti tena, | By it one’s eye and body are harmed, | |
| Nihīyati vaṇṇabalaṁ matī ca; | one’s complexion, strength, and intelligence decline. | |
| Ānandino tassa disā bhavanti, | His enemies are joyful, | |
| Hitesino nāssa sukhī bhavanti. | his well-wishers are not happy. | |
| Tasmā hi iccheyya kule vasante, | Therefore one should wish for those living in a family | |
| Medhāvino ceva bahussute ca; | to be wise and very learned. | |
| Yesaṁ hi paññāvibhavena kiccaṁ, | For by the power of their wisdom, one’s duty is done, | |
| Taranti nāvāya nadiṁva puṇṇan”ti. | as one crosses a full river by a boat.” | |
| … Mahākappino thero …. | … The Elder Mahākappina …. | |
❧
+Thag 10.4 Cūḷapanthaka
| --- Thag10.4 Cūḷapanthakattheragāthā --- | --- Thag10.4 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷapanthaka --- | |
| “Dandhā mayhaṁ gatī āsi, | “My progress was slow, | |
| paribhūto pure ahaṁ; | I was despised before. | |
| Bhātā ca maṁ paṇāmesi, | My brother sent me away, saying, | |
| ‘gaccha dāni tuvaṁ gharaṁ’. | ‘Go home now.’ | |
| Sohaṁ paṇāmito santo, | I, being sent away, | |
| saṅghārāmassa koṭṭhake; | at the gate of the monastery, | |
| Dummano tattha aṭṭhāsiṁ, | stood there downcast, | |
| sāsanasmiṁ apekkhavā. | longing for the teaching. | |
| Bhagavā tattha āgacchi, | The Blessed One came there, | |
| sīsaṁ mayhaṁ parāmasi; | he stroked my head. | |
| Bāhāya maṁ gahetvāna, | Taking me by the arm, | |
| saṅghārāmaṁ pavesayi. | he led me into the monastery. | |
| Anukampāya me satthā, | Out of compassion, the Teacher | |
| pādāsi pādapuñchaniṁ; | gave me a foot-cloth. | |
| ‘Etaṁ suddhaṁ adhiṭṭhehi, | ‘Establish this purely, | |
| ekamantaṁ svadhiṭṭhitaṁ’. | in one place, well established.’ | |
| Tassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, | Having heard his word, | |
| vihāsiṁ sāsane rato; | I dwelt delighting in his teaching. | |
| Samādhiṁ paṭipādesiṁ, | I developed concentration | |
| uttamatthassa pattiyā. | for the attainment of the supreme goal. | |
| Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, | I know my past lives, | |
| dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; | the divine eye is purified. | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Sahassakkhattumattānaṁ, | Having created himself a thousandfold, | |
| nimminitvāna panthako; | Panthaka | |
| Nisīdambavane ramme, | sat in the delightful mango grove, | |
| yāva kālappavedanā. | until the time was announced. | |
| Tato me satthā pāhesi, | Then the Teacher sent me | |
| dūtaṁ kālappavedakaṁ; | a messenger to announce the time. | |
| Paveditamhi kālamhi, | When the time was announced, | |
| vehāsādupasaṅkamiṁ. | I approached through the air. | |
| Vanditvā satthuno pāde, | Having worshipped the Teacher’s feet, | |
| ekamantaṁ nisīdahaṁ; | I sat down to one side. | |
| Nisinnaṁ maṁ viditvāna, | Knowing that I was seated, | |
| atha satthā paṭiggahi. | the Teacher then accepted the offering. | |
| Āyāgo sabbalokassa, | The offering-ground of the whole world, | |
| āhutīnaṁ paṭiggaho; | the recipient of oblations, | |
| Puññakkhettaṁ manussānaṁ, | the field of merit for mankind, | |
| paṭiggaṇhittha dakkhiṇan”ti. | he accepted the religious gift.” | |
| … Cūḷapanthako thero …. | … The Elder Cūḷapanthaka …. | |
❧
+Thag 10.5 Kappa
| --- Thag10.5 Kappattheragāthā --- | --- Thag10.5 The Verses of the Elder Kappa --- | |
| “Nānākulamalasampuṇṇo, | “Full of various kinds of filth, | |
| mahāukkārasambhavo; | sprung from a great heap of refuse, | |
| Candanikaṁva paripakkaṁ, | like a festering sore, | |
| mahāgaṇḍo mahāvaṇo. | a great boil, a great wound. | |
| Pubbaruhirasampuṇṇo, | Full of pus and blood, | |
| gūthakūpena gāḷhito; | sunk in a pit of excrement, | |
| Āpopaggharaṇo kāyo, | the body, dripping with fluid, | |
| sadā sandati pūtikaṁ. | always exudes foulness. | |
| Saṭṭhikaṇḍarasambandho, | Bound with sixty sinews, | |
| maṁsalepanalepito; | plastered with a plaster of flesh, | |
| Cammakañcukasannaddho, | clad in a garment of skin, | |
| pūtikāyo niratthako. | the foul body is useless. | |
| Aṭṭhisaṅghātaghaṭito, | Constructed of a frame of bones, | |
| nhārusuttanibandhano; | tied with sinew-threads, | |
| Nekesaṁ saṅgatībhāvā, | through the combination of many parts, | |
| kappeti iriyāpathaṁ. | it maintains its posture. | |
| Dhuvappayāto maraṇāya, | Constantly heading for death, | |
| maccurājassa santike; | in the presence of the king of death, | |
| Idheva chaḍḍayitvāna, | having left it here, | |
| yenakāmaṅgamo naro. | a person goes wherever he wants. | |
| Avijjāya nivuto kāyo, | The body is covered by ignorance, | |
| catuganthena ganthito; | bound with the four knots. | |
| Oghasaṁsīdano kāyo, | The body sinks in the flood of craving, | |
| anusayajālamotthato. | covered by the net of latent tendencies. | |
| Pañcanīvaraṇe yutto, | Yoked to the five hindrances, | |
| vitakkena samappito; | endowed with thought, | |
| Taṇhāmūlenānugato, | followed by the root of craving, | |
| mohacchādanachādito. | covered by the cloak of delusion. | |
| Evāyaṁ vattate kāyo, | Thus this body operates, | |
| kammayantena yantito; | driven by the machine of kamma. | |
| Sampatti ca vipatyantā, | Its success ends in failure, | |
| nānābhāvo vipajjati. | its various states perish. | |
| Yemaṁ kāyaṁ mamāyanti, | Those who identify with this body, | |
| andhabālā puthujjanā; | blind, foolish, ordinary people, | |
| Vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṁ ghoraṁ, | they increase the terrible charnel ground, | |
| ādiyanti punabbhavaṁ. | they take on further existence. | |
| Yemaṁ kāyaṁ vivajjenti, | Those who avoid this body, | |
| Gūthalittaṁva pannagaṁ; | like a snake smeared with excrement, | |
| Bhavamūlaṁ vamitvāna, | having vomited up the root of existence, | |
| Parinibbissantināsavā”ti. | will be extinguished without taints.” | |
| … Kappo thero …. | … The Elder Kappa …. | |
❧
+Thag 10.6 Vaṅgantaputtaupasena
| --- Thag10.6 Vaṅgantaputtaupasenattheragāthā --- | --- Thag10.6 The Verses of the Elder Upasena, son of Vaṅganta --- | |
| “Vivittaṁ appanigghosaṁ, | “A bhikkhu should frequent a secluded lodging, | |
| vāḷamiganisevitaṁ; | with little noise, frequented by wild beasts, | |
| Seve senāsanaṁ bhikkhu, | for the sake of solitude. | |
| paṭisallānakāraṇā. | Having collected rags from rubbish heaps, | |
| Saṅkārapuñjā āhatvā, | cemeteries, and streets, | |
| susānā rathiyāhi ca; | and having made a patchwork robe from them, | |
| Tato saṅghāṭikaṁ katvā, | he should wear a rough robe. | |
| lūkhaṁ dhāreyya cīvaraṁ. | Having made his mind humble, | |
| Nīcaṁ manaṁ karitvāna, | from house to house in succession, | |
| sapadānaṁ kulā kulaṁ; | a bhikkhu should go on his alms round, | |
| Piṇḍikāya care bhikkhu, | with guarded doors, well-restrained. | |
| guttadvāro susaṁvuto. | One should be content even with what is rough, | |
| Lūkhenapi vā santusse, | one should not wish for many other flavors. | |
| nāññaṁ patthe rasaṁ bahuṁ; | For one who is greedy for flavors, | |
| Rasesu anugiddhassa, | the mind does not delight in jhāna. | |
| jhāne na ramatī mano. | The sage should live with few wants and content, | |
| Appiccho ceva santuṭṭho, | secluded, | |
| pavivitto vase muni; | unmixed with householders | |
| Asaṁsaṭṭho gahaṭṭhehi, | and homeless ones alike. | |
| anāgārehi cūbhayaṁ. | He should show himself | |
| Yathā jaḷo va mūgo va, | as if he were a simpleton or a mute. | |
| attānaṁ dassaye tathā; | A wise person should not speak too much | |
| Nātivelaṁ sambhāseyya, | in the midst of the Sangha. | |
| saṅghamajjhamhi paṇḍito. | He should not disparage anyone, | |
| Na so upavade kañci, | he should avoid causing harm. | |
| upaghātaṁ vivajjaye; | Restrained in the Pātimokkha, | |
| Saṁvuto pātimokkhasmiṁ, | he should be moderate in his food. | |
| mattaññū cassa bhojane. | Skilled in grasping the sign | |
| Suggahītanimittassa, | and in the arising of the mind, | |
| cittassuppādakovido; | he should devote himself to serenity | |
| Samathaṁ anuyuñjeyya, | and, in due course, to insight. | |
| kālena ca vipassanaṁ. | Endowed with energy and perseverance, | |
| Vīriyasātaccasampanno, | he should always be yoked to the practice. | |
| yuttayogo sadā siyā; | And a wise person should not come to confidence | |
| Na ca appatvā dukkhantaṁ, | without having reached the end of suffering. | |
| vissāsaṁ eyya paṇḍito. | For a bhikkhu dwelling thus, | |
| Evaṁ viharamānassa, | desiring purity, | |
| suddhikāmassa bhikkhuno; | all the taints are destroyed, | |
| Khīyanti āsavā sabbe, | and he attains Nibbāna.” | |
| nibbutiñcādhigacchatī”ti. … Upaseno vaṅgantaputto thero …. |
… The Elder Upasena, son of Vaṅganta …. | |
❧
+Thag 10.7 (Apara) Gotama
| --- Thag10.7 (Apara) Gotamattheragāthā --- | --- Thag10.7 The Verses of the (Second) Elder Gotama --- | |
| “Vijāneyya sakaṁ atthaṁ, | “One should know one’s own good, | |
| Avalokeyyātha pāvacanaṁ; | one should look at the teaching. | |
| Yañcettha assa patirūpaṁ, | And what is suitable here | |
| Sāmaññaṁ ajjhupagatassa. | for one who has undertaken the ascetic life. | |
| Mittaṁ idha ca kalyāṇaṁ, | A good friend in this world, | |
| Sikkhā vipulaṁ samādānaṁ; | and extensive training and application, | |
| Sussūsā ca garūnaṁ, | and listening attentively to the elders, | |
| Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. | this is suitable for an ascetic. | |
| Buddhesu sagāravatā, | Respect for the Buddhas, | |
| Dhamme apaciti yathābhūtaṁ; | reverence for the Dhamma as it really is, | |
| Saṅghe ca cittikāro, | and esteem for the Sangha, | |
| Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. | this is suitable for an ascetic. | |
| Ācāragocare yutto, | Devoted to good conduct and resort, | |
| Ājīvo sodhito agārayho; | with a livelihood purified and blameless, | |
| Cittassa ca saṇṭhapanaṁ, | and the establishment of the mind, | |
| Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. | this is suitable for an ascetic. | |
| Cārittaṁ atha vārittaṁ, | Good conduct and bad conduct, | |
| Iriyāpathiyaṁ pasādaniyaṁ; | and graceful deportment, | |
| Adhicitte ca āyogo, | and application to the higher mind, | |
| Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. | this is suitable for an ascetic. | |
| Āraññakāni senāsanāni, | Forest lodgings, | |
| Pantāni appasaddāni; | remote and with little noise, | |
| Bhajitabbāni muninā, | should be frequented by a sage, | |
| Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. | this is suitable for an ascetic. | |
| Sīlañca bāhusaccañca, | Virtue and great learning, | |
| Dhammānaṁ pavicayo yathābhūtaṁ; | and the investigation of the Dhammas as they really are, | |
| Saccānaṁ abhisamayo, | and the penetration of the truths, | |
| Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. | this is suitable for an ascetic. | |
| Bhāveyya ca aniccanti, | One should develop the thought of impermanence, | |
| Anattasaññaṁ asubhasaññañca; | the perception of not-self, and the perception of foulness, | |
| Lokamhi ca anabhiratiṁ, | and disenchantment with the world, | |
| Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. | this is suitable for an ascetic. | |
| Bhāveyya ca bojjhaṅge, | One should develop the factors of enlightenment, | |
| Iddhipādāni indriyāni balāni; | the bases of psychic power, the faculties, the powers, | |
| Aṭṭhaṅgamaggamariyaṁ, | the noble eightfold path, | |
| Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. | this is suitable for an ascetic. | |
| Taṇhaṁ pajaheyya muni, | The sage should abandon craving, | |
| Samūlake āsave padāleyya; | he should shatter the taints with their root. | |
| Vihareyya vippamutto, | He should dwell completely liberated, | |
| Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpan”ti. | this is suitable for an ascetic.” | |
| … Gotamo thero … | … The Elder Gotama … | |
| Dasakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Tens is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Kāḷudāyī ca so thero, | The Elder Kāḷudāyī, | |
| ekavihārī ca kappino; | Ekavihārī and Kappina, | |
| Cūḷapanthako kappo ca, | Cūḷapanthaka and Kappa, | |
| upaseno ca gotamo; | Upasena and Gotama. | |
| Sattime dasake therā, | These seven elders in the Book of Ten, | |
| gāthāyo cettha sattatīti. | and there are seventy verses here. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 11
all
| ♦ Nipāta 11 | ♦ The Book of Elevens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag11.1 Saṅkiccattheragāthā | Thag11.1 The Verses of the Elder Saṅkicca | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 11.1 Saṅkicca
| --- Thag11.1 Saṅkiccattheragāthā --- | --- Thag11.1 The Verses of the Elder Saṅkicca --- | |
| “Kiṁ tavattho vane tāta, | “‘What is your business in the forest, my dear, | |
| ujjuhānova pāvuse; | like one cast up in the rainy season? | |
| Verambhā ramaṇīyā te, | The Verambhā winds are delightful for you; | |
| paviveko hi jhāyinaṁ”. | seclusion is indeed for one who meditates.’ | |
| “Yathā abbhāni verambho, | ‘As the Verambha wind in the rainy season | |
| vāto nudati pāvuse; | scatters the clouds, | |
| Saññā me abhikiranti, | so my perceptions assail me, | |
| vivekapaṭisaññutā. | connected with seclusion. | |
| Apaṇḍaro aṇḍasambhavo, | The one without white, born from an egg, | |
| Sīvathikāya niketacāriko; | a dweller in a charnel ground nest, | |
| Uppādayateva me satiṁ, | it indeed gives rise to mindfulness in me, | |
| Sandehasmiṁ virāganissitaṁ. | connected with dispassion for this body. | |
| Yañca aññe na rakkhanti, | He whom others do not protect, | |
| yo ca aññe na rakkhati; | and who does not protect others, | |
| Sa ve bhikkhu sukhaṁ seti, | that bhikkhu indeed sleeps happily, | |
| kāmesu anapekkhavā. | without longing for sensual pleasures. | |
| Acchodikā puthusilā, | With clear water and broad rocks, | |
| gonaṅgulamigāyutā; | frequented by monkeys and deer, | |
| Ambusevālasañchannā, | covered with moss and water weeds, | |
| te selā ramayanti maṁ. | those rocky crags delight me. | |
| Vasitaṁ me araññesu, | I have lived in forests, | |
| kandarāsu guhāsu ca; | in ravines and in caves, | |
| Senāsanesu pantesu, | in remote lodgings, | |
| vāḷamiganisevite. | frequented by wild beasts. | |
| ‘Ime haññantu vajjhantu, | “May these beings be slain, may they be bound, | |
| dukkhaṁ pappontu pāṇino’; | may they come to suffering”; | |
| Saṅkappaṁ nābhijānāmi, | I am not aware of such a thought, | |
| anariyaṁ dosasaṁhitaṁ. | ignoble and connected with hatred. | |
| Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Ohito garuko bhāro, | The heavy burden has been laid down, | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā. | the guide to existence is rooted out. | |
| Yassa catthāya pabbajito, | The purpose for which I went forth | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from home into homelessness, | |
| So me attho anuppatto, | that goal has been reached by me: | |
| sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo. | the destruction of all fetters. | |
| Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, | I do not delight in death, | |
| nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; | I do not delight in life. | |
| Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, | I await my time, | |
| nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā. | like a hireling his wages. | |
| Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, | I do not delight in death, | |
| nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; | I do not delight in life. | |
| Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, | I await my time, | |
| sampajāno patissato”ti. | fully aware and mindful.” | |
| … Saṅkicco thero … | … The Elder Saṅkicca … | |
| Ekādasakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Elevens is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Saṅkiccathero ekova, | The Elder Saṅkicca is the only one, | |
| katakicco anāsavo; | who has done his duty, free from taints. | |
| Ekādasanipātamhi, | In the Book of Eleven, | |
| gāthā ekādaseva cāti. | there are also eleven verses. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 12
all
| ♦ Nipāta 12 | ♦ The Book of Twelves | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag12.1 Sīlavattheragāthā | Thag12.1 The Verses of the Elder Sīlava | |
| Thag12.2 Sunītattheragāthā | Thag12.2 The Verses of the Elder Sunīta | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 12.1 Sīlava
| --- Thag12.1 Sīlavattheragāthā --- | --- Thag12.1 The Verses of the Elder Sīlava --- | |
| “Sīlamevidha sikkhetha, | “One should train in virtue right here, | |
| asmiṁ loke susikkhitaṁ; | well-trained in this world. | |
| Sīlañhi sabbasampattiṁ, | For virtue, when cultivated, | |
| upanāmeti sevitaṁ. | brings all success. | |
| Sīlaṁ rakkheyya medhāvī, | A wise person should guard his virtue, | |
| patthayāno tayo sukhe; | wishing for three kinds of happiness: | |
| Pasaṁsaṁ vittilābhañca, | praise and the gaining of wealth, | |
| pecca sagge pamodanaṁ. | and, after death, rejoicing in heaven. | |
| Sīlavā hi bahū mitte, | One who is virtuous gains many friends | |
| saññamenādhigacchati; | through his self-control. | |
| Dussīlo pana mittehi, | But one who is not virtuous falls away from his friends, | |
| dhaṁsate pāpamācaraṁ. | practicing evil. | |
| Avaṇṇañca akittiñca, | An unvirtuous person gains | |
| dussīlo labhate naro; | a bad reputation and disrepute. | |
| Vaṇṇaṁ kittiṁ pasaṁsañca, | A virtuous person always gains | |
| sadā labhati sīlavā. | a good reputation, renown, and praise. | |
| Ādi sīlaṁ patiṭṭhā ca, | Virtue is the beginning, the foundation, | |
| kalyāṇānañca mātukaṁ; | and the mother of good things, | |
| Pamukhaṁ sabbadhammānaṁ, | the foremost of all good states; | |
| tasmā sīlaṁ visodhaye. | therefore one should purify one’s virtue. | |
| Velā ca saṁvaraṁ sīlaṁ, | Virtue is a restraining shore, | |
| cittassa abhihāsanaṁ; | a delight for the mind, | |
| Titthañca sabbabuddhānaṁ, | and a ford for all the Buddhas; | |
| tasmā sīlaṁ visodhaye. | therefore one should purify one’s virtue. | |
| Sīlaṁ balaṁ appaṭimaṁ, | Virtue is a peerless power, | |
| sīlaṁ āvudhamuttamaṁ; | virtue is the supreme weapon, | |
| Sīlamābharaṇaṁ seṭṭhaṁ, | virtue is the best ornament, | |
| sīlaṁ kavacamabbhutaṁ. | virtue is a wonderful armor. | |
| Sīlaṁ setu mahesakkho, | Virtue is a mighty bridge, | |
| sīlaṁ gandho anuttaro; | virtue is an unsurpassed fragrance, | |
| Sīlaṁ vilepanaṁ seṭṭhaṁ, | virtue is the best ointment, | |
| yena vāti disodisaṁ. | by which one wafts in all directions. | |
| Sīlaṁ sambalamevaggaṁ, | Virtue is the best provision, | |
| sīlaṁ pātheyyamuttamaṁ; | virtue is the supreme traveling-provisions, | |
| Sīlaṁ seṭṭho ativāho, | virtue is the best vehicle, | |
| yena yāti disodisaṁ. | by which one goes in all directions. | |
| Idheva nindaṁ labhati, | Here one gets blame, | |
| peccāpāye ca dummano; | and after death one is unhappy in a bad destination. | |
| Sabbattha dummano bālo, | Everywhere the fool is unhappy, | |
| sīlesu asamāhito. | not concentrated in his virtues. | |
| Idheva kittiṁ labhati, | Here one gets renown, | |
| pecca sagge ca summano; | and after death one is happy in heaven. | |
| Sabbattha sumano dhīro, | Everywhere the wise person is happy, | |
| sīlesu susamāhito. | well-concentrated in his virtues. | |
| Sīlameva idha aggaṁ, | Virtue is supreme here, | |
| paññavā pana uttamo; | but one with wisdom is the best. | |
| Manussesu ca devesu, | Among humans and gods, | |
| sīlapaññāṇato jayan”ti. | one conquers through virtue and wisdom.” | |
| … Sīlavo thero …. | … The Elder Sīlava …. | |
❧
+Thag 12.2 Sunīta
| --- Thag12.2 Sunītattheragāthā --- | --- Thag12.2 The Verses of the Elder Sunīta --- | |
| “Nīce kulamhi jātohaṁ, | “I was born in a low-caste family, | |
| daliddo appabhojano; | poor and with little food. | |
| Hīnakammaṁ mamaṁ āsi, | My work was lowly, | |
| ahosiṁ pupphachaḍḍako. | I was a flower-sweeper. | |
| Jigucchito manussānaṁ, | Despised by men, | |
| paribhūto ca vambhito; | scorned and reviled, | |
| Nīcaṁ manaṁ karitvāna, | making my mind humble, | |
| vandissaṁ bahukaṁ janaṁ. | I would pay homage to many people. | |
| Athaddasāsiṁ sambuddhaṁ, | Then I saw the Sambuddha, | |
| bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhataṁ; | at the head of the Sangha of bhikkhus, | |
| Pavisantaṁ mahāvīraṁ, | the great hero entering | |
| magadhānaṁ puruttamaṁ. | the chief city of the Magadhans. | |
| Nikkhipitvāna byābhaṅgiṁ, | Having laid down my carrying-pole, | |
| vandituṁ upasaṅkamiṁ; | I approached to pay homage. | |
| Mameva anukampāya, | Out of compassion for me alone, | |
| aṭṭhāsi purisuttamo. | the supreme person stood still. | |
| Vanditvā satthuno pāde, | Having paid homage to the Teacher’s feet, | |
| ekamantaṁ ṭhito tadā; | I stood to one side then. | |
| Pabbajjaṁ ahamāyāciṁ, | I asked for the going-forth | |
| sabbasattānamuttamaṁ. | from the supreme of all beings. | |
| Tato kāruṇiko satthā, | Then the compassionate Teacher, | |
| sabbalokānukampako; | the compassionate one for the whole world, | |
| ‘Ehi bhikkhū’ti maṁ āha, | said to me, ‘Come, bhikkhu’; | |
| sā me āsūpasampadā. | that was my higher ordination. | |
| Sohaṁ eko araññasmiṁ, | I, alone in the forest, | |
| viharanto atandito; | dwelling untiringly, | |
| Akāsiṁ satthu vacanaṁ, | did the Teacher’s word, | |
| yathā maṁ ovadī jino. | as the Jina had advised me. | |
| Rattiyā paṭhamaṁ yāmaṁ, | In the first watch of the night, | |
| Pubbajātimanussariṁ; | I recollected my past births. | |
| Rattiyā majjhimaṁ yāmaṁ, | In the middle watch of the night, | |
| Dibbacakkhuṁ visodhayiṁ; | I purified the divine eye. | |
| Rattiyā pacchime yāme, | In the last watch of the night, | |
| Tamokhandhaṁ padālayiṁ. | I shattered the mass of darkness. | |
| Tato ratyā vivasāne, | Then, at the end of the night, | |
| sūriyassuggamanaṁ pati; | towards the rising of the sun, | |
| Indo brahmā ca āgantvā, | Inda and Brahmā came | |
| maṁ namassiṁsu pañjalī. | and paid homage to me with clasped hands. | |
| ‘Namo te purisājañña, | ‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred of men, | |
| namo te purisuttama; | homage to you, O supreme person, | |
| Yassa te āsavā khīṇā, | whose taints are destroyed, | |
| dakkhiṇeyyosi mārisa’. | you are worthy of offerings, O venerable sir.’ | |
| Tato disvāna maṁ satthā, | Then the Teacher, seeing me | |
| devasaṅghapurakkhataṁ; | at the head of the assembly of gods, | |
| Sitaṁ pātukaritvāna, | made a smile appear | |
| imamatthaṁ abhāsatha. | and spoke this matter: | |
| ‘Tapena brahmacariyena, | ‘Through austerity, the holy life, | |
| saṁyamena damena ca; | self-control, and taming, | |
| Etena brāhmaṇo hoti, | by this one is a brahmin; | |
| etaṁ brāhmaṇamuttaman’”ti. | this is the supreme brahminhood.’” | |
| … Sunīto thero … | … The Elder Sunīta … | |
| Dvādasakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Twelves is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Sīlavā ca sunīto ca, | Sīlava and Sunīta, | |
| therā dve te mahiddhikā; | those two elders of great psychic power. | |
| Dvādasamhi nipātamhi, | In the Book of Twelve, | |
| gāthāyo catuvīsatīti. | there are twenty-four verses. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 13
all
| ♦ Nipāta 13 | ♦ The Book of Thirteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag13.1 Soṇakoḷivisattheragāthā | Thag13.1 The Verses of the Elder Soṇakoḷivisa | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 13.1 Soṇakoḷivisa
| --- Thag13.1 Soṇakoḷivisattheragāthā --- | --- Thag13.1 The Verses of the Elder Soṇakoḷivisa --- | |
| “Yāhu raṭṭhe samukkaṭṭho, | “He who was eminent in the country, | |
| rañño aṅgassa paddhagū; | the leader of the king of Aṅga’s army, | |
| Svajja dhammesu ukkaṭṭho, | today is eminent in the Dhammas, | |
| soṇo dukkhassa pāragū. | Soṇa, who has gone beyond suffering. | |
| Pañca chinde pañca jahe, | One should cut off five, one should abandon five, | |
| pañca cuttari bhāvaye; | and one should especially cultivate five. | |
| Pañca saṅgātigo bhikkhu, | The bhikkhu who has gone beyond the five attachments | |
| oghatiṇṇoti vuccati. | is called one who has crossed the flood. | |
| Unnaḷassa pamattassa, | For a bhikkhu who is proud and heedless, | |
| bāhirāsassa bhikkhuno; | with external interests, | |
| Sīlaṁ samādhi paññā ca, | virtue, concentration, and wisdom | |
| pāripūriṁ na gacchati. | do not reach fulfillment. | |
| Yañhi kiccaṁ apaviddhaṁ, | What should be done is cast aside, | |
| akiccaṁ pana karīyati; | but what should not be done is done. | |
| Unnaḷānaṁ pamattānaṁ, | For those who are proud and heedless, | |
| tesaṁ vaḍḍhanti āsavā. | their taints increase. | |
| Yesañca susamāraddhā, | But those for whom mindfulness of the body | |
| niccaṁ kāyagatā sati; | is always well-established, | |
| Akiccaṁ te na sevanti, | they do not engage in what should not be done, | |
| kicce sātaccakārino; | they are constantly doing what should be done. | |
| Satānaṁ sampajānānaṁ, | For the mindful and aware, | |
| atthaṁ gacchanti āsavā. | their taints go to an end. | |
| Ujumaggamhi akkhāte, | When the straight path has been declared, | |
| gacchatha mā nivattatha; | go, do not turn back. | |
| Attanā codayattānaṁ, | Urge yourself on by yourself, | |
| nibbānamabhihāraye. | bring yourself to Nibbāna. | |
| Accāraddhamhi vīriyamhi, | When my energy was excessively aroused, | |
| satthā loke anuttaro; | the Teacher, unsurpassed in the world, | |
| Vīṇopamaṁ karitvā me, | made the simile of the lute for me, | |
| dhammaṁ desesi cakkhumā; | and taught me the Dhamma, the one with vision. | |
| Tassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, | Having heard his word, | |
| vihāsiṁ sāsane rato. | I dwelt delighting in his teaching. | |
| Samathaṁ paṭipādesiṁ, | I developed serenity | |
| uttamatthassa pattiyā; | for the attainment of the supreme goal. | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Nekkhamme adhimuttassa, | For one resolved on renunciation, | |
| pavivekañca cetaso; | and on seclusion of the mind, | |
| Abyāpajjādhimuttassa, | for one resolved on non-ill-will, | |
| upādānakkhayassa ca. | and on the destruction of clinging, | |
| Taṇhakkhayādhimuttassa, | for one resolved on the destruction of craving, | |
| asammohañca cetaso; | and on non-delusion of the mind, | |
| Disvā āyatanuppādaṁ, | seeing the arising of the sense-bases, | |
| sammā cittaṁ vimuccati. | the mind is rightly liberated. | |
| Tassa sammā vimuttassa, | For that bhikkhu rightly liberated, | |
| santacittassa bhikkhuno; | with a peaceful mind, | |
| Katassa paṭicayo natthi, | there is no accumulation of what has been done, | |
| karaṇīyaṁ na vijjati. | there is nothing to be done. | |
| Selo yathā ekagghano, | Just as a solid rock | |
| vātena na samīrati; | is not shaken by the wind, | |
| Evaṁ rūpā rasā saddā, | so forms, tastes, sounds, | |
| gandhā phassā ca kevalā. | smells, and all touches, | |
| Iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca, | desirable and undesirable things, | |
| nappavedhenti tādino; | do not agitate such a one. | |
| Ṭhitaṁ cittaṁ visaññuttaṁ, | The mind is firm and detached, | |
| vayañcassānupassatī”ti. | and he sees their passing away.” | |
| … Soṇo koḷiviso thero … | … The Elder Soṇa Koḷivisa … | |
| Terasanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Thirteens is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Soṇo koḷiviso thero, | The Elder Soṇa Koḷivisa, | |
| ekoyeva mahiddhiko; | the only one of great psychic power. | |
| Terasamhi nipātamhi, | In the Book of Thirteen, | |
| gāthāyo cettha terasāti. | there are also thirteen verses. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 14
all
| ♦ Nipāta 14 | ♦ The Book of Fourteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag14.1 Khadiravaniyarevatattheragāthā | Thag14.1 The Verses of the Elder Khadiravaniya Revata | |
| Thag14.2 Godattattheragāthā | Thag14.2 The Verses of the Elder Godatta | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 14.1 Khadiravaniyarevata
| --- Thag14.1 Khadiravaniyarevatattheragāthā --- | --- Thag14.1 The Verses of the Elder Khadiravaniya Revata --- | |
| “Yadā ahaṁ pabbajito, | “Since I went forth | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from home into homelessness, | |
| Nābhijānāmi saṅkappaṁ, | I am not aware of any thought | |
| anariyaṁ dosasaṁhitaṁ. | that is ignoble and connected with hatred. | |
| ‘Ime haññantu vajjhantu, | ‘May these beings be slain, may they be bound, | |
| dukkhaṁ pappontu pāṇino’; | may they come to suffering’; | |
| Saṅkappaṁ nābhijānāmi, | I am not aware of such a thought | |
| imasmiṁ dīghamantare. | in this long interval. | |
| Mettañca abhijānāmi, | But I am aware of loving-kindness, | |
| appamāṇaṁ subhāvitaṁ; | immeasurable and well-developed, | |
| Anupubbaṁ paricitaṁ, | cultivated in sequence, | |
| yathā buddhena desitaṁ. | as taught by the Buddha. | |
| Sabbamitto sabbasakho, | A friend to all, a companion to all, | |
| sabbabhūtānukampako; | compassionate for all beings, | |
| Mettacittañca bhāvemi, | I cultivate a mind of loving-kindness, | |
| abyāpajjarato sadā. | always delighting in non-harming. | |
| Asaṁhīraṁ asaṅkuppaṁ, | I delight my mind, | |
| cittaṁ āmodayāmahaṁ; | unshaken and unagitated. | |
| Brahmavihāraṁ bhāvemi, | I cultivate the divine abidings, | |
| akāpurisasevitaṁ. | not frequented by vile men. | |
| Avitakkaṁ samāpanno, | Having attained to a state without thought, | |
| sammāsambuddhasāvako; | a disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One, | |
| Ariyena tuṇhībhāvena, | he is endowed with the noble silence, | |
| upeto hoti tāvade. | for a certain time. | |
| Yathāpi pabbato selo, | Just as a rocky mountain, | |
| acalo suppatiṭṭhito; | unmoving and well-established, | |
| Evaṁ mohakkhayā bhikkhu, | so, due to the destruction of delusion, a bhikkhu, | |
| pabbatova na vedhati. | like a mountain, does not tremble. | |
| Anaṅgaṇassa posassa, | For a person without blemish, | |
| niccaṁ sucigavesino; | always seeking purity, | |
| Vālaggamattaṁ pāpassa, | a hair’s tip of evil | |
| abbhamattaṁva khāyati. | seems as large as a cloud. | |
| Nagaraṁ yathā paccantaṁ, | Just as a border city, | |
| guttaṁ santarabāhiraṁ; | guarded inside and out, | |
| Evaṁ gopetha attānaṁ, | so you should guard yourself. | |
| khaṇo vo mā upaccagā. | Let not the moment pass you by. | |
| Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, | I do not delight in death, | |
| nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; | I do not delight in life. | |
| Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, | I await my time, | |
| nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā. | like a hireling his wages. | |
| Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, | I do not delight in death, | |
| … pe … |
… and so on … | |
| sampajāno patissato. | fully aware and mindful. | |
| Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Ohito garuko bhāro, | The heavy burden has been laid down, | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā. | the guide to existence is rooted out. | |
| Yassa catthāya pabbajito, | The purpose for which I went forth | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from home into homelessness, | |
| So me attho anuppatto, | that goal has been reached by me: | |
| sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo. | the destruction of all fetters. | |
| Sampādethappamādena, | Strive with heedfulness, | |
| esā me anusāsanī; | this is my instruction. | |
| Handāhaṁ parinibbissaṁ, | Come, I will attain final Nibbāna, | |
| vippamuttomhi sabbadhī”ti. | I am completely liberated in every way.” | |
| … Khadiravaniyarevato thero …. | … The Elder Khadiravaniya Revata …. | |
❧
+Thag 14.2 Godatta
| --- Thag14.2 Godattattheragāthā --- | --- Thag14.2 The Verses of the Elder Godatta --- | |
| “Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, | “Just as a fine thoroughbred, | |
| dhure yutto dhurassaho; | yoked to the yoke, able to bear the yoke, | |
| Mathito atibhārena, | though crushed by an excessive burden, | |
| saṁyugaṁ nātivattati. | does not shirk the harness, | |
| Evaṁ paññāya ye tittā, | so those who are full of wisdom, | |
| samuddo vārinā yathā; | like the ocean with water, | |
| Na pare atimaññanti, | do not despise others; | |
| ariyadhammova pāṇinaṁ. | this is the way of the noble ones for beings. | |
| Kāle kālavasaṁ pattā, | At the right time, subject to time, | |
| bhavābhavavasaṁ gatā; | gone into the power of existence after existence, | |
| Narā dukkhaṁ nigacchanti, | men come to suffering; | |
| tedha socanti māṇavā. | for that the young men here grieve. | |
| Unnatā sukhadhammena, | Exalted by the state of happiness, | |
| dukkhadhammena conatā; | and humbled by the state of suffering, | |
| Dvayena bālā haññanti, | fools are afflicted by both, | |
| yathābhūtaṁ adassino. | not seeing things as they really are. | |
| Ye ca dukkhe sukhasmiñca, | But those who, in suffering and in happiness, | |
| majjhe sibbinimaccagū; | have crossed over the seamstress in the middle, | |
| Ṭhitā te indakhīlova, | they stand like an Indra’s pillar; | |
| na te unnataonatā. | they are not exalted or humbled. | |
| Na heva lābhe nālābhe, | Not in gain, not in loss, | |
| na yase na ca kittiyā; | not in fame, not in disrepute, | |
| Na nindāyaṁ pasaṁsāya, | not in blame, not in praise, | |
| na te dukkhe sukhamhi ca. | not in suffering, and not in happiness, | |
| Sabbattha te na limpanti, | they are not smeared anywhere, | |
| udabinduva pokkhare; | like a drop of water on a lotus leaf. | |
| Sabbattha sukhitā dhīrā, | Everywhere the wise are happy, | |
| sabbattha aparājitā. | everywhere they are unconquered. | |
| Dhammena ca alābho yo, | And what is a loss through the Dhamma, | |
| yo ca lābho adhammiko; | and what is a gain through non-Dhamma, | |
| Alābho dhammiko seyyo, | the loss through the Dhamma is better | |
| yañce lābho adhammiko. | than the gain through non-Dhamma. | |
| Yaso ca appabuddhīnaṁ, | And fame among the unwise, | |
| viññūnaṁ ayaso ca yo; | and disrepute among the wise, | |
| Ayasova seyyo viññūnaṁ, | disrepute from the wise is better | |
| na yaso appabuddhinaṁ. | than fame from the unwise. | |
| Dummedhehi pasaṁsā ca, | And blame from the wise, | |
| viññūhi garahā ca yā; | and praise from the foolish, | |
| Garahāva seyyo viññūhi, | blame from the wise is better | |
| yañce bālappasaṁsanā. | than praise from the foolish. | |
| Sukhañca kāmamayikaṁ, | And sensual happiness, | |
| dukkhañca pavivekiyaṁ; | and the suffering of seclusion, | |
| Pavivekadukkhaṁ seyyo, | the suffering of seclusion is better | |
| yañce kāmamayaṁ sukhaṁ. | than sensual happiness. | |
| Jīvitañca adhammena, | And a life lived unrighteously, | |
| dhammena maraṇañca yaṁ; | and a death lived righteously, | |
| Maraṇaṁ dhammikaṁ seyyo, | a righteous death is better | |
| yañce jīve adhammikaṁ. | than a life lived unrighteously. | |
| Kāmakopappahīnā ye, | Those who have abandoned sensual desire and anger, | |
| santacittā bhavābhave; | with peaceful minds in existence after existence, | |
| Caranti loke asitā, | they wander in the world unattached; | |
| natthi tesaṁ piyāpiyaṁ. | for them there is no dear or not dear. | |
| Bhāvayitvāna bojjhaṅge, | Having developed the factors of enlightenment, | |
| indriyāni balāni ca; | the faculties and the powers, | |
| Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, | attaining the supreme peace, | |
| parinibbantināsavā”ti. | they are extinguished without taints.” | |
| … Godatto thero … | … The Elder Godatta … | |
| Cuddasakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Fourteens is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Revato ceva godatto, | Revata and Godatta, | |
| therā dve te mahiddhikā; | those two elders of great psychic power. | |
| Cuddasamhi nipātamhi, | In the Book of Fourteen, | |
| gāthāyo aṭṭhavīsatīti. | there are twenty-eight verses. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 15
all
| ♦ Nipāta 15 | ♦ The Book of Fifteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Vagga 1 | |
| Thag15.1 Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheragāthā | Thag15.1 The Verses of the Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña | |
| Thag15.2 Udāyittheragāthā | Thag15.2 The Verses of the Elder Udāyī | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 15.1 Aññāsikoṇḍañña
| --- Thag15.1 Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheragāthā --- | --- Thag15.1 The Verses of the Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña --- | |
| “Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi, | “I am even more confident, | |
| sutvā dhammaṁ mahārasaṁ; | having heard the Dhamma of great flavor. | |
| Virāgo desito dhammo, | The Dhamma of dispassion has been taught, | |
| anupādāya sabbaso”. | without any grasping at all.” | |
| “Bahūni loke citrāni, | “The many various things in the world, | |
| asmiṁ pathavimaṇḍale; | on this surface of the earth, | |
| Mathenti maññe saṅkappaṁ, | they churn up, I think, my thoughts, | |
| subhaṁ rāgūpasaṁhitaṁ. | the beautiful connected with lust. | |
| Rajamuhatañca vātena, | As dust is settled by the wind, | |
| yathā meghopasammaye; | or as a cloud is settled by rain, | |
| Evaṁ sammanti saṅkappā, | so thoughts are stilled, | |
| yadā paññāya passati. | when one sees with wisdom. | |
| Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccāti, | ‘All formations are impermanent,’ | |
| yadā paññāya passati; | when one sees with wisdom, | |
| Atha nibbindati dukkhe, | then one becomes weary of suffering; | |
| esa maggo visuddhiyā. | this is the path to purity. | |
| Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhāti, | ‘All formations are suffering,’ | |
| yadā paññāya passati; | when one sees with wisdom, | |
| Atha nibbindati dukkhe, | then one becomes weary of suffering; | |
| esa maggo visuddhiyā. | this is the path to purity. | |
| Sabbe dhammā anattāti, | ‘All things are not-self,’ | |
| yadā paññāya passati; | when one sees with a wisdom, | |
| Atha nibbindati dukkhe, | then one becomes weary of suffering; | |
| esa maggo visuddhiyā. | this is the path to purity. | |
| Buddhānubuddho yo thero, | The elder who has awakened after the Buddha, | |
| koṇḍañño tibbanikkamo; | Koṇḍañña of keen striving, | |
| Pahīnajātimaraṇo, | who has abandoned birth and death, | |
| brahmacariyassa kevalī. | is a complete master of the holy life. | |
| Oghapāso daḷhakhilo, | The snare of the flood, the strong post, | |
| Pabbato duppadālayo; | the mountain hard to shatter, | |
| Chetvā khilañca pāsañca, | having cut the post and the snare, | |
| Selaṁ bhetvāna dubbhidaṁ; | having broken the hard-to-break rock, | |
| Tiṇṇo pāraṅgato jhāyī, | he has crossed over, gone to the far shore, a meditator, | |
| Mutto so mārabandhanā. | freed from the bonds of Māra. | |
| Uddhato capalo bhikkhu, | The proud and fickle bhikkhu, | |
| mitte āgamma pāpake; | relying on evil friends, | |
| Saṁsīdati mahoghasmiṁ, | sinks in the great flood, | |
| ūmiyā paṭikujjito. | overturned by a wave. | |
| Anuddhato acapalo, | The one who is not proud, not fickle, | |
| nipako saṁvutindriyo; | skilled, with restrained faculties, | |
| Kalyāṇamitto medhāvī, | with good friends, wise, | |
| dukkhassantakaro siyā. | he would be an ender of suffering. | |
| Kālapabbaṅgasaṅkāso, | Like the limb of a kāla tree, | |
| kiso dhamanisanthato; | lean, with veins standing out, | |
| Mattaññū annapānasmiṁ, | a man moderate in food and drink, | |
| adīnamanaso naro. | with an undaunted mind. | |
| Phuṭṭho ḍaṁsehi makasehi, | Bitten by horseflies and mosquitoes | |
| araññasmiṁ brahāvane; | in the forest, in the great woods, | |
| Nāgo saṅgāmasīseva, | like an elephant at the head of a battle, | |
| sato tatrādhivāsaye. | mindful, one should endure there. | |
| Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, | I do not delight in death, | |
| … pe … |
… and so on … | |
| nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā. | like a hireling his wages. | |
| Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, | I do not delight in death, | |
| … pe … |
… and so on … | |
| sampajāno patissato. | fully aware and mindful. | |
| Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| … pe … |
… and so on … | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā. | the guide to existence is rooted out. | |
| Yassa catthāya pabbajito, | The purpose for which I went forth | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from home into homelessness, | |
| So me attho anuppatto, | that goal has been reached by me; | |
| kiṁ me saddhivihārinā”ti. | what have I to do with a fellow-resident?” | |
| … Aññāsikoṇḍañño thero …. | … The Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña …. | |
❧
+Thag 15.2 Udāyi
| --- Thag15.2 Udāyittheragāthā --- | --- Thag15.2 The Verses of the Elder Udāyī --- | |
| “Manussabhūtaṁ sambuddhaṁ, | “The Sambuddha, become human, | |
| Attadantaṁ samāhitaṁ; | self-tamed and concentrated, | |
| Iriyamānaṁ brahmapathe, | walking on the divine path, | |
| Cittassūpasame rataṁ. | delighting in the calming of the mind. | |
| Yaṁ manussā namassanti, | Whom men pay homage to, | |
| sabbadhammāna pāraguṁ; | the one who has gone beyond all things, | |
| Devāpi taṁ namassanti, | even the gods pay homage to him, | |
| iti me arahato sutaṁ. | so I have heard from the Arahant. | |
| Sabbasaṁyojanātītaṁ, | He who has passed beyond all fetters, | |
| vanā nibbanamāgataṁ; | come from the forest to the woodless state, | |
| Kāmehi nekkhammarataṁ, | delighting in renunciation from sensual pleasures, | |
| muttaṁ selāva kañcanaṁ. | is freed like gold from rock. | |
| Sa ve accaruci nāgo, | He is indeed of surpassing radiance, a naga, | |
| himavāvaññe siluccaye; | like Himālaya among other mountains. | |
| Sabbesaṁ nāganāmānaṁ, | Of all those with the name of naga, | |
| saccanāmo anuttaro. | his is the true name, the unsurpassed. | |
| Nāgaṁ vo kittayissāmi, | I will praise the naga to you, | |
| na hi āguṁ karoti so; | for he does no wrong. | |
| Soraccaṁ avihiṁsā ca, | Gentleness and non-harming | |
| pādā nāgassa te duve. | are the two feet of the naga. | |
| Sati ca sampajaññañca, | Mindfulness and clear comprehension | |
| caraṇā nāgassa tepare; | are the other feet of the naga. | |
| Saddhāhattho mahānāgo, | The great naga has faith as his trunk, | |
| upekkhāsetadantavā. | equanimity as his white tusks. | |
| Sati gīvā siro paññā, | Mindfulness is his neck, wisdom his head, | |
| vīmaṁsā dhammacintanā; | investigation and reflection on the Dhamma. | |
| Dhammakucchisamāvāso, | The abode of the Dhamma is his belly, | |
| viveko tassa vāladhi. | seclusion is his tail. | |
| So jhāyī assāsarato, | He is a meditator, delighting in his breathing, | |
| ajjhattaṁ susamāhito; | well-concentrated within himself. | |
| Gacchaṁ samāhito nāgo, | The naga is concentrated when walking, | |
| ṭhito nāgo samāhito. | the naga is concentrated when standing. | |
| Sayaṁ samāhito nāgo, | The naga is concentrated when sleeping, | |
| nisinnopi samāhito; | the naga is concentrated even when sitting. | |
| Sabbattha saṁvuto nāgo, | Everywhere the naga is restrained; | |
| esā nāgassa sampadā. | this is the accomplishment of the naga. | |
| Bhuñjati anavajjāni, | He eats what is blameless, | |
| sāvajjāni na bhuñjati; | he does not eat what is blameworthy. | |
| Ghāsamacchādanaṁ laddhā, | Having obtained food and covering, | |
| sannidhiṁ parivajjayaṁ. | he avoids storing it up. | |
| Saṁyojanaṁ aṇuṁ thūlaṁ, | Having cut every fetter, | |
| sabbaṁ chetvāna bandhanaṁ; | small and large, the bond, | |
| Yena yeneva gacchati, | wherever he goes, | |
| anapekkhova gacchati. | he goes without attachment. | |
| Yathāpi udake jātaṁ, | Just as a white lotus, born in water, | |
| puṇḍarīkaṁ pavaḍḍhati; | grows up, | |
| Nopalippati toyena, | it is not stained by the water, | |
| sucigandhaṁ manoramaṁ. | of pure fragrance, delightful. | |
| Tatheva ca loke jāto, | So too the Buddha, born in the world, | |
| buddho loke viharati; | dwells in the world, | |
| Nopalippati lokena, | he is not stained by the world, | |
| toyena padumaṁ yathā. | as a lotus by the water. | |
| Mahāgini pajjalito, | A great fire, having blazed up, | |
| anāhāropasammati; | is extinguished for lack of fuel. | |
| Aṅgāresu ca santesu, | When the embers are cool, | |
| nibbutoti pavuccati. | it is said to be ‘extinguished’. | |
| Atthassāyaṁ viññāpanī, | This simile, for the sake of conveying the meaning, | |
| upamā viññūhi desitā; | is taught by the wise. | |
| Viññissanti mahānāgā, | The great nagas will understand, | |
| nāgaṁ nāgena desitaṁ. | the naga taught by the naga. | |
| Vītarāgo vītadoso, | Free from lust, free from hatred, | |
| Vītamoho anāsavo; | free from delusion, without taints, | |
| Sarīraṁ vijahaṁ nāgo, | the naga, abandoning the body, | |
| Parinibbissatyanāsavo”ti. | will be extinguished without taints.” | |
| … Udāyī thero … | … The Elder Udāyī … | |
| Soḷasakanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Sixteens is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Koṇḍañño ca udāyī ca, | Koṇḍañña and Udāyī, | |
| therā dve te mahiddhikā; | those two elders of great psychic power. | |
| Soḷasamhi nipātamhi, | In the Book of Sixteen, | |
| gāthāyo dve ca tiṁsa cāti. | there are also thirty-two verses. | |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 16
all
| ♦ Nipāta 16 | ♦ The Book of Sixteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag16.1 Adhimuttattheragāthā | Thag16.1 The Verses of the Elder Adhimutta | |
| Thag16.2 Pārāpariyattheragāthā | Thag16.2 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya | |
| Thag16.3 Telakānittheragāthā | Thag16.3 The Verses of the Elder Telakāni | |
| Thag16.4 Raṭṭhapālattheragāthā | Thag16.4 The Verses of the Elder Raṭṭhapāla | |
| Thag16.5 Mālukyaputtattheragāthā | Thag16.5 The Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta | |
| Thag16.6 Theragāthā 16.6 | Thag16.6 The Verses of the Elder Sela | |
| Thag16.7 Kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiyattheragāthā | Thag16.7 The Verses of the Elder Kāḷigodhāputta Bhaddiya | |
| Thag16.8 Aṅgulimālattheragāthā | Thag16.8 The Verses of the Elder Aṅgulimāla | |
| Thag16.9 Anuruddhattheragāthā | Thag16.9 The Verses of the Elder Anuruddha | |
| Thag16.10 Pārāpariyattheragāthā | Thag16.10 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 16.1 Adhimutta
| --- Thag16.1 Adhimuttattheragāthā --- | --- Thag16.1 The Verses of the Elder Adhimutta --- | |
| “Yaññatthaṁ vā dhanatthaṁ vā, | “‘For the sake of sacrifice or for the sake of wealth, | |
| ye hanāma mayaṁ pure; | those whom we used to kill, | |
| Avasesaṁ bhayaṁ hoti, | the rest have fear, | |
| vedhanti vilapanti ca. | they tremble and they weep. | |
| Tassa te natthi bhītattaṁ, | But you have no fear, | |
| bhiyyo vaṇṇo pasīdati; | your complexion is even brighter. | |
| Kasmā na paridevesi, | Why do you not lament | |
| evarūpe mahabbhaye”. | in such a great terror?’ | |
| “Natthi cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ, | ‘There is no mental suffering, | |
| anapekkhassa gāmaṇi; | for one who has no attachment, O leader. | |
| Atikkantā bhayā sabbe, | All fears have been transcended, | |
| khīṇasaṁyojanassa ve. | for one whose fetters are destroyed. | |
| Khīṇāya bhavanettiyā, | When the guide to existence is destroyed, | |
| diṭṭhe dhamme yathātathe; | and the Dhamma has been seen as it really is, | |
| Na bhayaṁ maraṇe hoti, | there is no fear in death, | |
| bhāranikkhepane yathā. | as in the laying down of a burden. | |
| Suciṇṇaṁ brahmacariyaṁ me, | The holy life has been well lived by me, | |
| maggo cāpi subhāvito; | and the path has been well developed. | |
| Maraṇe me bhayaṁ natthi, | I have no fear in death, | |
| rogānamiva saṅkhaye. | as in the exhaustion of diseases. | |
| Suciṇṇaṁ brahmacariyaṁ me, | The holy life has been well lived by me, | |
| maggo cāpi subhāvito; | and the path has been well developed. | |
| Nirassādā bhavā diṭṭhā, | Existences are seen as without taste, | |
| visaṁ pitvāva chaḍḍitaṁ. | like having drunk poison and thrown it up. | |
| Pāragū anupādāno, | One who has gone to the far shore, without grasping, | |
| katakicco anāsavo; | who has done his duty, without taints, | |
| Tuṭṭho āyukkhayā hoti, | is glad at the exhaustion of life, | |
| mutto āghātanā yathā. | like one freed from a slaughterhouse. | |
| Uttamaṁ dhammataṁ patto, | Having reached the supreme state of Dhamma, | |
| sabbaloke anatthiko; | unconcerned with the whole world, | |
| Ādittāva gharā mutto, | like one freed from a burning house, | |
| maraṇasmiṁ na socati. | he does not grieve at death. | |
| Yadatthi saṅgataṁ kiñci, | Whatever is compounded, | |
| bhavo vā yattha labbhati; | or wherever existence is found, | |
| Sabbaṁ anissaraṁ etaṁ, | all that is not under one’s control, | |
| iti vuttaṁ mahesinā. | so it has been said by the great sage. | |
| Yo taṁ tathā pajānāti, | He who understands that as it is, | |
| yathā buddhena desitaṁ; | as it has been taught by the Buddha, | |
| Na gaṇhāti bhavaṁ kiñci, | he does not grasp at any existence, | |
| sutattaṁva ayoguḷaṁ. | like a red-hot iron ball. | |
| Na me hoti ‘ahosin’ti, | It does not occur to me, “I was,” | |
| ‘bhavissan’ti na hoti me; | nor does it occur to me, “I will be.” | |
| Saṅkhārā vigamissanti, | The formations will cease; | |
| tattha kā paridevanā. | what lamentation can there be in that? | |
| Suddhaṁ dhammasamuppādaṁ, | For one who sees the pure arising of things, | |
| Suddhaṁ saṅkhārasantatiṁ; | the pure continuity of formations, | |
| Passantassa yathābhūtaṁ, | as they really are, | |
| Na bhayaṁ hoti gāmaṇi. | there is no fear, O leader. | |
| Tiṇakaṭṭhasamaṁ lokaṁ, | When one sees the world with wisdom | |
| yadā paññāya passati; | as equal to grass and sticks, | |
| Mamattaṁ so asaṁvindaṁ, | not finding any sense of ‘mine’, | |
| ‘natthi me’ti na socati. | he does not grieve, thinking, “I have nothing.” | |
| Ukkaṇṭhāmi sarīrena, | I am weary of this body, | |
| bhavenamhi anatthiko; | I have no need for existence. | |
| Soyaṁ bhijjissati kāyo, | This body will break up, | |
| añño ca na bhavissati. | and there will be no other. | |
| Yaṁ vo kiccaṁ sarīrena, | Whatever you need to do with this body, | |
| taṁ karotha yadicchatha; | do it as you wish. | |
| Na me tappaccayā tattha, | There will be no hatred or love | |
| doso pemañca hehiti”. | in me on account of that.’” | |
| Tassa taṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, | “Having heard his words, | |
| abbhutaṁ lomahaṁsanaṁ; | astounding and hair-raising, | |
| Satthāni nikkhipitvāna, | having laid down their weapons, | |
| māṇavā etadabravuṁ. | the young men said this: | |
| “Kiṁ bhadante karitvāna, | ‘What have you done, venerable sir, | |
| ko vā ācariyo tava; | or who is your teacher? | |
| Kassa sāsanamāgamma, | By following whose teaching | |
| labbhate taṁ asokatā”. | is this sorrowlessness obtained?’ | |
| “Sabbaññū sabbadassāvī, | ‘The all-knowing, all-seeing | |
| jino ācariyo mama; | Jina is my teacher, | |
| Mahākāruṇiko satthā, | the great compassionate Teacher, | |
| sabbalokatikicchako. | the physician for the whole world. | |
| Tenāyaṁ desito dhammo, | By him this Dhamma has been taught, | |
| khayagāmī anuttaro; | leading to cessation, unsurpassed. | |
| Tassa sāsanamāgamma, | By following his teaching, | |
| labbhate taṁ asokatā”. | this sorrowlessness is obtained.’” | |
| Sutvāna corā isino subhāsitaṁ, | “Having heard the sage’s well-spoken words, | |
| Nikkhippa satthāni ca āvudhāni ca; | the robbers, having laid down their swords and weapons, | |
| Tamhā ca kammā viramiṁsu eke, | some of them desisted from that deed, | |
| Eke ca pabbajjamarocayiṁsu. | and some chose the going-forth. | |
| Te pabbajitvā sugatassa sāsane, | Having gone forth in the teaching of the Well-gone-One, | |
| Bhāvetva bojjhaṅgabalāni paṇḍitā; | the wise ones, having developed the factors of enlightenment and the powers, | |
| Udaggacittā sumanā katindriyā, | with elated minds and joyful senses, | |
| Phusiṁsu nibbānapadaṁ asaṅkhatanti. | touched the unconditioned state of Nibbāna.” | |
| … Adhimutto thero …. | … The Elder Adhimutta …. | |
❧
+Thag 16.2 Pārāpariya
| --- Thag16.2 Pārāpariyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag16.2 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya --- | |
| “Samaṇassa ahu cintā, | “A thought occurred to the ascetic, | |
| pārāpariyassa bhikkhuno; | to the bhikkhu Pārāpariya, | |
| Ekakassa nisinnassa, | as he was seated alone, | |
| pavivittassa jhāyino. | in seclusion, meditating: | |
| Kimānupubbaṁ puriso, | ‘Following what sequence, with what vow, what conduct, | |
| kiṁ vataṁ kiṁ samācāraṁ; | would a person, doing his own duty, | |
| Attano kiccakārīssa, | not harm anyone?’ | |
| na ca kañci viheṭhaye. | The faculties of men | |
| Indriyāni manussānaṁ, | are for their welfare and for their harm. | |
| hitāya ahitāya ca; | Unprotected, they are for their harm; | |
| Arakkhitāni ahitāya, | protected, they are for their welfare. | |
| rakkhitāni hitāya ca. | One should guard one’s faculties, | |
| Indriyāneva sārakkhaṁ, | and protect one’s faculties. | |
| indriyāni ca gopayaṁ; | Doing his own duty, | |
| Attano kiccakārīssa, | he would not harm anyone. | |
| na ca kañci viheṭhaye. | If one does not restrain the eye-faculty | |
| Cakkhundriyañce rūpesu, | as it goes towards forms, | |
| gacchantaṁ anivārayaṁ; | not seeing the danger, | |
| Anādīnavadassāvī, | he is not freed from suffering. | |
| so dukkhā na hi muccati. | If one does not restrain the ear-faculty | |
| Sotindriyañce saddesu, | as it goes towards sounds, | |
| gacchantaṁ anivārayaṁ; | not seeing the danger, | |
| Anādīnavadassāvī, | he is not freed from suffering. | |
| so dukkhā na hi muccati. | Not seeing the way of escape, | |
| Anissaraṇadassāvī, | if one indulges in smells, | |
| gandhe ce paṭisevati; | he is not freed from suffering, | |
| Na so muccati dukkhamhā, | being infatuated with smells. | |
| gandhesu adhimucchito. | Remembering the sour and the sweet, | |
| Ambilaṁ madhuraggañca, | and the supreme bitter, | |
| tittakaggamanussaraṁ; | addicted to the craving for taste, | |
| Rasataṇhāya gadhito, | one does not understand one’s heart. | |
| hadayaṁ nāvabujjhati. | Remembering pleasant and disagreeable | |
| Subhānyappaṭikūlāni, | tangible objects, | |
| phoṭṭhabbāni anussaraṁ; | impassioned, on account of lust, | |
| Ratto rāgādhikaraṇaṁ, | one finds various kinds of suffering. | |
| vividhaṁ vindate dukhaṁ. | He who is not able to protect his mind | |
| Manaṁ cetehi dhammehi, | from these things, | |
| yo na sakkoti rakkhituṁ; | suffering follows him from that, | |
| Tato naṁ dukkhamanveti, | from all these five. | |
| sabbehetehi pañcahi. | Full of pus and blood, | |
| Pubbalohitasampuṇṇaṁ, | and of many carcasses, | |
| bahussa kuṇapassa ca; | adorned by the hero of men, | |
| Naravīrakataṁ vagguṁ, | like a painted casket. | |
| samuggamiva cittitaṁ. | Bitter in its sweet taste, | |
| Kaṭukaṁ madhurassādaṁ, | a dear bond of suffering. | |
| piyanibandhanaṁ dukhaṁ; | Like a razor smeared with honey, | |
| Khuraṁva madhunā littaṁ, | one does not realize it while licking. | |
| ullihaṁ nāvabujjhati. | In a woman’s form, in a woman’s voice, | |
| Itthirūpe itthisare, | and also in a woman’s touch, | |
| phoṭṭhabbepi ca itthiyā; | attached to a woman’s smells, | |
| Itthigandhesu sāratto, | one finds various kinds of suffering. | |
| vividhaṁ vindate dukhaṁ. | All the streams of a woman | |
| Itthisotāni sabbāni, | flow five by five. | |
| sandanti pañca pañcasu; | He who is able to make a barrier | |
| Tesamāvaraṇaṁ kātuṁ, | to them is energetic. | |
| yo sakkoti vīriyavā. | He is a man of purpose, he is established in the Dhamma, | |
| So atthavā so dhammaṭṭho, | he is skilled, he is discerning. | |
| so dakkho so vicakkhaṇo; | He would do what is connected with the Dhamma’s purpose, | |
| Kareyya ramamānopi, | even while taking delight. | |
| kiccaṁ dhammatthasaṁhitaṁ. | Then he sinks when attached, | |
| Atho sīdati saññuttaṁ, | he should avoid a useless task. | |
| vajje kiccaṁ niratthakaṁ; | Thinking, ‘That is not my duty,’ | |
| ‘Na taṁ kiccan’ti maññitvā, | a heedful and discerning person. | |
| appamatto vicakkhaṇo. | And what is connected with the goal, | |
| Yañca atthena saññuttaṁ, | and what is the delight based on the Dhamma, | |
| yā ca dhammagatā rati; | having undertaken that, one should practice it, | |
| Taṁ samādāya vattetha, | for that indeed is the supreme delight. | |
| sā hi ve uttamā rati. | With various means | |
| Uccāvacehupāyehi, | one tries to overcome others. | |
| Paresamabhijigīsati; | Having struck, having killed, and having caused grief, | |
| Hantvā vadhitvā atha socayitvā, | he robs others by force. | |
| Ālopati sāhasā yo paresaṁ. | Just as a strong man, carving a peg with a peg, | |
| Tacchanto āṇiyā āṇiṁ, | strikes it, | |
| nihanti balavā yathā; | so a skilled person strikes | |
| Indriyānindriyeheva, | the faculties with the faculties. | |
| nihanti kusalo tathā. | Having developed faith, energy, and concentration, | |
| Saddhaṁ vīriyaṁ samādhiñca, | and mindfulness and wisdom, | |
| satipaññañca bhāvayaṁ; | having struck five with five, | |
| Pañca pañcahi hantvāna, | the brahmin goes without trouble. | |
| anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo. | He is a man of purpose, he is established in the Dhamma, | |
| So atthavā so dhammaṭṭho, | having followed the teaching of the word. | |
| katvā vākyānusāsaniṁ; | In every way the Buddha’s | |
| Sabbena sabbaṁ buddhassa, | man prospers in happiness.” | |
| so naro sukhamedhatī”ti. … Pārāpariyo thero …. |
… The Elder Pārāpariya …. | |
❧
+Thag 16.3 Telakāni
| --- Thag16.3 Telakānittheragāthā --- | --- Thag16.3 The Verses of the Elder Telakāni --- | |
| “Cirarattaṁ vatātāpī, | “For a long time indeed, I have been ardent, | |
| dhammaṁ anuvicintayaṁ; | reflecting on the Dhamma. | |
| Samaṁ cittassa nālatthaṁ, | I did not attain peace of mind, | |
| pucchaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇe. | asking ascetics and brahmins: | |
| ‘Ko so pāraṅgato loke, | ‘Who has gone to the far shore in the world? | |
| ko patto amatogadhaṁ; | Who has reached the deathless state? | |
| Kassa dhammaṁ paṭicchāmi, | Whose Dhamma shall I accept, | |
| paramatthavijānanaṁ’. | to know the ultimate goal?’ | |
| Antovaṅkagato āsi, | I was caught in an inward curve, | |
| macchova ghasamāmisaṁ; | like a fish with bait and meat, | |
| Baddho mahindapāsena, | bound by the snare of Mahinda, | |
| vepacityasuro yathā. | like the asura Vepacitti. | |
| Añchāmi naṁ na muñcāmi, | I pull it, I do not release it, | |
| asmā sokapariddavā; | from this grief and lamentation. | |
| Ko me bandhaṁ muñcaṁ loke, | Who in the world, freeing my bond, | |
| sambodhiṁ vedayissati. | will make known enlightenment to me? | |
| Samaṇaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ vā kaṁ, | What ascetic or brahmin, | |
| ādisantaṁ pabhaṅgunaṁ; | teaching what is fragile? | |
| Kassa dhammaṁ paṭicchāmi, | Whose Dhamma shall I accept, | |
| jarāmaccupavāhanaṁ. | which carries one past old age and death? | |
| Vicikicchākaṅkhāganthitaṁ, | Bound by doubt and perplexity, | |
| sārambhabalasaññutaṁ; | yoked to the force of contentiousness, | |
| Kodhappattamanatthaddhaṁ, | with a mind overcome by anger, not stubborn, | |
| abhijappappadāraṇaṁ. | torn apart by desire. | |
| Taṇhādhanusamuṭṭhānaṁ, | Arisen from the bow of craving, | |
| dve ca pannarasāyutaṁ; | yoked to the two and fifteen, | |
| Passa orasikaṁ bāḷhaṁ, | see the strong son of my breast, | |
| bhetvāna yadi tiṭṭhati. | if he stands having broken it. | |
| Anudiṭṭhīnaṁ appahānaṁ, | The not-abandoning of wrong views, | |
| saṅkappaparatejitaṁ; | agitated by the force of thoughts, | |
| Tena viddho pavedhāmi, | pierced by that I tremble, | |
| pattaṁva māluteritaṁ. | like a leaf blown by the wind. | |
| Ajjhattaṁ me samuṭṭhāya, | Arisen within me, | |
| khippaṁ paccati māmakaṁ; | my own quickly ripens. | |
| Chaphassāyatanī kāyo, | The body with its six sense-bases, | |
| yattha sarati sabbadā. | where it always roams. | |
| Taṁ na passāmi tekicchaṁ, | I do not see that physician | |
| yo metaṁ sallamuddhare; | who could remove this arrow from me, | |
| Nānārajjena satthena, | not with various kingdoms, not with a weapon, | |
| nāññena vicikicchitaṁ. | nor with anything else that is doubtful. | |
| Ko me asattho avaṇo, | Who, without a weapon, without a wound, | |
| Sallamabbhantarapassayaṁ; | with the arrow lodged inside, | |
| Ahiṁsaṁ sabbagattāni, | without harming any of my limbs, | |
| Sallaṁ me uddharissati. | will remove the arrow from me? | |
| Dhammappati hi so seṭṭho, | The master of the Dhamma is indeed the best, | |
| visadosappavāhako; | the remover of the poison of delusion. | |
| Gambhīre patitassa me, | Fallen into the deep, he would show me | |
| thalaṁ pāṇiñca dassaye. | firm ground and his hand. | |
| Rahadehamasmi ogāḷho, | I have plunged into a lake, | |
| ahāriyarajamattike; | into a clay of impassable mud, | |
| Māyāusūyasārambha, | overspread with hypocrisy, envy, and contentiousness, | |
| thinamiddhamapatthaṭe. | with sloth and drowsiness. | |
| Uddhaccameghathanitaṁ, | The thunder-cloud of restlessness, | |
| saṁyojanavalāhakaṁ; | the cloud of the fetters, | |
| Vāhā vahanti kuddiṭṭhiṁ, | the currents carry one to wrong view, | |
| saṅkappā rāganissitā. | thoughts dependent on lust. | |
| Savanti sabbadhi sotā, | The streams flow everywhere, | |
| latā ubbhijja tiṭṭhati; | the creeper sprouts and stands. | |
| Te sote ko nivāreyya, | Who could check those streams? | |
| taṁ lataṁ ko hi checchati. | Who indeed will cut that creeper? | |
| Velaṁ karotha bhaddante, | Make a dam, venerable sirs, | |
| sotānaṁ sannivāraṇaṁ; | a barrier for the streams, | |
| Mā te manomayo soto, | lest the stream of the mind | |
| rukkhaṁva sahasā luve. | sweep you away suddenly like a tree. | |
| Evaṁ me bhayajātassa, | Thus, for me who was full of fear, | |
| apārā pāramesato; | seeking the far shore from the near, | |
| Tāṇo paññāvudho satthā, | the Teacher with the weapon of wisdom was my refuge, | |
| isisaṅghanisevito. | frequented by the sangha of sages. | |
| Sopāṇaṁ sugataṁ suddhaṁ, | He gave me a well-made, pure staircase, | |
| dhammasāramayaṁ daḷhaṁ; | strong, made of the essence of the Dhamma, | |
| Pādāsi vuyhamānassa, | to me who was being swept away, | |
| ‘mā bhāyī’ti ca mabravi. | and said to me, ‘Do not be afraid.’ | |
| Satipaṭṭhānapāsādaṁ, | Having ascended the palace of the foundations of mindfulness, | |
| āruyha paccavekkhisaṁ; | I reflected | |
| Yaṁ taṁ pubbe amaññissaṁ, | on the people whom I had formerly considered | |
| sakkāyābhirataṁ pajaṁ. | to be delighting in their own body. | |
| Yadā ca maggamaddakkhiṁ, | And when I saw the path, | |
| nāvāya abhirūhanaṁ; | the embarking on the ship, | |
| Anadhiṭṭhāya attānaṁ, | without having established myself, | |
| titthamaddakkhimuttamaṁ. | I saw the supreme ford. | |
| Sallaṁ attasamuṭṭhānaṁ, | The arrow that arises from oneself, | |
| bhavanettippabhāvitaṁ; | produced by the guide to existence, | |
| Etesaṁ appavattāya, | for the non-occurrence of these, | |
| desesi maggamuttamaṁ. | he taught the supreme path. | |
| Dīgharattānusayitaṁ, | The long-latent, | |
| cirarattamadhiṭṭhitaṁ; | long-established | |
| Buddho mepānudī ganthaṁ, | bond, the Buddha removed for me, | |
| visadosappavāhano”ti. | the remover of the poison of delusion.” | |
| … Telakāni thero …. | … The Elder Telakāni …. | |
❧
+Thag 16.4 Raṭṭhapāla
| --- Thag16.4 Raṭṭhapālattheragāthā --- | --- Thag16.4 The Verses of the Elder Raṭṭhapāla --- | |
| “Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, | “Behold the painted puppet, | |
| arukāyaṁ samussitaṁ; | a heap of sores, piled up, | |
| Āturaṁ bahusaṅkappaṁ, | sick, much thought of, | |
| yassa natthi dhuvaṁ ṭhiti. | for which there is no lasting stability. | |
| Passa cittakataṁ rūpaṁ, | Behold the painted form, | |
| maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; | with a jewel and an earring, | |
| Aṭṭhiṁ tacena onaddhaṁ, | a bone wrapped in skin, | |
| saha vatthehi sobhati. | it shines with its clothes. | |
| Alattakakatā pādā, | Its feet dyed with lac, | |
| mukhaṁ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṁ; | its face smeared with powder, | |
| Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, | enough to delude a fool, | |
| no ca pāragavesino. | but not for one seeking the far shore. | |
| Aṭṭhapadakatā kesā, | Its hair done in eight braids, | |
| nettā añjanamakkhitā; | its eyes smeared with ointment, | |
| Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, | enough to delude a fool, | |
| no ca pāragavesino. | but not for one seeking the far shore. | |
| Añjanīva navā cittā, | Like a new painted cosmetic box, | |
| pūtikāyo alaṅkato; | a foul body adorned, | |
| Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, | enough to delude a fool, | |
| no ca pāragavesino. | but not for one seeking the far shore. | |
| Odahi migavo pāsaṁ, | The hunter set the trap, | |
| nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; | the deer did not approach the snare. | |
| Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, | Having eaten the bait, we go, | |
| kandante migabandhake. | while the deer-catchers lament. | |
| Chinno pāso migavassa, | The hunter’s trap is broken, | |
| nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; | the deer did not approach the snare. | |
| Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, | Having eaten the bait, we go, | |
| socante migaluddake. | while the deer-hunters grieve. | |
| Passāmi loke sadhane manusse, | I see wealthy men in the world, | |
| Laddhāna vittaṁ na dadanti mohā; | who, having acquired wealth, do not give it, out of delusion. | |
| Luddhā dhanaṁ sannicayaṁ karonti, | Greedily they accumulate wealth, | |
| Bhiyyova kāme abhipatthayanti. | and they desire even more sensual pleasures. | |
| Rājā pasayhappathaviṁ vijetvā, | A king who has conquered the earth by force, | |
| Sasāgarantaṁ mahimāvasanto; | ruling over the land up to the ocean’s edge, | |
| Oraṁ samuddassa atittarūpo, | insatiate with the near shore of the sea, | |
| Pāraṁ samuddassapi patthayetha. | he would desire the far shore of the sea as well. | |
| Rājā ca aññe ca bahū manussā, | The king and many other men | |
| Avītataṇhā maraṇaṁ upenti; | come to death without having overcome craving. | |
| Ūnāva hutvāna jahanti dehaṁ, | Having become deficient, they leave the body; | |
| Kāmehi lokamhi na hatthi titti. | there is no satisfaction in the world with sensual pleasures. | |
| Kandanti naṁ ñātī pakiriya kese, | His relatives weep for him, with disheveled hair, | |
| Aho vatā no amarāti cāhu; | saying, ‘Alas, are you not immortal?’ | |
| Vatthena naṁ pārutaṁ nīharitvā, | Having carried him out, wrapped in a cloth, | |
| Citaṁ samodhāya tato ḍahanti. | having placed him on a pyre, they then burn him. | |
| So ḍayhati sūlehi tujjamāno, | He is burned, pierced by stakes, | |
| Ekena vatthena pahāya bhoge; | with a single cloth, having abandoned his possessions. | |
| Na mīyamānassa bhavanti tāṇā, | For one who is dying there are no protectors, | |
| Ñātī ca mittā atha vā sahāyā. | neither relatives nor friends nor companions. | |
| Dāyādakā tassa dhanaṁ haranti, | His heirs take his wealth, | |
| Satto pana gacchati yena kammaṁ; | but the being goes according to his kamma. | |
| Na mīyamānaṁ dhanamanveti kiñci, | No wealth whatsoever follows one who is dying, | |
| Puttā ca dārā ca dhanañca raṭṭhaṁ. | neither sons, nor wife, nor wealth, nor kingdom. | |
| Na dīghamāyuṁ labhate dhanena, | One does not get a long life with wealth, | |
| Na cāpi vittena jaraṁ vihanti; | nor does one ward off old age with riches. | |
| Appaṁ hidaṁ jīvitamāhu dhīrā, | The wise say this life is short, | |
| Asassataṁ vippariṇāmadhammaṁ. | impermanent, subject to change. | |
| Aḍḍhā daliddā ca phusanti phassaṁ, | The rich and the poor feel the touch, | |
| Bālo ca dhīro ca tatheva phuṭṭho; | the fool and the wise are touched likewise. | |
| Bālo hi bālyā vadhitova seti, | But the fool, through his foolishness, lies as if stricken, | |
| Dhīro ca no vedhati phassaphuṭṭho. | while the wise man does not tremble when touched by the touch. | |
| Tasmā hi paññāva dhanena seyyā, | Therefore, wisdom is better than wealth, | |
| Yāya vosānamidhādhigacchati; | by which one reaches the final goal here. | |
| Abyositattā hi bhavābhavesu, | For, not having reached the final goal, in existence after existence, | |
| Pāpāni kammāni karoti mohā. | one does evil deeds out of delusion. | |
| Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṁ, | One goes to the womb and to the next world, | |
| Saṁsāramāpajja paramparāya; | falling into the round of rebirth, in succession. | |
| Tassappapañño abhisaddahanto, | One of little wisdom, having faith in that, | |
| Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṁ. | goes to the womb and to the next world. | |
| Coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, | Just as a thief caught at the entrance of a house, | |
| Sakammunā haññati pāpadhammo; | an evil-doer, is killed by his own deed, | |
| Evaṁ pajā pecca paramhi loke, | so people, after death in the next world, | |
| Sakammunā haññati pāpadhammo. | an evil-doer, are killed by their own deed. | |
| Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, | Sensual pleasures are indeed various, sweet, and delightful, | |
| Virūparūpena mathenti cittaṁ; | in different forms they churn the mind. | |
| Ādīnavaṁ kāmaguṇesu disvā, | Having seen the danger in the strands of sensual pleasure, | |
| Tasmā ahaṁ pabbajitomhi rāja. | therefore I have gone forth, O king. | |
| Dumapphalānīva patanti māṇavā, | Like the fruits of a tree, young men fall, | |
| Daharā ca vuḍḍhā ca sarīrabhedā; | the young and the old, at the breakup of the body. | |
| Etampi disvā pabbajitomhi rāja, | Having seen this too, I have gone forth, O king; | |
| Apaṇṇakaṁ sāmaññameva seyyo. | the ascetic life is certainly better. | |
| Saddhāyāhaṁ pabbajito, | I have gone forth out of faith, | |
| upeto jinasāsane; | I have entered the teaching of the Jina. | |
| Avañjhā mayhaṁ pabbajjā, | My going forth is not in vain; | |
| anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṁ. | I eat my food without being in debt. | |
| Kāme ādittato disvā, | Having seen sensual pleasures as burning, | |
| Jātarūpāni satthato; | gold as a weapon, | |
| Gabbhavokkantito dukkhaṁ, | suffering from descending into the womb, | |
| Nirayesu mahabbhayaṁ. | and great fear in the hells. | |
| Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, | Having known this danger, | |
| saṁvegaṁ alabhiṁ tadā; | I felt a sense of urgency then. | |
| Sohaṁ viddho tadā santo, | I, being pierced then, being serene, | |
| sampatto āsavakkhayaṁ. | have attained the destruction of the taints. | |
| Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Ohito garuko bhāro, | The heavy burden has been laid down, | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā. | the guide to existence is rooted out. | |
| Yassatthāya pabbajito, | The purpose for which I went forth | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from home into homelessness, | |
| So me attho anuppatto, | that goal has been reached by me: | |
| sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. | the destruction of all fetters.” | |
| … Raṭṭhapālo thero …. | … The Elder Raṭṭhapāla …. |
❧
+Thag 16.5 Mālukyaputta
| --- Thag16.5 Mālukyaputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag16.5 The Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta --- | |
| “Rūpaṁ disvā sati muṭṭhā, | “Seeing a form, mindfulness is lost, | |
| Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; | while attending to a pleasing sign. | |
| Sārattacitto vedeti, | With an impassioned mind one experiences it, | |
| Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and one remains attached to it. | |
| Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, | For him feelings increase, | |
| anekā rūpasambhavā; | many born of form. | |
| Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, | Covetousness and vexation | |
| cittamassūpahaññati; | damage his mind. | |
| Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus accumulating suffering, | |
| ārā nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be far from Nibbāna. | |
| Saddaṁ sutvā sati muṭṭhā, | Hearing a sound, mindfulness is lost, | |
| Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; | while attending to a pleasing sign. | |
| Sārattacitto vedeti, | With an impassioned mind one experiences it, | |
| Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and one remains attached to it. | |
| Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, | For him feelings increase, | |
| anekā saddasambhavā; | many born of sound. | |
| Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, | Covetousness and vexation | |
| cittamassūpahaññati; | damage his mind. | |
| Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus accumulating suffering, | |
| ārā nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be far from Nibbāna. | |
| Gandhaṁ ghatvā sati muṭṭhā, | Smelling a smell, mindfulness is lost, | |
| Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; | while attending to a pleasing sign. | |
| Sārattacitto vedeti, | With an impassioned mind one experiences it, | |
| Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and one remains attached to it. | |
| Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, | For him feelings increase, | |
| anekā gandhasambhavā; | many born of smell. | |
| Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, | Covetousness and vexation | |
| cittamassūpahaññati; | damage his mind. | |
| Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus accumulating suffering, | |
| ārā nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be far from Nibbāna. | |
| Rasaṁ bhotvā sati muṭṭhā, | Tasting a taste, mindfulness is lost, | |
| Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; | while attending to a pleasing sign. | |
| Sārattacitto vedeti, | With an impassioned mind one experiences it, | |
| Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and one remains attached to it. | |
| Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, | For him feelings increase, | |
| anekā rasasambhavā; | many born of taste. | |
| Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, | Covetousness and vexation | |
| cittamassūpahaññati; | damage his mind. | |
| Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus accumulating suffering, | |
| ārā nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be far from Nibbāna. | |
| Phassaṁ phussa sati muṭṭhā, | Feeling a touch, mindfulness is lost, | |
| Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; | while attending to a pleasing sign. | |
| Sārattacitto vedeti, | With an impassioned mind one experiences it, | |
| Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and one remains attached to it. | |
| Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, | For him feelings increase, | |
| anekā phassasambhavā; | many born of touch. | |
| Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, | Covetousness and vexation | |
| cittamassūpahaññati; | damage his mind. | |
| Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus accumulating suffering, | |
| ārā nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be far from Nibbāna. | |
| Dhammaṁ ñatvā sati muṭṭhā, | Knowing a thought, mindfulness is lost, | |
| Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; | while attending to a pleasing sign. | |
| Sārattacitto vedeti, | With an impassioned mind one experiences it, | |
| Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and one remains attached to it. | |
| Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, | For him feelings increase, | |
| anekā dhammasambhavā; | many born of thought. | |
| Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, | Covetousness and vexation | |
| cittamassūpahaññati; | damage his mind. | |
| Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus accumulating suffering, | |
| ārā nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be far from Nibbāna. | |
| Na so rajjati rūpesu, | He is not attached to forms, | |
| rūpaṁ disvā patissato; | seeing a form with mindfulness. | |
| Virattacitto vedeti, | With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, | |
| tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and he does not remain attached to it. | |
| Yathāssa passato rūpaṁ, | As for him, seeing a form | |
| sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; | and also experiencing a feeling, | |
| Khīyati nopacīyati, | it is exhausted, it does not increase; | |
| evaṁ so caratī sato; | thus he practices mindfully. | |
| Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus diminishing suffering, | |
| santike nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be near to Nibbāna. | |
| Na so rajjati saddesu, | He is not attached to sounds, | |
| saddaṁ sutvā patissato; | hearing a sound with mindfulness. | |
| Virattacitto vedeti, | With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, | |
| tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and he does not remain attached to it. | |
| Yathāssa suṇato saddaṁ, | As for him, hearing a sound | |
| sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; | and also experiencing a feeling, | |
| Khīyati nopacīyati, | it is exhausted, it does not increase; | |
| evaṁ so caratī sato; | thus he practices mindfully. | |
| Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus diminishing suffering, | |
| santike nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be near to Nibbāna. | |
| Na so rajjati gandhesu, | He is not attached to smells, | |
| gandhaṁ ghatvā patissato; | smelling a smell with mindfulness. | |
| Virattacitto vedeti, | With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, | |
| tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and he does not remain attached to it. | |
| Yathāssa ghāyato gandhaṁ, | As for him, smelling a smell | |
| sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; | and also experiencing a feeling, | |
| Khīyati nopacīyati, | it is exhausted, it does not increase; | |
| evaṁ so caratī sato; | thus he practices mindfully. | |
| Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus diminishing suffering, | |
| santike nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be near to Nibbāna. | |
| Na so rajjati rasesu, | He is not attached to tastes, | |
| rasaṁ bhotvā patissato; | tasting a taste with mindfulness. | |
| Virattacitto vedeti, | With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, | |
| tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and he does not remain attached to it. | |
| Yathāssa sāyarato rasaṁ, | As for him, enjoying a taste | |
| sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; | and also experiencing a feeling, | |
| Khīyati nopacīyati, | it is exhausted, it does not increase; | |
| evaṁ so caratī sato; | thus he practices mindfully. | |
| Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus diminishing suffering, | |
| santike nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be near to Nibbāna. | |
| Na so rajjati phassesu, | He is not attached to touches, | |
| phassaṁ phussa patissato; | feeling a touch with mindfulness. | |
| Virattacitto vedeti, | With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, | |
| tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and he does not remain attached to it. | |
| Yathāssa phusato phassaṁ, | As for him, feeling a touch | |
| sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; | and also experiencing a feeling, | |
| Khīyati nopacīyati, | it is exhausted, it does not increase; | |
| evaṁ so caratī sato; | thus he practices mindfully. | |
| Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus diminishing suffering, | |
| santike nibbāna vuccati. | one is said to be near to Nibbāna. | |
| Na so rajjati dhammesu, | He is not attached to thoughts, | |
| dhammaṁ ñatvā patissato; | knowing a thought with mindfulness. | |
| Virattacitto vedeti, | With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, | |
| tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. | and he does not remain attached to it. | |
| Yathāssa vijānato dhammaṁ, | As for him, knowing a thought | |
| sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; | and also experiencing a feeling, | |
| Khīyati nopacīyati, | it is exhausted, it does not increase; | |
| evaṁ so caratī sato; | thus he practices mindfully. | |
| Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, | Thus diminishing suffering, | |
| santike nibbāna vuccati”. | one is said to be near to Nibbāna.” | |
| … Mālukyaputto thero …. | … The Elder Mālukyaputta …. | |
| --- Thag16.6 Theragāthā 16.6 --- | --- Thag16.6 The Verses of the Elder Sela --- | |
| “Paripuṇṇakāyo suruci, | “Your body is complete, radiant, | |
| Sujāto cārudassano; | well-born, of beautiful appearance. | |
| Suvaṇṇavaṇṇosi bhagavā, | You have the color of gold, O Blessed One, | |
| Susukkadāṭhosi vīriyavā. | you have very white teeth, you are energetic. | |
| Narassa hi sujātassa, | The characteristics that are on | |
| ye bhavanti viyañjanā; | a well-born man, | |
| Sabbe te tava kāyasmiṁ, | all of them are on your body, | |
| mahāpurisalakkhaṇā. | the marks of a great man. | |
| Pasannanetto sumukho, | With clear eyes, a beautiful face, | |
| brahā uju patāpavā; | large, straight, majestic, | |
| Majjhe samaṇasaṅghassa, | in the midst of the Sangha of ascetics, | |
| ādiccova virocasi. | you shine like the sun. | |
| Kalyāṇadassano bhikkhu, | A bhikkhu of lovely appearance, | |
| kañcanasannibhattaco; | with a skin like gold, | |
| Kiṁ te samaṇabhāvena, | what is the point of your asceticism, | |
| evaṁ uttamavaṇṇino. | with such a supreme complexion? | |
| Rājā arahasi bhavituṁ, | You are worthy to be a king, | |
| cakkavattī rathesabho; | a wheel-turning monarch, a lord of the chariot, | |
| Cāturanto vijitāvī, | a conqueror of the four quarters, | |
| jambusaṇḍassa issaro. | the lord of the land of the rose-apple. | |
| Khattiyā bhogī rājāno, | Kshatriyas, wealthy kings, | |
| anuyantā bhavanti te; | would be your followers. | |
| Rājābhirājā manujindo, | O king of kings, lord of men, | |
| rajjaṁ kārehi gotama”. | rule your kingdom, Gotama.” | |
| “Rājāhamasmi sela, | “I am a king, Sela,” | |
| (selāti bhagavā) | (said the Blessed One to Sela) | |
| Dhammarājā anuttaro; | “the unsurpassed king of the Dhamma. | |
| Dhammena cakkaṁ vattemi, | With the Dhamma I turn the wheel, | |
| Cakkaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ”. | a wheel that cannot be turned back.” | |
| “Sambuddho paṭijānāsi, | “You claim to be fully awakened,” | |
| (iti selo brāhmaṇo) | (said Sela the Brahmin) | |
| Dhammarājā anuttaro; | “the unsurpassed king of the Dhamma. | |
| ‘Dhammena cakkaṁ vattemi’, | ‘With the Dhamma I turn the wheel,’ | |
| Iti bhāsatha gotama. | so you say, Gotama. | |
| Ko nu senāpati bhoto, | Who is your general, | |
| sāvako satthuranvayo; | the disciple who follows the Teacher? | |
| Ko tetamanuvatteti, | Who follows you in this, | |
| dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ”. | the Dhamma-wheel that has been set in motion?” | |
| “Mayā pavattitaṁ cakkaṁ, | “The wheel that has been set in motion by me,” | |
| (selāti bhagavā) | (said the Blessed One to Sela) | |
| Dhammacakkaṁ anuttaraṁ; | “the unsurpassed Dhamma-wheel, | |
| Sāriputto anuvatteti, | Sāriputta follows, | |
| Anujāto tathāgataṁ. | the one born after the Tathāgata. | |
| Abhiññeyyaṁ abhiññātaṁ, | What is to be directly known has been directly known by me, | |
| bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṁ; | what is to be developed has been developed, | |
| Pahātabbaṁ pahīnaṁ me, | what is to be abandoned has been abandoned by me; | |
| tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇa. | therefore I am a Buddha, O Brahmin. | |
| Vinayassu mayi kaṅkhaṁ, | Dispel your doubt in me, | |
| adhimuccassu brāhmaṇa; | have confidence, O Brahmin. | |
| Dullabhaṁ dassanaṁ hoti, | The sight of the Sambuddhas | |
| sambuddhānaṁ abhiṇhaso. | is rare and occurs from time to time. | |
| Yesaṁ ve dullabho loke, | Of whom the appearance in the world | |
| pātubhāvo abhiṇhaso; | is rare and occurs from time to time, | |
| Sohaṁ brāhmaṇa buddhosmi, | I am that Buddha, O Brahmin, | |
| sallakatto anuttaro. | the unsurpassed surgeon. | |
| Brahmabhūto atitulo, | Become Brahmā, peerless, | |
| mārasenappamaddano; | the crusher of Māra’s army, | |
| Sabbāmitte vase katvā, | having brought all my enemies under control, | |
| modāmi akutobhayo”. | I rejoice, with nothing to fear.” | |
| “Idaṁ bhonto nisāmetha, | “Listen, sirs, to this, | |
| yathā bhāsati cakkhumā; | as the one with vision speaks. | |
| Sallakatto mahāvīro, | The surgeon, the great hero, | |
| sīhova nadatī vane. | roars like a lion in the forest. | |
| Brahmabhūtaṁ atitulaṁ, | Having seen him, become Brahmā, peerless, | |
| mārasenappamaddanaṁ; | the crusher of Māra’s army, | |
| Ko disvā nappasīdeyya, | who would not be confident, | |
| api kaṇhābhijātiko. | even one of dark birth? | |
| Yo maṁ icchati anvetu, | He who wishes may follow me, | |
| yo vā nicchati gacchatu; | he who does not wish may go. | |
| Idhāhaṁ pabbajissāmi, | Here I will go forth | |
| varapaññassa santike”. | in the presence of the one of excellent wisdom.” | |
| “Etañce ruccati bhoto, | “If this is pleasing to you, sir, | |
| sammāsambuddhasāsanaṁ; | the teaching of the Perfectly Enlightened One, | |
| Mayampi pabbajissāma, | we too will go forth | |
| varapaññassa santike”. | in the presence of the one of excellent wisdom.” | |
| “Brāhmaṇā tisatā ime, | “These three hundred brahmins | |
| yācanti pañjalīkatā; | beg with hands raised in reverence: | |
| ‘Brahmacariyaṁ carissāma, | ‘We will live the holy life | |
| bhagavā tava santike’”. | in your presence, O Blessed One.’” | |
| “Svākkhātaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, | “The holy life is well-proclaimed,” | |
| (selāti bhagavā) | (said the Blessed One to Sela) | |
| Sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṁ; | “visible here and now, not subject to time, | |
| Yattha amoghā pabbajjā, | where the going-forth is not in vain | |
| Appamattassa sikkhato”. | for one who trains with diligence.” | |
| “Yaṁ taṁ saraṇamāgamha, | “The refuge to which we came, | |
| ito aṭṭhame cakkhuma; | on the eighth day from now, O one with vision, | |
| Sattarattena bhagavā, | in seven nights, O Blessed One, | |
| dantāmha tava sāsane. | we have been tamed in your teaching. | |
| Tuvaṁ buddho tuvaṁ satthā, | You are the Buddha, you are the Teacher, | |
| tuvaṁ mārābhibhū muni; | you are the sage who has overcome Māra. | |
| Tuvaṁ anusaye chetvā, | You, having cut the latent tendencies, | |
| tiṇṇo tāresimaṁ pajaṁ. | have crossed over and brought this generation across. | |
| Upadhī te samatikkantā, | Your attachments have been transcended, | |
| āsavā te padālitā; | your taints have been shattered. | |
| Sīhova anupādāno, | Like a lion, without grasping, | |
| pahīnabhayabheravo. | you have abandoned fear and dread. | |
| Bhikkhavo tisatā ime, | These three hundred bhikkhus | |
| tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā; | stand with hands raised in reverence. | |
| Pāde vīra pasārehi, | Stretch forth your feet, O hero, | |
| nāgā vandantu satthuno”ti. | let the nagas pay homage to the Teacher.” | |
| … Selo thero …. | … The Elder Sela …. |
❧
+Thag 16.7 Kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiya
| --- Thag16.7 Kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag16.7 The Verses of the Elder Bhaddiya, son of Kāḷigodhā --- | |
| “Yātaṁ me hatthigīvāya, | “My travel was on an elephant’s neck, | |
| sukhumā vatthā padhāritā; | fine clothes were worn, | |
| Sālīnaṁ odano bhutto, | an meal of rice from sālī grains was eaten, | |
| sucimaṁsūpasecano. | with a sauce of pure meat. | |
| Sojja bhaddo sātatiko, | Today that Bhaddiya, persevering, | |
| uñchāpattāgate rato; | delights in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl. | |
| Jhāyati anupādāno, | He meditates without grasping, | |
| putto godhāya bhaddiyo. | Bhaddiya, son of Godhā. | |
| Paṁsukūlī sātatiko, | A refuse-rag-wearer, persevering, | |
| uñchāpattāgate rato; | delights in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl. | |
| Jhāyati anupādāno, | He meditates without grasping, | |
| putto godhāya bhaddiyo. | Bhaddiya, son of Godhā. | |
| Piṇḍapātī sātatiko, | An alms-goer, persevering, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| pe … | … | |
| … | A wearer of three robes, persevering, | |
| Tecīvarī sātatiko, | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| pe … | One who walks for alms from house to house, persevering, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| Sapadānacārī sātatiko, | … | |
| … | A one-session-eater, persevering, | |
| pe … | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| Ekāsanī sātatiko, | A bowl-food-eater, persevering, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| pe … | … | |
| … | A refuser of later food, persevering, | |
| Pattapiṇḍī sātatiko, | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| pe … | A forest-dweller, persevering, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| Khalupacchābhattī sātatiko, | … | |
| … | A tree-root-dweller, persevering, | |
| pe … | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| Āraññiko sātatiko, | An open-air-dweller, persevering, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| pe … | … | |
| … | A charnel-ground-dweller, persevering, | |
| Rukkhamūliko sātatiko, | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| pe … | An any-bed-user, persevering, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| Abbhokāsī sātatiko, | … | |
| … | A sitter, persevering, | |
| pe … | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| Sosāniko sātatiko, | Having few wishes, persevering, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| pe … | … | |
| … | Content, persevering, | |
| Yathāsanthatiko sātatiko, | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| pe … | Secluded, persevering, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| Nesajjiko sātatiko, | … | |
| … | Unentangled, persevering, | |
| pe … | … and so on … | |
| … | … | |
| Appiccho sātatiko, | With energy roused, persevering, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| pe … … Santuṭṭho sātatiko, … pe … … Pavivitto sātatiko, … pe … … Asaṁsaṭṭho sātatiko, … pe … … Āraddhavīriyo sātatiko, … pe … … |
… | |
| Hitvā satapalaṁ kaṁsaṁ, | Having given up a bronze bowl worth a hundred pala, | |
| sovaṇṇaṁ satarājikaṁ; | of gold, worth a hundred rājikas, | |
| Aggahiṁ mattikāpattaṁ, | I took up an earthenware bowl; | |
| idaṁ dutiyābhisecanaṁ. | this was my second consecration. | |
| Ucce maṇḍalipākāre, | In a high, round-walled fortress, | |
| daḷhamaṭṭālakoṭṭhake; | with strong towers and gates, | |
| Rakkhito khaggahatthehi, | protected by men with swords, | |
| uttasaṁ vihariṁ pure. | I dwelt in fear before. | |
| Sojja bhaddo anutrāsī, | Today that Bhaddiya is fearless, | |
| pahīnabhayabheravo; | with fear and dread abandoned, | |
| Jhāyati vanamoggayha, | he meditates, having entered the forest, | |
| putto godhāya bhaddiyo. | Bhaddiya, son of Godhā. | |
| Sīlakkhandhe patiṭṭhāya, | Having established myself in the aggregate of virtue, | |
| satiṁ paññañca bhāvayaṁ; | and developing mindfulness and wisdom, | |
| Pāpuṇiṁ anupubbena, | I reached, in due course, | |
| sabbasaṁyojanakkhayan”ti. | the destruction of all fetters.” | |
| … Bhaddiyo kāḷigodhāya putto thero …. | … The Elder Bhaddiya, son of Kāḷigodhā …. | |
❧
+Thag 16.8 Aṅgulimāla
| --- Thag16.8 Aṅgulimālattheragāthā --- | --- Thag16.8 The Verses of the Elder Aṅgulimāla --- | |
| “Gacchaṁ vadesi samaṇaṭṭhitomhi, | “‘While walking, you say, ascetic, “I am standing,” | |
| Mamañca brūsi ṭhitamaṭṭhitoti; | and you say to me, who is standing, “You are not standing.” | |
| Pucchāmi taṁ samaṇa etamatthaṁ, | I ask you this question, ascetic: | |
| ‘Kathaṁ ṭhito tvaṁ ahamaṭṭhitomhi’”. | “How are you standing? How am I not standing?”’ | |
| “Ṭhito ahaṁ aṅgulimāla sabbadā, | ‘I am standing, Aṅgulimāla, for all time, | |
| Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṁ; | having laid down the rod toward all beings. | |
| Tuvañca pāṇesu asaññatosi, | But you are unrestrained toward living beings, | |
| Tasmā ṭhitohaṁ tuvamaṭṭhitosi”. | therefore I am standing, you are not standing.’ | |
| “Cirassaṁ vata me mahito mahesī, | ‘For a long time indeed, a great sage honored by me, | |
| Mahāvanaṁ samaṇo paccapādi; | an ascetic, has come to this great forest. | |
| Sohaṁ cajissāmi sahassapāpaṁ, | I will renounce a thousand evils, | |
| Sutvāna gāthaṁ tava dhammayuttaṁ”. | having heard your verse connected with the Dhamma.’ | |
| Icceva coro asimāvudhañca, | So saying, the robber threw his sword and weapon | |
| Sobbhe papāte narake anvakāsi; | into a pit, a chasm, a hell. | |
| Avandi coro sugatassa pāde, | The robber worshipped the Well-gone-One’s feet, | |
| Tattheva pabbajjamayāci buddhaṁ. | and right there he asked the Buddha for the going-forth. | |
| Buddho ca kho kāruṇiko mahesi, | And the Buddha, the compassionate great sage, | |
| Yo satthā lokassa sadevakassa; | the Teacher of the world with its gods, | |
| “Tamehi bhikkhū”ti tadā avoca, | said to him then, ‘Come, bhikkhu’; | |
| Eseva tassa ahu bhikkhubhāvo. | that itself was his bhikkhu-state. | |
| “Yo ca pubbe pamajjitvā, | ‘He who was formerly heedless, | |
| pacchā so nappamajjati; | but afterwards is not heedless, | |
| Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, | he illuminates this world, | |
| abbhā muttova candimā. | like the moon freed from a cloud. | |
| Yassa pāpaṁ kataṁ kammaṁ, | He whose evil deed done | |
| kusalena pidhīyati; | is covered over by a good one, | |
| Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, | he illuminates this world, | |
| abbhā muttova candimā. | like the moon freed from a cloud. | |
| Yo have daharo bhikkhu, | Whatever young bhikkhu | |
| yuñjati buddhasāsane; | devotes himself to the Buddha’s teaching, | |
| Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, | he illuminates this world, | |
| abbhā muttova candimā. | like the moon freed from a cloud. | |
| Disāpi me dhammakathaṁ suṇantu, | Let my enemies hear the talk of Dhamma, | |
| Disāpi me yuñjantu buddhasāsane; | let my enemies devote themselves to the Buddha’s teaching. | |
| Disāpi me te manuje bhajantu, | Let my enemies associate with those people | |
| Ye dhammamevādapayanti santo. | who, being good, make others accept the Dhamma. | |
| Disā hi me khantivādānaṁ, | Indeed, let my enemies, speakers of forbearance, | |
| avirodhappasaṁsinaṁ; | praisers of non-opposition, | |
| Suṇantu dhammaṁ kālena, | hear the Dhamma in due season, | |
| tañca anuvidhīyantu. | and let them act in accordance with it. | |
| Na hi jātu so mamaṁ hiṁse, | Surely he would not harm me, | |
| aññaṁ vā pana kiñcanaṁ; | or any other being at all. | |
| Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, | Having attained the supreme peace, | |
| rakkheyya tasathāvare. | he would protect the timid and the steadfast. | |
| Udakañhi nayanti nettikā, | Irrigators guide the water, | |
| Usukārā namayanti tejanaṁ; | fletchers straighten the arrow-shaft, | |
| Dāruṁ namayanti tacchakā, | carpenters shape the wood, | |
| Attānaṁ damayanti paṇḍitā. | the wise tame themselves. | |
| Daṇḍeneke damayanti, | Some tame with a stick, | |
| aṅkusebhi kasāhi ca; | with hooks and with whips. | |
| Adaṇḍena asatthena, | Without a stick, without a weapon, | |
| ahaṁ dantomhi tādinā. | I have been tamed by the Such One. | |
| ‘Ahiṁsako’ti me nāmaṁ, | ‘Harmless’ is my name, | |
| hiṁsakassa pure sato; | though I was harmful before. | |
| Ajjāhaṁ saccanāmomhi, | Today I am true to my name, | |
| na naṁ hiṁsāmi kiñcanaṁ. | I do not harm anyone at all. | |
| Coro ahaṁ pure āsiṁ, | I was a robber before, | |
| aṅgulimāloti vissuto; | renowned as Aṅgulimāla. | |
| Vuyhamāno mahoghena, | Being swept along by a great flood, | |
| buddhaṁ saraṇamāgamaṁ. | I went to the Buddha for refuge. | |
| Lohitapāṇi pure āsiṁ, | I had blood on my hands before, | |
| aṅgulimāloti vissuto; | renowned as Aṅgulimāla. | |
| Saraṇagamanaṁ passa, | See the going for refuge, | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā. | the guide to existence is rooted out. | |
| Tādisaṁ kammaṁ katvāna, | Having done such a deed, | |
| bahuṁ duggatigāminaṁ; | that leads to many bad destinations, | |
| Phuṭṭho kammavipākena, | touched by the result of my kamma, | |
| anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṁ. | I eat my food without being in debt. | |
| Pamādamanuyuñjanti, | Fools, people of little wisdom, | |
| bālā dummedhino janā; | devote themselves to heedlessness. | |
| Appamādañca medhāvī, | But a wise person guards heedfulness | |
| dhanaṁ seṭṭhaṁva rakkhati. | as his greatest treasure. | |
| Mā pamādamanuyuñjetha, | Do not devote yourself to heedlessness, | |
| mā kāmaratisanthavaṁ; | do not be familiar with sensual delight. | |
| Appamatto hi jhāyanto, | For one who is heedful and meditating | |
| pappoti paramaṁ sukhaṁ. | attains the supreme happiness. | |
| Svāgataṁ nāpagataṁ, | Welcome, not unwelcome, | |
| netaṁ dummantitaṁ mama; | this was not ill-advised for me. | |
| Savibhattesu dhammesu, | Among the well-analyzed Dhammas, | |
| yaṁ seṭṭhaṁ tadupāgamaṁ. | I have attained to that which is the best. | |
| Svāgataṁ nāpagataṁ, | Welcome, not unwelcome, | |
| netaṁ dummantitaṁ mama; | this was not ill-advised for me. | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Araññe rukkhamūle vā, | In the forest, at the foot of a tree, | |
| pabbatesu guhāsu vā; | in mountains and in caves, | |
| Tattha tattheva aṭṭhāsiṁ, | I stood there, right there, | |
| ubbiggamanaso tadā. | with a terrified mind then. | |
| Sukhaṁ sayāmi ṭhāyāmi, | I sleep happily, I stand happily, | |
| sukhaṁ kappemi jīvitaṁ; | I live my life happily. | |
| Ahatthapāso mārassa, | I am not in the snare of Māra; | |
| aho satthānukampito. | oh, the Teacher has had compassion on me. | |
| Brahmajacco pure āsiṁ, | I was born a brahmin before, | |
| udicco ubhato ahu; | high-born on both sides. | |
| Sojja putto sugatassa, | Today I am the son of the Well-gone-One, | |
| dhammarājassa satthuno. | the Teacher, the king of the Dhamma. | |
| Vītataṇho anādāno, | Free from craving, without grasping, | |
| guttadvāro susaṁvuto; | with guarded doors, well-restrained, | |
| Aghamūlaṁ vadhitvāna, | having slain the root of evil, | |
| patto me āsavakkhayo. | I have attained the destruction of my taints. | |
| Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Ohito garuko bhāro, | The heavy burden has been laid down, | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā”ti. | the guide to existence is rooted out.” | |
| … Aṅgulimālo thero …. | … The Elder Aṅgulimāla …. |
❧
+Thag 16.9 Anuruddha
| --- Thag16.9 Anuruddhattheragāthā --- | --- Thag16.9 The Verses of the Elder Anuruddha --- | |
| “Pahāya mātāpitaro, | “Having abandoned mother and father, | |
| bhaginī ñātibhātaro; | sister, relatives, and brothers, | |
| Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, | having abandoned the five strands of sensual pleasure, | |
| anuruddhova jhāyati. | Anuruddha meditates. | |
| Sameto naccagītehi, | Accompanied by dance and song, | |
| sammatāḷappabodhano; | awakened by cymbals and tambourines, | |
| Na tena suddhimajjhagaṁ, | I did not attain purity by that, | |
| mārassa visaye rato. | delighting in the realm of Māra. | |
| Etañca samatikkamma, | Having transcended this, | |
| rato buddhassa sāsane; | delighting in the Buddha’s teaching, | |
| Sabboghaṁ samatikkamma, | having transcended the whole flood, | |
| anuruddhova jhāyati. | Anuruddha meditates. | |
| Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, | Forms, sounds, tastes, smells, | |
| phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā; | and delightful objects of touch, | |
| Ete ca samatikkamma, | having transcended these too, | |
| anuruddhova jhāyati. | Anuruddha meditates. | |
| Piṇḍapātamatikkanto, | Having returned from his alms-round, | |
| eko adutiyo muni; | the sage, alone, without a second, | |
| Esati paṁsukūlāni, | seeks out refuse-rags, | |
| anuruddho anāsavo. | Anuruddha, free from taints. | |
| Vicinī aggahī dhovi, | The sage, the wise one, having picked, taken, washed, | |
| rajayī dhārayī muni; | dyed, and worn the refuse-rags, | |
| Paṁsukūlāni matimā, | Anuruddha, is free from taints. | |
| anuruddho anāsavo. | He who has many wants and is discontented, | |
| Mahiccho ca asantuṭṭho, | who is entangled and proud, | |
| saṁsaṭṭho yo ca uddhato; | for him these qualities are | |
| Tassa dhammā ime honti, | evil and defiling. | |
| pāpakā saṅkilesikā. | But he who is mindful and has few wants, | |
| Sato ca hoti appiccho, | is content and untroubled, | |
| santuṭṭho avighātavā; | delighting in seclusion, joyful, | |
| Pavivekarato vitto, | always with energy roused, | |
| niccamāraddhavīriyo. | for him these qualities are | |
| Tassa dhammā ime honti, | wholesome, on the side of enlightenment. | |
| kusalā bodhipakkhikā; | And he is free from taints, | |
| Anāsavo ca so hoti, | so it has been said by the great sage. | |
| iti vuttaṁ mahesinā. | Knowing my thoughts, | |
| Mama saṅkappamaññāya, | the Teacher, unsurpassed in the world, | |
| satthā loke anuttaro; | came to me with his mind-made body, | |
| Manomayena kāyena, | by his psychic power. | |
| iddhiyā upasaṅkami. | When I had a thought, | |
| Yadā me ahu saṅkappo, | he taught me beyond that. | |
| tato uttari desayi; | The Buddha, delighting in non-proliferation, | |
| Nippapañcarato buddho, | taught me non-proliferation. | |
| nippapañcamadesayi. | Having understood his Dhamma, | |
| Tassāhaṁ dhammamaññāya, | I dwelt delighting in his teaching. | |
| vihāsiṁ sāsane rato; | The three true knowledges have been attained, | |
| Tisso vijjā anuppattā, | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. | For fifty-five years | |
| Pañcapaññāsavassāni, | I have been a sitter. | |
| yato nesajjiko ahaṁ; | For twenty-five years | |
| Pañcavīsativassāni, | I have rooted out drowsiness. | |
| yato middhaṁ samūhataṁ. | There were no breaths in or out | |
| Nāhu assāsapassāsā, | for the one of steady mind, the Such One. | |
| ṭhitacittassa tādino; | Firm in his peace, | |
| Anejo santimārabbha, | the one with vision attained final Nibbāna. | |
| cakkhumā parinibbuto. | With an unshrinking mind, | |
| Asallīnena cittena, | he endured the feeling. | |
| vedanaṁ ajjhavāsayi; | Like the extinguishing of a lamp, | |
| Pajjotasseva nibbānaṁ, | was the liberation of his mind. | |
| vimokkho cetaso ahu. | These now are the last | |
| Ete pacchimakā dāni, | five contacts of the sage. | |
| munino phassapañcamā; | There will be no other Dhammas, | |
| Nāññe dhammā bhavissanti, | when the Sambuddha is fully extinguished. | |
| sambuddhe parinibbute. | Now there is no new abode | |
| Natthi dāni punāvāso, | in the realm of the gods, O net-maker. | |
| devakāyasmi jālini; | The round of births is destroyed, | |
| Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, | now there is no new existence. | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo. | He by whom in a moment a thousandfold | |
| Yassa muhuttena sahassadhā, | world is known, with its Brahmā realm, | |
| Loko saṁvidito sabrahmakappo; | he is a master of psychic power, of passing away and rebirth, | |
| Vasī iddhiguṇe cutūpapāte, | that bhikkhu sees the gods in due time. | |
| Kāle passati devatā sa bhikkhu. | I was Annabhāra before, | |
| Annabhāro pure āsiṁ, | poor, a grass-carrier. | |
| daliddo ghāsahārako; | I served a renowned ascetic, | |
| Samaṇaṁ paṭipādesiṁ, | Upariṭṭha. | |
| upariṭṭhaṁ yasassinaṁ. | I was born in the Sakyan clan, | |
| Somhi sakyakule jāto, | they know me as Anuruddha. | |
| anuruddhoti maṁ vidū; | I was attended by dance and song, | |
| Upeto naccagītehi, | awakened by cymbals and tambourines. | |
| sammatāḷappabodhano. | Then I saw the Sambuddha, | |
| Athaddasāsiṁ sambuddhaṁ, | the Teacher, fearless. | |
| satthāraṁ akutobhayaṁ; | Having placed my confidence in him, | |
| Tasmiṁ cittaṁ pasādetvā, | I went forth into homelessness. | |
| pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ. | I know my past lives, | |
| Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, | where I lived before. | |
| yattha me vusitaṁ pure; | I stood in the Tāvatiṁsa heaven, | |
| Tāvatiṁsesu devesu, | in the state of Sakka. | |
| aṭṭhāsiṁ sakkajātiyā. | Seven times I was a king of men, | |
| Sattakkhattuṁ manussindo, | I ruled a kingdom. | |
| ahaṁ rajjamakārayiṁ; | A conqueror of the four quarters, | |
| Cāturanto vijitāvī, | the lord of the land of the rose-apple, | |
| jambusaṇḍassa issaro; | without a stick, without a weapon, | |
| Adaṇḍena asatthena, | I ruled with the Dhamma. | |
| dhammena anusāsayiṁ. | From here seven, from there seven, | |
| Ito satta tato satta, | fourteen rounds of rebirth, | |
| saṁsārāni catuddasa; | I would know my abode, | |
| Nivāsamabhijānissaṁ, | standing then in the world of the gods. | |
| devaloke ṭhito tadā. | In the five-limbed concentration, | |
| Pañcaṅgike samādhimhi, | peaceful and one-pointed, | |
| sante ekodibhāvite; | when serenity was obtained, | |
| Paṭippassaddhiladdhamhi, | my divine eye was purified. | |
| dibbacakkhu visujjhi me. | I know the passing away and rebirth of beings, | |
| Cutūpapātaṁ jānāmi, | their coming and going, | |
| sattānaṁ āgatiṁ gatiṁ; | their state here and their state otherwise, | |
| Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṁ, | standing in the five-limbed jhāna. | |
| jhāne pañcaṅgike ṭhito. | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | … and so on … | |
| … pe | the guide to existence is rooted out. | |
| … | In the bamboo grove of the Vajjis, | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā. | at the exhaustion of my life, | |
| Vajjīnaṁ veḷuvagāme, | underneath a bamboo thicket, | |
| ahaṁ jīvitasaṅkhayā; | I will be extinguished without taints.” | |
| Heṭṭhato veḷugumbasmiṁ, nibbāyissaṁ anāsavo”ti. … Anuruddho thero …. |
… The Elder Anuruddha …. |
❧
+Thag 16.10 Pārāpariya
| --- Thag16.10 Pārāpariyattheragāthā --- | --- Thag16.10 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya --- | |
| Samaṇassa ahu cintā, | A thought occurred to the ascetic, | |
| pupphitamhi mahāvane; | in the great forest in bloom, | |
| Ekaggassa nisinnassa, | as he was seated with a one-pointed mind, | |
| pavivittassa jhāyino. | in seclusion, meditating. | |
| “Aññathā lokanāthamhi, | “Things were different when the lord of the world, | |
| tiṭṭhante purisuttame; | the supreme person, was alive. | |
| Iriyaṁ āsi bhikkhūnaṁ, | The deportment of the bhikkhus was different, | |
| aññathā dāni dissati. | now it is seen to be different. | |
| Sītavātaparittāṇaṁ, | For protection from cold and wind, | |
| hirikopīnachādanaṁ; | for covering their shame, | |
| Mattaṭṭhiyaṁ abhuñjiṁsu, | they ate just enough, | |
| santuṭṭhā itarītare. | content with this or that. | |
| Paṇītaṁ yadi vā lūkhaṁ, | Whether it was fine or rough, | |
| appaṁ vā yadi vā bahuṁ; | little or much, | |
| Yāpanatthaṁ abhuñjiṁsu, | they ate for the sake of sustenance, | |
| agiddhā nādhimucchitā. | not greedy, not infatuated. | |
| Jīvitānaṁ parikkhāre, | For the requisites of life, | |
| bhesajje atha paccaye; | medicine and other needs, | |
| Na bāḷhaṁ ussukā āsuṁ, | they were not very eager, | |
| yathā te āsavakkhaye. | as they were for the destruction of the taints. | |
| Araññe rukkhamūlesu, | In the forest, at the foot of trees, | |
| kandarāsu guhāsu ca; | in ravines and in caves, | |
| Vivekamanubrūhantā, | cultivating seclusion, | |
| vihaṁsu tapparāyaṇā. | they dwelt intent on that. | |
| Nīcā niviṭṭhā subharā, | They were humble, of settled minds, easy to support, | |
| mudū atthaddhamānasā; | gentle, with steadfast minds, | |
| Abyāsekā amukharā, | without anxiety, not garrulous, | |
| atthacintā vasānugā. | intent on the goal, masters of their will. | |
| Tato pāsādikaṁ āsi, | Then their going, eating, and attending | |
| gataṁ bhuttaṁ nisevitaṁ; | was graceful. | |
| Siniddhā teladhārāva, | Their deportment was | |
| ahosi iriyāpatho. | like a smooth stream of oil. | |
| Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, | Those elders, with all taints completely destroyed, | |
| mahājhāyī mahāhitā; | great meditators, of great benefit, | |
| Nibbutā dāni te therā, | are now extinguished. | |
| parittā dāni tādisā. | Few such are now. | |
| Kusalānañca dhammānaṁ, | With the destruction of wholesome states | |
| paññāya ca parikkhayā; | and of wisdom, | |
| Sabbākāravarūpetaṁ, | the teaching of the Jina, endowed with all excellent qualities, | |
| lujjate jinasāsanaṁ. | is being ruined. | |
| Pāpakānañca dhammānaṁ, | The season of evil states | |
| kilesānañca yo utu; | and of the defilements is at hand. | |
| Upaṭṭhitā vivekāya, | Those who are the remnants of the true Dhamma | |
| ye ca saddhammasesakā. | are ready for seclusion. | |
| Te kilesā pavaḍḍhantā, | Those defilements, growing, | |
| āvisanti bahuṁ janaṁ; | enter into many people. | |
| Kīḷanti maññe bālehi, | They play, I think, with fools, | |
| ummattehiva rakkhasā. | like demons with madmen. | |
| Kilesehābhibhūtā te, | Overcome by the defilements, | |
| tena tena vidhāvitā; | they run here and there, | |
| Narā kilesavatthūsu, | men, in the objects of the defilements, | |
| sasaṅgāmeva ghosite. | as if a battle had been declared. | |
| Pariccajitvā saddhammaṁ, | Having abandoned the true Dhamma, | |
| aññamaññehi bhaṇḍare; | they quarrel with one another. | |
| Diṭṭhigatāni anventā, | Following their own views, | |
| idaṁ seyyoti maññare. | they think, ‘This is better.’ | |
| Dhanañca puttaṁ bhariyañca, | Having given up wealth, son, and wife, | |
| chaḍḍayitvāna niggatā; | they have gone forth. | |
| Kaṭacchubhikkhahetūpi, | But even for the sake of a spoonful of alms, | |
| akicchāni nisevare. | they do what is improper. | |
| Udarāvadehakaṁ bhutvā, | Having eaten their fill, | |
| sayantuttānaseyyakā; | they lie down on their backs. | |
| Kathaṁ vattenti paṭibuddhā, | When they are awake, they tell stories | |
| yā kathā satthugarahitā. | that are censured by the Teacher. | |
| Sabbakārukasippāni, | They learn all the crafts, | |
| cittiṁ katvāna sikkhare; | having made them their focus. | |
| Avūpasantā ajjhattaṁ, | Uncalmed within themselves, | |
| sāmaññatthotiacchati. | they think, ‘This is the purpose of the ascetic life.’ | |
| Mattikaṁ telacuṇṇañca, | They offer clay, oil, and powder, | |
| udakāsanabhojanaṁ; | water, a seat, and food to laypeople, | |
| Gihīnaṁ upanāmenti, | desiring more in return. | |
| ākaṅkhantā bahuttaraṁ. | Tooth-sticks and kapittha fruits, | |
| Dantaponaṁ kapitthañca, | flowers and things to eat, | |
| pupphaṁ khādaniyāni ca; | and when alms-food is abundant, | |
| Piṇḍapāte ca sampanne, | mangoes and myrobalans. | |
| ambe āmalakāni ca. | In medicines, they are like physicians; | |
| Bhesajjesu yathā vejjā, | in proper and improper tasks, like householders; | |
| kiccākicce yathā gihī; | in adornment, like a courtesan; | |
| Gaṇikāva vibhūsāyaṁ, | in authority, like kshatriyas. | |
| issare khattiyā yathā. | They are deceitful, treacherous, | |
| Nekatikā vañcanikā, | false witnesses, untrustworthy. | |
| kūṭasakkhī apāṭukā; | With many schemes, | |
| Bahūhi parikappehi, | they consume alms-food. | |
| āmisaṁ paribhuñjare. | Following up with pretexts, pretexts, | |
| Lesakappe pariyāye, | and schemes, | |
| parikappenudhāvitā; | they gather much wealth | |
| Jīvikatthā upāyena, | by means for their livelihood. | |
| saṅkaḍḍhanti bahuṁ dhanaṁ. | They establish a following | |
| Upaṭṭhāpenti parisaṁ, | for the sake of material gain, not for the sake of the Dhamma. | |
| kammato no ca dhammato; | They teach the Dhamma to others | |
| Dhammaṁ paresaṁ desenti, | for gain, not for the goal. | |
| lābhato no ca atthato. | They quarrel over the Sangha’s gains, | |
| Saṅghalābhassa bhaṇḍanti, | being outside the Sangha. | |
| saṅghato paribāhirā; | Living on the gains of others, | |
| Paralābhopajīvantā, | they are shameless and feel no shame. | |
| ahirīkā na lajjare. | Some others are not so devoted, | |
| Nānuyuttā tathā eke, | shaven-headed, wearing the patchwork robe. | |
| muṇḍā saṅghāṭipārutā; | They wish only for veneration, | |
| Sambhāvanaṁyevicchanti, | infatuated with gain and honor. | |
| lābhasakkāramucchitā. | When things have come to such a state, | |
| Evaṁ nānappayātamhi, | it is not easy now | |
| na dāni sukaraṁ tathā; | to touch what has not been touched, | |
| Aphusitaṁ vā phusituṁ, | or to guard what has been touched. | |
| phusitaṁ vānurakkhituṁ. | Just as one would walk in a place of thorns | |
| Yathā kaṇṭakaṭṭhānamhi, | without shoes, | |
| careyya anupāhano; | having established mindfulness, | |
| Satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvāna, | so a sage should walk in a village. | |
| evaṁ gāme munī care. | Remembering the yogis of old, | |
| Saritvā pubbake yogī, | recollecting their conduct, | |
| tesaṁ vattamanussaraṁ; | even though it is the last age, | |
| Kiñcāpi pacchimo kālo, | one may touch the deathless state. | |
| phuseyya amataṁ padaṁ. | Having said this in the sāl-grove, | |
| Idaṁ vatvā sālavane, | the ascetic with developed faculties, | |
| samaṇo bhāvitindriyo; | the brahmin, attained final Nibbāna, | |
| Brāhmaṇo parinibbāyī, | the sage whose rebirth is exhausted.” | |
| isi khīṇapunabbhavo”ti. | … The Elder Pārāpariya … | |
| … Pārāpariyo thero … | The Book of Twenties is finished. | |
| Vīsatinipāto niṭṭhito. | The summary there: | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | Adhimutta, Pārāpariya, | |
| Adhimutto pārāpariyo, | Telakāni, Raṭṭhapāla, | |
| telakāni raṭṭhapālo; | Mālukya, Sela, Bhaddiya, | |
| Mālukyaselo bhaddiyo, | Aṅguli, the one with the divine eye, | |
| aṅguli dibbacakkhuko; | Pārāpariya, these ten | |
| Pārāpariyo dasete, | are celebrated in the Book of Twenty. | |
| vīsamhi parikittitā; | There are two hundred verses, | |
| Gāthāyo dve satā honti, pañcatālīsa uttarinti. |
and forty-five more. |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 17
all
| ♦ Nipāta 17 | ♦ The Book of Seventeens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag17.1 Phussattheragāthā | Thag17.1 The Verses of the Elder Phussa | |
| Thag17.2 Sāriputtattheragāthā | Thag17.2 The Verses of the Elder Sāriputta | |
| Thag17.3 Ānandattheragāthā | Thag17.3 The Verses of the Elder Ānanda | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 17.1 Phussa
| --- Thag17.1 Phussattheragāthā --- | --- Thag17.1 The Verses of the Elder Phussa --- | |
| Pāsādike bahū disvā, | The sage of the Paṇḍara clan, seeing many | |
| bhāvitatte susaṁvute; | who were graceful, with developed minds, well-restrained, | |
| Isi paṇḍarasagotto, | asked the one named Phussa: | |
| apucchi phussasavhayaṁ. | “What will be their wishes, what their intentions, | |
| “Kiṁchandā kimadhippāyā, | what their appearance in the future time? | |
| kimākappā bhavissare; | Tell me this, as I ask.” | |
| Anāgatamhi kālamhi, | “Listen to my word, | |
| taṁ me akkhāhi pucchito”. | O sage of the Paṇḍara clan. | |
| “Suṇohi vacanaṁ mayhaṁ, | Pay close attention, | |
| isipaṇḍarasavhaya; | I will describe the future. | |
| Sakkaccaṁ upadhārehi, | Many will be angry and resentful, | |
| ācikkhissāmyanāgataṁ. | hypocritical, stubborn, and deceitful, | |
| Kodhanā upanāhī ca, | envious and with differing views, | |
| makkhī thambhī saṭhā bahū; | in the future. | |
| Ussukī nānāvādā ca, | Thinking they know the deep Dhamma, | |
| bhavissanti anāgate. | while only being at the shore, | |
| Aññātamānino dhamme, | they will be frivolous, with no respect for the Dhamma, | |
| gambhīre tīragocarā; | with no respect for one another. | |
| Lahukā agarū dhamme, | Many dangers in the world | |
| aññamaññamagāravā. | will arise in the future. | |
| Bahū ādīnavā loke, | This well-taught Dhamma, | |
| uppajjissantyanāgate; | the foolish will defile. | |
| Sudesitaṁ imaṁ dhammaṁ, | Though lacking in virtue, in the Sangha, | |
| kilesessanti dummatī. | they will speak with confidence. | |
| Guṇahīnāpi saṅghamhi, | They will be powerful, | |
| voharantā visāradā; | garrulous, and unlearned. | |
| Balavanto bhavissanti, | Though possessing virtue, in the Sangha, | |
| mukharā assutāvino. | speaking according to the truth, | |
| Guṇavantopi saṅghamhi, | they will be weak, | |
| voharantā yathātthato; | ashamed and not seeking the goal. | |
| Dubbalā te bhavissanti, | Silver and gold, | |
| hirīmanā anatthikā. | fields, property, goats and sheep, | |
| Rajataṁ jātarūpañca, | and male and female slaves, the foolish | |
| khettaṁ vatthumajeḷakaṁ; | will accept in the future. | |
| Dāsidāsañca dummedhā, | The fools, prone to criticism, | |
| sādiyissantyanāgate. | unconcentrated in their virtues, | |
| Ujjhānasaññino bālā, | will wander about proud, | |
| sīlesu asamāhitā; | delighting in quarrels, like deer. | |
| Unnaḷā vicarissanti, | They will be arrogant, | |
| kalahābhiratā magā. | wearing blue robes, | |
| Uddhatā ca bhavissanti, | deceitful, stubborn, talkative, sharp-tongued, | |
| nīlacīvarapārutā; | they will wander about as if they were noble ones. | |
| Kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī, | With hair styled with oil, | |
| carissantyariyā viya. | fickle, with painted eyes, | |
| Telasaṇṭhehi kesehi, | they will go along the street, | |
| capalā añjanakkhikā; | wearing ivory-colored robes. | |
| Rathiyāya gamissanti, | They will despise the saffron robe, | |
| dantavaṇṇikapārutā. | not disgusting to the liberated, | |
| Ajegucchaṁ vimuttehi, | the banner of the Arahants, | |
| surattaṁ arahaddhajaṁ; | being attached to white robes. | |
| Jigucchissanti kāsāvaṁ, | They will be desirous of gain, | |
| odātesu samucchitā. | lazy, of little energy. | |
| Lābhakāmā bhavissanti, | Finding forest life troublesome, | |
| kusītā hīnavīriyā; | they will live on the outskirts of villages. | |
| Kicchantā vanapatthāni, | Those who will get gains, | |
| gāmantesu vasissare. | always delighting in a wrong livelihood, | |
| Ye ye lābhaṁ labhissanti, | following them, | |
| micchājīvaratā sadā; | the unrestrained will associate with them. | |
| Te teva anusikkhantā, | Those who do not get gains, | |
| bhajissanti asaṁyatā. | they will not be honored. | |
| Ye ye alābhino lābhaṁ, | Even if they are very virtuous wise ones, | |
| na te pujjā bhavissare; | they will not associate with them then. | |
| Supesalepi te dhīre, | Despising their own banner, | |
| sevissanti na te tadā. | dyed with the color of the Terminalia tree, | |
| Milakkhurajanaṁ rattaṁ, | some will wear the banner of sectarians, | |
| garahantā sakaṁ dhajaṁ; | the white robe. | |
| Titthiyānaṁ dhajaṁ keci, | And they will have no respect | |
| dhārissantyavadātakaṁ. | for the saffron robe then. | |
| Agāravo ca kāsāve, | And the bhikkhus will have no reflection | |
| tadā tesaṁ bhavissati; | on the saffron robe. | |
| Paṭisaṅkhā ca kāsāve, | The great and inconceivable reflection of the naga, | |
| bhikkhūnaṁ na bhavissati. | overcome by suffering, pierced by an arrow, in pain, | |
| Abhibhūtassa dukkhena, | arose. | |
| sallaviddhassa ruppato; | For Chaddanta, seeing then | |
| Paṭisaṅkhā mahāghorā, | the banner of the Arahants, dyed red, | |
| nāgassāsi acintiyā. | at that very moment spoke verses | |
| Chaddanto hi tadā disvā, | connected with the goal. | |
| surattaṁ arahaddhajaṁ; | ‘He who, not free from stains, | |
| Tāvadeva bhaṇī gāthā, | would wear the saffron robe, | |
| gajo atthopasaṁhitā. | devoid of self-control and truth, | |
| ‘Anikkasāvo kāsāvaṁ, | he is not worthy of the saffron robe. | |
| yo vatthaṁ paridhassati; | But he who has vomited up his stains, | |
| Apeto damasaccena, | is well-concentrated in his virtues, | |
| na so kāsāvamarahati. | endowed with self-control and truth, | |
| Yo ca vantakasāvassa, | he indeed is worthy of the saffron robe. | |
| sīlesu susamāhito; | The foolish one of broken virtue, | |
| Upeto damasaccena, | whose depravity is manifest, | |
| sa ve kāsāvamarahati. | with a confused mind, without effort, | |
| Vipannasīlo dummedho, | he is not worthy of the saffron robe. | |
| pākaṭo kāmakāriyo; | But he who is endowed with virtue, | |
| Vibbhantacitto nissukko, | free from lust, concentrated, | |
| na so kāsāvamarahati. | with pure thoughts and intentions, | |
| Yo ca sīlena sampanno, | he indeed is worthy of the saffron robe. | |
| vītarāgo samāhito; | The proud, arrogant fool, | |
| Odātamanasaṅkappo, | in whom there is no virtue, | |
| sa ve kāsāvamarahati. | he is worthy of the white robe; | |
| Uddhato unnaḷo bālo, | what will he do with the saffron one?’ | |
| sīlaṁ yassa na vijjati; | And bhikkhus and bhikkhunīs, | |
| Odātakaṁ arahati, | with corrupt minds, without respect, | |
| kāsāvaṁ kiṁ karissati. | will oppress those of their kind | |
| Bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca, | who have minds of loving-kindness in the future. | |
| duṭṭhacittā anādarā; | Even when being taught by the elders, | |
| Tādīnaṁ mettacittānaṁ, | the fools, just wearing the robe, | |
| niggaṇhissantyanāgate. | the foolish ones will not listen, | |
| Sikkhāpentāpi therehi, | their depravity being manifest. | |
| bālā cīvaradhāraṇaṁ; | Those fools, trained in that way, | |
| Na suṇissanti dummedhā, | with no respect for one another, | |
| pākaṭā kāmakāriyā. | will not pay attention to their preceptors, | |
| Te tathā sikkhitā bālā, | like a stubborn horse to its charioteer. | |
| aññamaññaṁ agāravā; | Thus in the future time | |
| Nādiyissantupajjhāye, | will be the practice | |
| khaḷuṅko viya sārathiṁ. | of bhikkhus and bhikkhunīs, | |
| Evaṁ anāgataddhānaṁ, | when the last age has come.’ | |
| paṭipatti bhavissati; | Before this great and future | |
| Bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnañca, | terror comes, | |
| patte kālamhi pacchime.’ | be easy to speak to, gentle, | |
| Purā āgacchate etaṁ, | with respect for one another. | |
| anāgataṁ mahabbhayaṁ; | Have minds of loving-kindness and compassion, | |
| Subbacā hotha sakhilā, | be restrained in your virtues. | |
| aññamaññaṁ sagāravā. | Be energetic and resolute, | |
| Mettacittā kāruṇikā, | always with firm striving. | |
| Hotha sīlesu saṁvutā; | Seeing heedlessness as a danger, | |
| Āraddhavīriyā pahitattā, | and heedfulness as security, | |
| Niccaṁ daḷhaparakkamā. | develop the eightfold path, | |
| Pamādaṁ bhayato disvā, | touching the deathless state.” | |
| Appamādañca khemato; Bhāvethaṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ, Phusantā amataṁ padan”ti. … Phusso thero …. |
… The Elder Phussa …. |
❧
+Thag 17.2 Sāriputta
| --- Thag17.2 Sāriputtattheragāthā --- | --- Thag17.2 The Verses of the Elder Sāriputta --- | |
| “Yathācārī yathāsato satīmā, | “One who practices thus, is thus mindful, with mindfulness, | |
| Yatasaṅkappajjhāyi appamatto; | with controlled intentions, a meditator, heedful, | |
| Ajjhattarato samāhitatto, | delighting within himself, with a concentrated mind, | |
| Eko santusito tamāhu bhikkhuṁ. | alone and content, him they call a bhikkhu. | |
| Allaṁ sukkhaṁ vā bhuñjanto, | Eating wet or dry food, | |
| Na bāḷhaṁ suhito siyā; | one should not be too full. | |
| Ūnūdaro mitāhāro, | With an empty stomach, eating in moderation, | |
| Sato bhikkhu paribbaje. | a mindful bhikkhu should wander. | |
| Cattāro pañca ālope, | Four or five mouthfuls, | |
| abhutvā udakaṁ pive; | having not eaten, one should drink water. | |
| Alaṁ phāsuvihārāya, | This is enough for the comfortable living | |
| pahitattassa bhikkhuno. | of a resolute bhikkhu. | |
| Kappiyaṁ tañce chādeti, | This robe which is suitable, | |
| cīvaraṁ idamatthikaṁ; | if it covers him, is enough for his needs. | |
| Alaṁ phāsuvihārāya, | This is enough for the comfortable living | |
| pahitattassa bhikkhuno. | of a resolute bhikkhu. | |
| Pallaṅkena nisinnassa, | When sitting cross-legged, | |
| jaṇṇuke nābhivassati; | the rain does not fall on his knees. | |
| Alaṁ phāsuvihārāya, | This is enough for the comfortable living | |
| pahitattassa bhikkhuno. | of a resolute bhikkhu. | |
| Yo sukhaṁ dukkhato adda, | He who saw happiness as suffering, | |
| dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; | and saw suffering as a dart, | |
| Ubhayantarena nāhosi, | between the two there was nothing; | |
| kena lokasmi kiṁ siyā. | by what in the world could what be? | |
| Mā me kadāci pāpiccho, | May I never have evil wishes, | |
| kusīto hīnavīriyo; | be lazy, of little energy, | |
| Appassuto anādaro, | be of little learning, without respect; | |
| kena lokasmi kiṁ siyā. | by what in the world could what be? | |
| Bahussuto ca medhāvī, | But one who is very learned and wise, | |
| sīlesu susamāhito; | well-concentrated in his virtues, | |
| Cetosamathamanuyutto, | devoted to the calming of the mind, | |
| api muddhani tiṭṭhatu. | may he stand even at the head. | |
| Yo papañcamanuyutto, | He who is devoted to proliferation, | |
| papañcābhirato mago; | a beast delighting in proliferation, | |
| Virādhayī so nibbānaṁ, | he has failed to attain Nibbāna, | |
| yogakkhemaṁ anuttaraṁ. | the unsurpassed security from bondage. | |
| Yo ca papañcaṁ hitvāna, | But he who, having abandoned proliferation, | |
| nippapañcapathe rato; | delights in the path of non-proliferation, | |
| Ārādhayī so nibbānaṁ, | he has attained Nibbāna, | |
| yogakkhemaṁ anuttaraṁ. | the unsurpassed security from bondage. | |
| Gāme vā yadi vāraññe, | Whether in a village or in a forest, | |
| Ninne vā yadi vā thale; | in a low place or on high ground, | |
| Yattha arahanto viharanti, | wherever the Arahants dwell, | |
| Taṁ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṁ. | that place is delightful. | |
| Ramaṇīyāni araññāni, | Delightful are the forests, | |
| yattha na ramatī jano; | where ordinary people do not delight. | |
| Vītarāgā ramissanti, | Those free from lust will delight there, | |
| na te kāmagavesino. | they are not seekers of sensual pleasure. | |
| Nidhīnaṁva pavattāraṁ, | The one who one would see as a revealer of faults, | |
| yaṁ passe vajjadassinaṁ; | like a revealer of treasures, | |
| Niggayhavādiṁ medhāviṁ, | a wise man who speaks rebukingly, | |
| tādisaṁ paṇḍitaṁ bhaje; | one should associate with such a wise man. | |
| Tādisaṁ bhajamānassa, | For one who associates with such a one, | |
| seyyo hoti na pāpiyo. | it is better, not worse. | |
| Ovadeyyānusāseyya, | He would advise, he would instruct, | |
| asabbhā ca nivāraye; | and he would restrain from what is unseemly. | |
| Satañhi so piyo hoti, | He is indeed dear to the good, | |
| asataṁ hoti appiyo. | he is not dear to the bad. | |
| Aññassa bhagavā buddho, | The Blessed One, the Buddha, the one with vision, | |
| dhammaṁ desesi cakkhumā; | taught the Dhamma to another. | |
| Dhamme desiyamānamhi, | While the Dhamma was being taught, | |
| sotamodhesimatthiko. | I inclined my ear, seeking the goal. | |
| Taṁ me amoghaṁ savanaṁ, | That listening of mine was not in vain, | |
| vimuttomhi anāsavo. | I am liberated, free from taints. | |
| Neva pubbenivāsāya, | Not for the sake of past lives, | |
| napi dibbassa cakkhuno; | nor for the sake of the divine eye, | |
| Cetopariyāya iddhiyā, | not for the sake of psychic power, knowledge of others’ minds, | |
| cutiyā upapattiyā; | of passing away and rebirth, | |
| Sotadhātuvisuddhiyā, | nor for the sake of the purification of the ear-element, | |
| paṇidhī me na vijjati”. | is there any resolution of mine.” | |
| “Rukkhamūlaṁva nissāya, | “Like one relying on the foot of a tree, | |
| muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto; | shaven-headed, wearing a patchwork robe, | |
| Paññāya uttamo thero, | the elder, supreme in wisdom, | |
| upatissova jhāyati. | Upatissa, meditates. | |
| Avitakkaṁ samāpanno, | Having attained to a state without thought, | |
| sammāsambuddhasāvako; | a disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One, | |
| Ariyena tuṇhībhāvena, | he is endowed with the noble silence, | |
| upeto hoti tāvade. | for a certain time. | |
| Yathāpi pabbato selo, | Just as a rocky mountain, | |
| acalo suppatiṭṭhito; | unmoving and well-established, | |
| Evaṁ mohakkhayā bhikkhu, | so, due to the destruction of delusion, a bhikkhu, | |
| pabbatova na vedhati”. | like a mountain, does not tremble.” | |
| “Anaṅgaṇassa posassa, | “For a person without blemish, | |
| niccaṁ sucigavesino; | always seeking purity, | |
| Vālaggamattaṁ pāpassa, | a hair’s tip of evil | |
| abbhamattaṁva khāyati. | seems as large as a cloud. | |
| Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, | I do not delight in death, | |
| nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; | I do not delight in life. | |
| Nikkhipissaṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ, | I will lay down this body, | |
| sampajāno patissato. | fully aware and mindful. | |
| Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, | I do not delight in death, | |
| nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; | I do not delight in life. | |
| Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, | I await my time, | |
| nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā”. | like a hireling his wages.” | |
| “Ubhayena midaṁ maraṇameva, | “By both means, this is indeed death. | |
| Nāmaraṇaṁ pacchā vā pure vā; | There is no non-death, either later or before. | |
| Paṭipajjatha mā vinassatha, | Practice, do not be destroyed. | |
| Khaṇo vo mā upaccagā. | Let not the moment pass you by. | |
| Nagaraṁ yathā paccantaṁ, | Just as a border city, | |
| guttaṁ santarabāhiraṁ; | guarded inside and out, | |
| Evaṁ gopetha attānaṁ, | so you should guard yourself. | |
| khaṇo vo mā upaccagā; | Let not the moment pass you by. | |
| Khaṇātītā hi socanti, | For those who have let the moment pass grieve | |
| nirayamhi samappitā”. | when they are consigned to hell.” | |
| “Upasanto uparato, | “Peaceful, restrained, | |
| mantabhāṇī anuddhato; | speaking wisely, not arrogant, | |
| Dhunāti pāpake dhamme, | he shakes off evil states, | |
| dumapattaṁva māluto. | as the wind shakes a leaf from a tree. | |
| Upasanto uparato, | Peaceful, restrained, | |
| mantabhāṇī anuddhato; | speaking wisely, not arrogant, | |
| Appāsi pāpake dhamme, | he has shaken off evil states, | |
| dumapattaṁva māluto. | as the wind shakes a leaf from a tree. | |
| Upasanto anāyāso, | Peaceful, without trouble, | |
| vippasanno anāvilo; | clear and untroubled, | |
| Kalyāṇasīlo medhāvī, | of good virtue, wise, | |
| dukkhassantakaro siyā”. | he would be an ender of suffering.” | |
| “Na vissase ekatiyesu evaṁ, | “One should not trust in some, | |
| Agārisu pabbajitesu cāpi; | both householders and those gone forth. | |
| Sādhūpi hutvā na asādhu honti, | Even though they are good, they become not good; | |
| Asādhu hutvā puna sādhu honti. | having been not good, they become good again. | |
| Kāmacchando ca byāpādo, | Sensual desire and ill will, | |
| thinamiddhañca bhikkhuno; | and sloth and drowsiness for a bhikkhu, | |
| Uddhaccaṁ vicikicchā ca, | restlessness and doubt, | |
| pañcete cittakelisā. | these five are defilements of the mind. | |
| Yassa sakkariyamānassa, | He for whom, when being honored | |
| asakkārena cūbhayaṁ; | and also when being dishonored, | |
| Samādhi na vikampati, | his concentration does not waver, | |
| appamādavihārino. | who dwells with diligence, | |
| Taṁ jhāyinaṁ sātatikaṁ, | him, the meditator, the persevering one, | |
| sukhumadiṭṭhivipassakaṁ; | the seer of subtle views, | |
| Upādānakkhayārāmaṁ, | who delights in the destruction of clinging, | |
| āhu sappuriso iti. | they call a good person. | |
| Mahāsamuddo pathavī, | The great ocean, the earth, | |
| pabbato anilopi ca; | a mountain, and the wind, | |
| Upamāya na yujjanti, | are not fit for a comparison | |
| satthu varavimuttiyā. | with the excellent liberation of the Teacher. | |
| Cakkānuvattako thero, | The elder who follows the wheel, | |
| mahāñāṇī samāhito; | of great knowledge, concentrated, | |
| Pathavāpaggisamāno, | like the earth, water, and fire, | |
| na rajjati na dussati. | is not attached, is not repelled. | |
| Paññāpāramitaṁ patto, | Having reached the perfection of wisdom, | |
| mahābuddhi mahāmati; | of great intelligence, of great understanding, | |
| Ajaḷo jaḷasamāno, | not a simpleton, though like a simpleton, | |
| sadā carati nibbuto. | he always wanders, extinguished. | |
| Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| … pe | … and so on … | |
| … | the guide to existence is rooted out. | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā. | Strive with heedfulness, | |
| Sampādethappamādena, | this is my instruction. | |
| esā me anusāsanī; | Come, I will attain final Nibbāna, | |
| Handāhaṁ parinibbissaṁ, | I am completely liberated in every way.” | |
| vippamuttomhi sabbadhī”ti. … Sāriputto thero … |
… The Elder Sāriputta … |
❧
+Thag 17.3 Ānanda
| --- Thag17.3 Ānandattheragāthā --- | --- Thag17.3 The Verses of the Elder Ānanda --- | |
| “Pisuṇena ca kodhanena ca, | “With a slanderer and an angry person, | |
| Maccharinā ca vibhūtanandinā; | and with a miser and one who delights in ostentation, | |
| Sakhitaṁ na kareyya paṇḍito, | a wise person should not make friends; | |
| Pāpo kāpurisena saṅgamo. | association with a vile man is evil. | |
| Saddhena ca pesalena ca, | With a faithful and gentle person, | |
| Paññavatā bahussutena ca; | and with a wise and very learned person, | |
| Sakhitaṁ kareyya paṇḍito, | a wise person should make friends; | |
| Bhaddo sappurisena saṅgamo. | association with a good person is good. | |
| Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, | Behold the painted puppet, | |
| … pe | … and so on … | |
| … | for which there is no lasting stability. | |
| yassa natthi dhuvaṁ ṭhiti. | Behold the painted puppet, | |
| Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, | … and so on … | |
| … pe | it shines with its clothes. | |
| … | Its feet dyed with lac, | |
| vatthehi sobhati. | … and so on … | |
| Alattakakatā, | but not for one seeking the far shore. | |
| … pe | Its hair done in eight braids, | |
| … | … and so on … | |
| no ca pāragavesino. | but not for one seeking the far shore. | |
| Aṭṭhapadakatā, | Like a new painted cosmetic box, | |
| … pe | … and so on … | |
| … | but not for one seeking the far shore. | |
| no ca pāragavesino. | Very learned, an eloquent speaker, | |
| Añjanīva navā, | an attendant of the Buddha, | |
| … pe | with his burden laid down, detached, | |
| … | Gotama lies down to rest. | |
| no ca pāragavesino. | With taints destroyed, detached, | |
| Bahussuto cittakathī, | beyond attachments, well-extinguished, | |
| buddhassa paricārako; | he bears his final body, | |
| Pannabhāro visaññutto, | having gone beyond birth and death. | |
| seyyaṁ kappeti gotamo. | In whom the Dhammas are established, | |
| Khīṇāsavo visaññutto, | of the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, | |
| saṅgātīto sunibbuto; | on the path leading to Nibbāna, | |
| Dhāreti antimaṁ dehaṁ, | this Gotama stands. | |
| jātimaraṇapāragū. | I have learned eighty-two thousand from the Buddha, | |
| Yasmiṁ patiṭṭhitā dhammā, | and two thousand from the bhikkhus; | |
| buddhassādiccabandhuno; | eighty-four thousand | |
| Nibbānagamane magge, | are the Dhammas that I have mastered. | |
| soyaṁ tiṭṭhati gotamo. | A person of little learning | |
| Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṁ, | ages like an ox. | |
| dve sahassāni bhikkhuto; | His flesh increases, | |
| Caturāsītisahassāni, | his wisdom does not increase. | |
| ye me dhammā pavattino. | He who, being very learned, | |
| Appassutāyaṁ puriso, | despises one of little learning with his learning, | |
| balibaddova jīrati; | he seems to me like a blind man | |
| Maṁsāni tassa vaḍḍhanti, | holding a lamp. | |
| paññā tassa na vaḍḍhati. | One should attend on a very learned person, | |
| Bahussuto appassutaṁ, | and one should not lose what has been learned. | |
| yo sutenātimaññati; | That is the root of the holy life; | |
| Andho padīpadhārova, | therefore one should be an upholder of the Dhamma. | |
| tatheva paṭibhāti maṁ. | Knowing the before and the after, knowing the meaning, | |
| Bahussutaṁ upāseyya, | skilled in exegesis and words, | |
| sutañca na vināsaye; | he grasps what is well-grasped, | |
| Taṁ mūlaṁ brahmacariyassa, | and he examines the meaning. | |
| tasmā dhammadharo siyā. | He is made willing by patience, | |
| Pubbāparaññū atthaññū, | having striven, he evaluates it. | |
| niruttipadakovido; | At the right time he exerts himself, | |
| Suggahītañca gaṇhāti, | well-concentrated within himself. | |
| atthañcopaparikkhati. | A very learned person, an upholder of the Dhamma, | |
| Khantyā chandikato hoti, | wise, a disciple of the Buddha, | |
| ussahitvā tuleti taṁ; | one who wishes for the understanding of the Dhamma, | |
| Samaye so padahati, | should associate with such a one. | |
| ajjhattaṁ susamāhito. | Very learned, an upholder of the Dhamma, | |
| Bahussutaṁ dhammadharaṁ, | the treasurer of the great sage, | |
| sappaññaṁ buddhasāvakaṁ; | the eye of the whole world, | |
| Dhammaviññāṇamākaṅkhaṁ, | the very learned one is worthy of worship. | |
| taṁ bhajetha tathāvidhaṁ. | Delighting in the Dhamma, rejoicing in the Dhamma, | |
| Bahussuto dhammadharo, | reflecting on the Dhamma, | |
| kosārakkho mahesino; | a bhikkhu, remembering the Dhamma, | |
| Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, | does not fall away from the true Dhamma. | |
| pūjanīyo bahussuto. | One burdened by stinginess with the body, | |
| Dhammārāmo dhammarato, | who does not strive when he is losing, | |
| dhammaṁ anuvicintayaṁ; | for one greedy for bodily comfort, | |
| Dhammaṁ anussaraṁ bhikkhu, | whence the comfort of an ascetic? | |
| saddhammā na parihāyati. | All the directions are not clear, | |
| Kāyamaccheragaruno, | the Dhammas do not appear to me. | |
| hiyyamāne anuṭṭhahe; | When my good friend has gone, | |
| Sarīrasukhagiddhassa, | it seems like darkness. | |
| kuto samaṇaphāsutā. | For one whose companion has passed away, | |
| Na pakkhanti disā sabbā, | whose Teacher has passed on, | |
| dhammā na paṭibhanti maṁ; | there is no such friend | |
| Gate kalyāṇamittamhi, | as mindfulness of the body. | |
| andhakāraṁva khāyati. | Those who are old have passed away, | |
| Abbhatītasahāyassa, | I do not get on with the new ones. | |
| atītagatasatthuno; | Today I meditate alone, | |
| Natthi etādisaṁ mittaṁ, | like a bird when the rains have come.” | |
| yathā kāyagatā sati. | “Those who are coming to see me, | |
| Ye purāṇā atītā te, | many of various persuasions, | |
| navehi na sameti me; | do not prevent them, O hearers, | |
| Svajja ekova jhāyāmi, | let them see, it is time for me.” | |
| vassupetova pakkhimā”. | “Those who are coming to see me, | |
| “Dassanāya abhikkante, | many of various persuasions, | |
| nānāverajjake bahū; | the Teacher gives them the opportunity, | |
| Mā vārayittha sotāro, | the one with vision does not prevent them. | |
| passantu samayo mamaṁ”. | For twenty-five years, | |
| “Dassanāya abhikkante, | while I was a trainee, | |
| nānāverajjake puthu; | no thought of sensual pleasure arose in me; | |
| Karoti satthā okāsaṁ, | see the excellence of the Dhamma. | |
| na nivāreti cakkhumā. | For twenty-five years, | |
| Paṇṇavīsativassāni, | while I was a trainee, | |
| sekhabhūtassa me sato; | no thought of hatred arose in me; | |
| Na kāmasaññā uppajji, | see the excellence of the Dhamma. | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ. | For twenty-five years | |
| Paṇṇavīsativassāni, | I attended on the Blessed One | |
| sekhabhūtassa me sato; | with loving bodily action, | |
| Na dosasaññā uppajji, | like a shadow that does not depart. | |
| passa dhammasudhammataṁ. | For twenty-five years | |
| Paṇṇavīsativassāni, | I attended on the Blessed One | |
| bhagavantaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ; | with loving verbal action, | |
| Mettena kāyakammena, | like a shadow that does not depart. | |
| chāyāva anapāyinī. | For twenty-five years | |
| Paṇṇavīsativassāni, | I attended on the Blessed One | |
| bhagavantaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ; | with loving mental action, | |
| Mettena vacīkammena, | like a shadow that does not depart. | |
| chāyāva anapāyinī. | When the Buddha was walking, | |
| Paṇṇavīsativassāni, | I walked behind him. | |
| bhagavantaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ; | When the Dhamma was being taught, | |
| Mettena manokammena, | knowledge arose in me. | |
| chāyāva anapāyinī. | I have things to do, | |
| Buddhassa caṅkamantassa, | I am a trainee with an unattained mind. | |
| piṭṭhito anucaṅkamiṁ; | And the final Nibbāna of the Teacher, | |
| Dhamme desiyamānamhi, | who was compassionate to us. | |
| ñāṇaṁ me udapajjatha. | Then there was what was dreadful, | |
| Ahaṁ sakaraṇīyomhi, | then there was what was hair-raising, | |
| sekho appattamānaso; | when the Sambuddha, endowed with all excellent qualities, | |
| Satthu ca parinibbānaṁ, | attained final Nibbāna.” | |
| yo amhaṁ anukampako. | “Very learned, an upholder of the Dhamma, | |
| Tadāsi yaṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ, | the treasurer of the great sage, | |
| tadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ; | the eye of the whole world, | |
| Sabbākāravarūpete, | Ānanda has attained final Nibbāna. | |
| sambuddhe parinibbute”. | Very learned, an upholder of the Dhamma, | |
| “Bahussuto dhammadharo, | the treasurer of the great sage, | |
| kosārakkho mahesino; | the eye of the whole world, | |
| Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, | in the darkness, a dispeller of gloom. | |
| ānando parinibbuto. | The sage who was possessed of deportment, mindfulness, | |
| Bahussuto dhammadharo, | and steadfastness, | |
| kosārakkho mahesino; | the elder, the upholder of the true Dhamma, | |
| Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, | Ānanda, the mine of jewels.” | |
| andhakāre tamonudo. | “The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| Gatimanto satimanto, | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| dhitimanto ca yo isi; | The heavy burden has been laid down, | |
| Saddhammadhārako thero, | now there is no new existence.” | |
| ānando ratanākaro”. | … The Elder Ānanda … | |
| “Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | The Book of Thirties is finished. | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; | The summary there: | |
| Ohito garuko bhāro, | Phussa, Patissa, Ānanda, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. | these three are celebrated. | |
| … Ānando thero … | The verses there are counted | |
| Tiṁsanipāto niṭṭhito. Tatruddānaṁ Phusso patisso ānando, tayotime pakittitā; Gāthāyo tattha saṅkhātā, sataṁ pañca ca uttarīti. |
as one hundred and five more. |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 18
all
| ♦ Nipāta 18 | ♦ The Book of Eighteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag18.1 Mahākassapattheragāthā | Thag18.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahākassapa | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 18.1 Mahākassapa
| --- Thag18.1 Mahākassapattheragāthā --- | --- Thag18.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahākassapa --- | |
| “Na gaṇena purakkhato care, | “One should not wander preceded by a group. | |
| Vimano hoti samādhi dullabho; | One becomes distracted, concentration is hard to get. | |
| Nānājanasaṅgaho dukho, | Association with many people is suffering; | |
| Iti disvāna gaṇaṁ na rocaye. | having seen this, one should not approve of a group. | |
| Na kulāni upabbaje muni, | A sage should not frequent families. | |
| Vimano hoti samādhi dullabho; | One becomes distracted, concentration is hard to get. | |
| So ussukko rasānugiddho, | He who is eager and greedy for flavors | |
| Atthaṁ riñcati yo sukhāvaho. | misses the goal that brings happiness. | |
| Paṅkoti hi naṁ avedayuṁ, | ‘A swamp,’ they have indeed called it, | |
| Yāyaṁ vandanapūjanā kulesu; | this veneration and worship in families. | |
| Sukhumaṁ sallaṁ durubbahaṁ, | A subtle, hard-to-extract dart; | |
| Sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho. | honor is hard for a vile man to relinquish. | |
| Senāsanamhā oruyha, | Descending from my lodging, | |
| nagaraṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ; | I entered the city for alms. | |
| Bhuñjantaṁ purisaṁ kuṭṭhiṁ, | I dutifully attended on | |
| sakkaccaṁ taṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ. | a man with leprosy who was eating. | |
| So me pakkena hatthena, | He, with his diseased hand, | |
| ālopaṁ upanāmayi; | offered me a morsel of food. | |
| Ālopaṁ pakkhipantassa, | As he was putting the morsel in, | |
| aṅguli cettha chijjatha. | a finger broke off right there. | |
| Kuṭṭamūlañca nissāya, | Leaning against the base of a wall, | |
| ālopaṁ taṁ abhuñjisaṁ; | I ate that morsel of food. | |
| Bhuñjamāne vā bhutte vā, | While eating or when it was eaten, | |
| jegucchaṁ me na vijjati. | no disgust arose in me. | |
| Uttiṭṭhapiṇḍo āhāro, | Food from scraps left over, | |
| pūtimuttañca osadhaṁ; | and foul-smelling urine as medicine, | |
| Senāsanaṁ rukkhamūlaṁ, | a lodging at the foot of a tree, | |
| paṁsukūlañca cīvaraṁ; | and a robe of refuse-rags; | |
| Yassete abhisambhutvā, | he for whom these things have come to be, | |
| sa ve cātuddiso naro. | he indeed is a man of the four quarters. | |
| Yattha eke vihaññanti, | Where some are afflicted, | |
| āruhantā siluccayaṁ; | climbing a rocky mountain, | |
| Tassa buddhassa dāyādo, | the heir of that Buddha, | |
| sampajāno patissato; | fully aware and mindful, | |
| Iddhibalenupatthaddho, | supported by his psychic power, | |
| kassapo abhirūhati. | Kassapa ascends. | |
| Piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto, | Having returned from his alms-round, | |
| selamāruyha kassapo; | Kassapa, having climbed the rock, | |
| Jhāyati anupādāno, | meditates without grasping, | |
| pahīnabhayabheravo. | with fear and dread abandoned. | |
| Piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto, | Having returned from his alms-round, | |
| selamāruyha kassapo; | Kassapa, having climbed the rock, | |
| Jhāyati anupādāno, | meditates without grasping, | |
| ḍayhamānesu nibbuto. | extinguished among those who are burning. | |
| Piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto, | Having returned from his alms-round, | |
| selamāruyha kassapo; | Kassapa, having climbed the rock, | |
| Jhāyati anupādāno, | meditates without grasping, | |
| katakicco anāsavo. | his task done, free from taints. | |
| Karerimālāvitatā, | The parts of the earth, covered with garlands of Kareri flowers, | |
| bhūmibhāgā manoramā; | are delightful. | |
| Kuñjarābhirudā rammā, | Charming, with the calls of elephants, | |
| te selā ramayanti maṁ. | those rocky crags delight me. | |
| Nīlabbhavaṇṇā rucirā, | Of the color of a blue-black cloud, resplendent, | |
| vārisītā sucindharā; | with cool water and clear streams, | |
| Indagopakasañchannā, | covered with Indagopaka insects, | |
| te selā ramayanti maṁ. | those rocky crags delight me. | |
| Nīlabbhakūṭasadisā, | Like the peaks of blue-black clouds, | |
| kūṭāgāravarūpamā; | like the form of the best of gabled houses, | |
| Vāraṇābhirudā rammā, | charming, with the calls of elephants, | |
| te selā ramayanti maṁ. | those rocky crags delight me. | |
| Abhivuṭṭhā rammatalā, | Their lovely surfaces rained upon, | |
| nagā isibhi sevitā; | frequented by sages, | |
| Abbhunnaditā sikhīhi, | echoing with the cries of peacocks, | |
| te selā ramayanti maṁ. | those rocky crags delight me. | |
| Alaṁ jhāyitukāmassa, | Enough for me, who wishes to meditate, | |
| pahitattassa me sato; | resolute and mindful. | |
| Alaṁ me atthakāmassa, | Enough for me, who seeks the goal, | |
| pahitattassa bhikkhuno. | a resolute bhikkhu. | |
| Alaṁ me phāsukāmassa, | Enough for me, who wishes for comfort, | |
| pahitattassa bhikkhuno; | a resolute bhikkhu. | |
| Alaṁ me yogakāmassa, | Enough for me, who wishes for the yoke, | |
| pahitattassa tādino. | a resolute and Such One. | |
| Umāpupphena samānā, | Like flax flowers, | |
| gaganāvabbhachāditā; | covered by the clouds of the sky, | |
| Nānādijagaṇākiṇṇā, | frequented by flocks of various birds, | |
| te selā ramayanti maṁ. | those rocky crags delight me. | |
| Anākiṇṇā gahaṭṭhehi, | Not crowded with householders, | |
| migasaṅghanisevitā; | frequented by herds of deer, | |
| Nānādijagaṇākiṇṇā, | frequented by flocks of various birds, | |
| te selā ramayanti maṁ. | those rocky crags delight me. | |
| Acchodikā puthusilā, | With clear water and broad rocks, | |
| gonaṅgulamigāyutā; | frequented by monkeys and deer, | |
| Ambusevālasañchannā, | covered with moss and water weeds, | |
| te selā ramayanti maṁ. | those rocky crags delight me. | |
| Na pañcaṅgikena turiyena, | Not with a five-piece orchestra | |
| Rati me hoti tādisī; | is my delight such | |
| Yathā ekaggacittassa, | as for one with a one-pointed mind, | |
| Sammā dhammaṁ vipassato. | rightly seeing the Dhamma. | |
| Kammaṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, | One shouldn’t take on much work, | |
| Parivajjeyya janaṁ na uyyame; | one should avoid people, one shouldn’t be busy. | |
| Ussukko so rasānugiddho, | One who is eager and greedy for flavors | |
| Atthaṁ riñcati yo sukhāvaho. | misses the goal that brings happiness. | |
| Kammaṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, | One shouldn’t take on much work, | |
| Parivajjeyya anattaneyyametaṁ; | one should avoid what is not one’s own. | |
| Kicchati kāyo kilamati, | The body gets tired, it becomes weary; | |
| Dukkhito so samathaṁ na vindati. | being in pain, one does not find peace. | |
| Oṭṭhappahatamattena, | With just the pressing of his lips, | |
| attānampi na passati; | he does not see even himself. | |
| Patthaddhagīvo carati, | He wanders with his neck held stiff, | |
| ahaṁ seyyoti maññati. | thinking, ‘I am better.’ | |
| Aseyyo seyyasamānaṁ, | The fool, though not better, | |
| bālo maññati attānaṁ; | thinks himself better. | |
| Na taṁ viññū pasaṁsanti, | The wise do not praise him, | |
| patthaddhamānasaṁ naraṁ. | a man of stubborn mind. | |
| Yo ca seyyohamasmīti, | But he who does not waver in the distinctions, | |
| nāhaṁ seyyoti vā pana; | ‘I am better,’ or ‘I am not better,’ | |
| Hīno taṁsadiso vāti, | or ‘I am inferior,’ or ‘I am equal to this one.’ | |
| vidhāsu na vikampati. | A wise person, Such, like that, | |
| Paññavantaṁ tathā tādiṁ, | well-concentrated in his virtues, | |
| sīlesu susamāhitaṁ; | and in the unsurpassed calming of the mind, | |
| Cetosamathamanuttaṁ, | him the wise indeed praise. | |
| tañce viññū pasaṁsare. | He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners | |
| Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, | is not found, | |
| gāravo nūpalabbhati; | is as far from the true Dhamma | |
| Ārakā hoti saddhammā, | as the sky is from the earth. | |
| nabhato puthavī yathā. | But those for whom a sense of shame and fear of wrongdoing | |
| Yesañca hiriottappaṁ, | are always well-established, | |
| sadā sammā upaṭṭhitaṁ; | their holy life has grown, | |
| Virūḷhabrahmacariyā te, | their rebirth is destroyed. | |
| tesaṁ khīṇā punabbhavā. | The proud and fickle bhikkhu, | |
| Uddhato capalo bhikkhu, | covered with a refuse-rag, | |
| paṁsukūlena pāruto; | is like a monkey in a lion’s skin; | |
| Kapīva sīhacammena, | he does not shine on account of that. | |
| na so tenupasobhati. | The one who is not proud, not fickle, | |
| Anuddhato acapalo, | skilled, with restrained faculties, | |
| nipako saṁvutindriyo; | he shines with a refuse-rag, | |
| Sobhati paṁsukūlena, | like a lion in a mountain cave. | |
| sīhova girigabbhare. | These many gods, | |
| Ete sambahulā devā, | powerful and glorious, | |
| iddhimanto yasassino; | ten thousand gods, | |
| Dasadevasahassāni, | all of them of the Brahmā realm, | |
| sabbe te brahmakāyikā. | paying homage to the general of the Dhamma, | |
| Dhammasenāpatiṁ vīraṁ, | the hero, the great meditator, concentrated, | |
| mahājhāyiṁ samāhitaṁ; | Sāriputta, they stand | |
| Sāriputtaṁ namassantā, | with hands raised in reverence. | |
| tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā. | ‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred of men, | |
| ‘Namo te purisājañña, | homage to you, O supreme person, | |
| namo te purisuttama; | of whom we do not know | |
| Yassa te nābhijānāma, | even on what you rely for your meditation. | |
| yampi nissāya jhāyati. | Wonderful indeed is it of the Buddhas, | |
| Accheraṁ vata buddhānaṁ, | their domain is profound. | |
| gambhīro gocaro sako; | We who do not know, | |
| Ye mayaṁ nābhijānāma, | are like those who pierce a hair with an arrow, having come close.’ | |
| vālavedhisamāgatā’. | Seeing Sāriputta thus | |
| Taṁ tathā devakāyehi, | worshipped by the company of gods, worthy of worship, | |
| pūjitaṁ pūjanārahaṁ; | a smile arose on Kappina’s face then. | |
| Sāriputtaṁ tadā disvā, | As far as the Buddha’s domain extends, | |
| kappinassa sitaṁ ahu. | except for the great sage, | |
| Yāvatā buddhakhettamhi, | I am the one distinguished in the ascetic qualities; | |
| ṭhapayitvā mahāmuniṁ; | there is no one equal to me. | |
| Dhutaguṇe visiṭṭhohaṁ, | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| sadiso me na vijjati. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | The heavy burden has been laid down, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; | now there is no new existence. | |
| Ohito garuko bhāro, | He is not stained by a robe, nor by a lodging, | |
| natthi dāni punabbhavo. | nor by food. | |
| Na cīvare na sayane, | Gotama is immeasurable, | |
| bhojane nupalimpati; | like a pure lotus flower, | |
| Gotamo anappameyyo, | on water, inclined to renunciation, | |
| muḷālapupphaṁ vimalaṁva; | gone forth from the three realms of existence. | |
| Ambunā nekkhammaninno, | He has the foundations of mindfulness as his neck, | |
| tibhavābhinissaṭo. | the great sage has faith as his hands, | |
| Satipaṭṭhānagīvo so, | wisdom as his head, of great knowledge, | |
| saddhāhattho mahāmuni; | he always wanders, extinguished.” | |
| Paññāsīso mahāñāṇī, | … The Elder Mahākassapa … | |
| sadā carati nibbuto”ti. | The Book of Forties is finished. | |
| … Mahākassapo thero … | The summary there: | |
| Cattālīsanipāto niṭṭhito. | In the Book of Forty, the one named Mahākassapa | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | is the only elder, and the verses | |
| Cattālīsanipātamhi, mahākassapasavhayo; Ekova thero gāthāyo, cattālīsa duvepi cāti. |
are forty and two as well. |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 19
all
| ♦ Nipāta 19 | ♦ The Book of Ninteens | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag19.1 Tālapuṭattheragāthā | Thag19.1 The Verses of the Elder Tālapuṭa | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 19.1 Tālapuṭa
| --- Thag19.1 Tālapuṭattheragāthā --- | --- Thag19.1 The Verses of the Elder Tālapuṭa --- | |
| “Kadā nuhaṁ pabbatakandarāsu, | “When will I live alone, | |
| Ekākiyo addutiyo vihassaṁ; | without a second, in mountain caves, | |
| Aniccato sabbabhavaṁ vipassaṁ, | seeing all existence as impermanent? | |
| Taṁ me idaṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | That of mine, when will it be? | |
| Kadā nuhaṁ bhinnapaṭandharo muni, | When will I, a sage wearing patched-up robes, | |
| Kāsāvavattho amamo nirāso; | in a saffron robe, without possessions, without longing, | |
| Rāgañca dosañca tatheva mohaṁ, | having slain lust and hatred and also delusion, | |
| Hantvā sukhī pavanagato vihassaṁ. | live happily, gone to the forest? | |
| Kadā aniccaṁ vadharoganīḷaṁ, | When will I, seeing this body as impermanent, | |
| Kāyaṁ imaṁ maccujarāyupaddutaṁ; | a nest of slaughter and disease, oppressed by death and old age, | |
| Vipassamāno vītabhayo vihassaṁ, | live without fear, | |
| Eko vane taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | alone in the forest? When will that be? | |
| Kadā nuhaṁ bhayajananiṁ dukhāvahaṁ, | When will I, taking the sharp sword of wisdom, | |
| Taṇhālataṁ bahuvidhānuvattaniṁ; | cut the creeper of craving, which brings fear and suffering, | |
| Paññāmayaṁ tikhiṇamasiṁ gahetvā, | which follows in many ways? | |
| Chetvā vase tampi kadā bhavissati. | When will that be, to live having cut it? | |
| Kadā nu paññāmayamuggatejaṁ, | When will I, quickly taking the sword of the sages, | |
| Satthaṁ isīnaṁ sahasādiyitvā; | of fierce power, made of wisdom, | |
| Māraṁ sasenaṁ sahasā bhañjissaṁ, | quickly break Māra with his army? | |
| Sīhāsane taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | On the lion’s throne, when will that be? | |
| Kadā nuhaṁ sabbhi samāgamesu, | When will I be seen in the gatherings of the good, | |
| Diṭṭho bhave dhammagarūhi tādibhi; | by the Such Ones who respect the Dhamma, | |
| Yāthāvadassīhi jitindriyehi, | who see things as they are, with conquered senses, | |
| Padhāniyo taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | the striver? When will that be? | |
| Kadā nu maṁ tandi khudā pipāsā, | When will weariness, hunger, and thirst, | |
| Vātātapā kīṭasarīsapā vā; | and wind, heat, insects, and reptiles, | |
| Na bādhayissanti na taṁ giribbaje, | not afflict me in the Giribbaja hills? | |
| Atthatthiyaṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | Intent on the goal, when will that be? | |
| Kadā nu kho yaṁ viditaṁ mahesinā, | When will I indeed, with a concentrated and mindful mind, | |
| Cattāri saccāni sududdasāni; | go with wisdom to the four truths, very hard to see, | |
| Samāhitatto satimā agacchaṁ, | which were understood by the great sage? | |
| Paññāya taṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | That, when will that be? | |
| Kadā nu rūpe amite ca sadde, | When will I, with the senses calmed, | |
| Gandhe rase phusitabbe ca dhamme; | see with wisdom forms and countless sounds, | |
| Ādittatohaṁ samathehi yutto, | smells, tastes, and things to be touched and thoughts, | |
| Paññāya dacchaṁ tadidaṁ kadā me. | as burning? That of mine, when will it be? | |
| Kadā nuhaṁ dubbacanena vutto, | When will I, being spoken to with harsh words, | |
| Tato nimittaṁ vimano na hessaṁ; | not be downcast on account of that? | |
| Atho pasatthopi tato nimittaṁ, | And when praised, on account of that, | |
| Tuṭṭho na hessaṁ tadidaṁ kadā me. | not be pleased? That of mine, when will it be? | |
| Kadā nu kaṭṭhe ca tiṇe latā ca, | When will I weigh equally | |
| Khandhe imehaṁ amite ca dhamme; | sticks, grass, and creepers, | |
| Ajjhattikāneva ca bāhirāni ca, | and these aggregates and countless things, | |
| Samaṁ tuleyyaṁ tadidaṁ kadā me. | both internal and external? That of mine, when will it be? | |
| Kadā nu maṁ pāvusakālamegho, | When will the rain-cloud of the rainy season, | |
| Navena toyena sacīvaraṁ vane; | with new water, rain on my robe in the forest, | |
| Isippayātamhi pathe vajantaṁ, | as I walk on the path frequented by sages? | |
| Ovassate taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | When will that be? | |
| Kadā mayūrassa sikhaṇḍino vane, | When will I, hearing the cry of the crested peacock, | |
| Dijassa sutvā girigabbhare rutaṁ; | the bird in the forest, in a mountain cave, | |
| Paccuṭṭhahitvā amatassa pattiyā, | having risen up for the attainment of the deathless, | |
| Sañcintaye taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | reflect on that? When will that be? | |
| Kadā nu gaṅgaṁ yamunaṁ sarassatiṁ, | When will I cross the Ganges, the Yamunā, the Sarasvatī, | |
| Pātālakhittaṁ vaḷavāmukhañca; | and the Pātāla chasm and the Vaḷavāmukha, | |
| Asajjamāno patareyyamiddhiyā, | without getting stuck, by psychic power? | |
| Vibhiṁsanaṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | The shattering of them, when will that be? | |
| Kadā nu nāgova asaṅgacārī, | When will I, like a naga wandering without attachment, | |
| Padālaye kāmaguṇesu chandaṁ; | shatter my desire for the strands of sensual pleasure, | |
| Nibbajjayaṁ sabbasubhaṁ nimittaṁ, | rejecting all beautiful signs, | |
| Jhāne yuto taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | yoked to jhāna? When will that be? | |
| Kadā iṇaṭṭova daliddako nidhiṁ, | When will I, like a poor debtor oppressed by creditors, | |
| Ārādhayitvā dhanikehi pīḷito; | having found a treasure, | |
| Tuṭṭho bhavissaṁ adhigamma sāsanaṁ, | be pleased, having attained the teaching | |
| Mahesino taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. | of the great sage? When will that be? | |
| Bahūni vassāni tayāmhi yācito, | For many years I have been begged by you: | |
| ‘Agāravāsena alaṁ nu te idaṁ’; | ‘Enough now of this life in a house for you.’ | |
| Taṁ dāni maṁ pabbajitaṁ samānaṁ, | Now that I have gone forth, | |
| Kiṅkāraṇā citta tuvaṁ na yuñjasi. | for what reason, O mind, do you not apply yourself? | |
| Nanu ahaṁ citta tayāmhi yācito, | Was I not indeed begged by you, O mind: | |
| ‘Giribbaje citrachadā vihaṅgamā’; | ‘In the Giribbaja hills, birds with colorful plumage, | |
| Mahindaghosatthanitābhigajjino, | thundering with the great sound of Indra, | |
| Te taṁ ramessanti vanamhi jhāyinaṁ. | they will delight you as you meditate in the forest.’ | |
| Kulamhi mitte ca piye ca ñātake, | In my family, among my friends and dear relatives, | |
| Khiḍḍāratiṁ kāmaguṇañca loke; | and the delight of play and sensual pleasure in the world, | |
| Sabbaṁ pahāya imamajjhupāgato, | having abandoned all this, I have come to this. | |
| Athopi tvaṁ citta na mayha tussasi. | And yet, O mind, you are not pleased with me. | |
| Mameva etaṁ na hi tvaṁ paresaṁ, | This is my business, not yours. | |
| Sannāhakāle paridevitena kiṁ; | What is the use of lamenting at the time of arming? | |
| Sabbaṁ idaṁ calamiti pekkhamāno, | Seeing that all this is fickle, | |
| Abhinikkhamiṁ amatapadaṁ jigīsaṁ. | I went forth, desiring to conquer the deathless state. | |
| Suyuttavādī dvipadānamuttamo, | The supreme of two-footed beings, who speaks well, | |
| Mahābhisakko naradammasārathi; | the great physician, the charioteer of men to be tamed, said: | |
| ‘Cittaṁ calaṁ makkaṭasannibhaṁ iti, | ‘The mind is fickle, like a monkey, | |
| Avītarāgena sudunnivārayaṁ’. | very hard to restrain for one who is not free from lust.’ | |
| Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, | Sensual pleasures are indeed various, sweet, and delightful, | |
| Aviddasū yattha sitā puthujjanā; | where ignorant ordinary people are attached. | |
| Te dukkhamicchanti punabbhavesino, | They wish for suffering, being desirers of further existence, | |
| Cittena nītā niraye nirākatā. | led by the mind, they are cast into hell. | |
| ‘Mayūrakoñcābhirutamhi kānane, | ‘In the forest resounding with peacocks and koñca birds, | |
| Dīpīhi byagghehi purakkhato vasaṁ; | dwelling, preceded by leopards and tigers, | |
| Kāye apekkhaṁ jaha mā virādhaya’, | give up longing for the body, do not fail,’ | |
| Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. | so you urged me before, O mind. | |
| ‘Bhāvehi jhānāni ca indriyāni ca, | ‘Develop the jhānas and the faculties, | |
| Balāni bojjhaṅgasamādhibhāvanā; | the powers, the factors of enlightenment and the cultivation of concentration. | |
| Tisso ca vijjā phusa buddhasāsane’, | Touch the three true knowledges in the Buddha’s teaching,’ | |
| Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. | so you urged me before, O mind. | |
| ‘Bhāvehi maggaṁ amatassa pattiyā, | ‘Develop the path for the attainment of the deathless, | |
| Niyyānikaṁ sabbadukhakkhayogadhaṁ; | the path of deliverance, leading to the end of all suffering, | |
| Aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ sabbakilesasodhanaṁ’, | the eightfold path that purifies all defilements,’ | |
| Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. | so you urged me before, O mind. | |
| ‘Dukkhanti khandhe paṭipassa yoniso, | ‘See the aggregates wisely as suffering, | |
| Yato ca dukkhaṁ samudeti taṁ jaha; | and abandon that from which suffering arises. | |
| Idheva dukkhassa karohi antaṁ’, | Make an end of suffering right here,’ | |
| Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. | so you urged me before, O mind. | |
| ‘Aniccaṁ dukkhanti vipassa yoniso, | ‘See wisely that it is impermanent and suffering, | |
| Suññaṁ anattāti aghaṁ vadhanti ca; | empty and not-self, and that it is a disease and a slaughter-house. | |
| Manovicāre uparundha cetaso’, | Restrain the wanderings of the mind,’ | |
| Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. | so you urged me before, O mind. | |
| ‘Muṇḍo virūpo abhisāpamāgato, | ‘Shaven-headed, of ugly appearance, having received a curse, | |
| Kapālahatthova kulesu bhikkhasu; | with a bowl in your hand, a beggar among families, | |
| Yuñjassu satthuvacane mahesino’, | apply yourself to the word of the Teacher, the great sage,’ | |
| Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. | so you urged me before, O mind. | |
| ‘Susaṁvutatto visikhantare caraṁ, | ‘Walking between the houses with well-restrained self, | |
| Kulesu kāmesu asaṅgamānaso; | with a mind unattached to sensual pleasures in families, | |
| Cando yathā dosinapuṇṇamāsiyā’, | like the moon on a dark, full-moon night,’ | |
| Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. | so you urged me before, O mind. | |
| ‘Āraññiko hohi ca piṇḍapātiko, | ‘Be a forest-dweller and an alms-food-eater, | |
| Sosāniko hohi ca paṁsukūliko; | be a charnel-ground-dweller and a refuse-rag-wearer. | |
| Nesajjiko hohi sadā dhute rato’, | Be a sitter and always delight in the ascetic practices,’ | |
| Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. | so you urged me before, O mind. | |
| Ropetva rukkhāni yathā phalesī, | Having planted trees as if for their fruit, | |
| Mūle taruṁ chettu tameva icchasi; | you wish to cut the very same tree at the root. | |
| Tathūpamaṁ cittamidaṁ karosi, | You are making this mind like that, | |
| Yaṁ maṁ aniccamhi cale niyuñjasi. | since you urge me on in what is impermanent and fickle. | |
| Arūpa dūraṅgama ekacāri, | Formless, far-going, wandering alone, | |
| Na te karissaṁ vacanaṁ idānihaṁ; | I will not do your word now. | |
| Dukkhā hi kāmā kaṭukā mahabbhayā, | For sensual pleasures are suffering, bitter, of great fear; | |
| Nibbānamevābhimano carissaṁ. | I will wander with my mind set on Nibbāna. | |
| Nāhaṁ alakkhyā ahirikkatāya vā, | Not for the sake of bad luck or shamelessness, | |
| Na cittahetū na ca dūrakantanā; | not for the sake of my mind nor because of a distant love, | |
| Ājīvahetū ca ahaṁ na nikkhamiṁ, | nor for the sake of a livelihood did I go forth, | |
| Kato ca te citta paṭissavo mayā. | and a promise was made to you by me, O mind. | |
| ‘Appicchatā sappurisehi vaṇṇitā, | ‘Having few wants is praised by good men, | |
| Makkhappahānaṁ vupasamo dukhassa’; | the abandoning of hypocrisy is the calming of suffering’; | |
| Itissu maṁ citta tadā niyuñjasi, | so you urged me then, O mind, | |
| Idāni tvaṁ gacchasi pubbaciṇṇaṁ. | now you go back to your old ways. | |
| Taṇhā avijjā ca piyāpiyañca, | Craving and ignorance, and what is dear and not dear, | |
| Subhāni rūpāni sukhā ca vedanā; | and beautiful forms and pleasant feelings, | |
| Manāpiyā kāmaguṇā ca vantā, | and delightful sensual pleasures have been vomited up; | |
| Vante ahaṁ āvamituṁ na ussahe. | I am not able to vomit up what has been vomited. | |
| Sabbattha te citta vaco kataṁ mayā, | Everywhere your word has been done by me, O mind, | |
| Bahūsu jātīsu na mesi kopito; | in many births I have not been angered by you. | |
| Ajjhattasambhavo kataññutāya te, | Born within, for the sake of gratitude to you, | |
| Dukkhe ciraṁ saṁsaritaṁ tayā kate. | I have wandered long in suffering, done by you. | |
| Tvaññeva no citta karosi brāhmaṇo, | You alone, O mind, make us brahmins, | |
| Tvaṁ khattiyo rājadasī karosi; | you make us kshatriyas and kings. | |
| Vessā ca suddā ca bhavāma ekadā, | And we become vessas and suddas at one time, | |
| Devattanaṁ vāpi taveva vāhasā. | and also attain the state of gods through your power. | |
| Taveva hetū asurā bhavāmase, | Because of you we become asuras, | |
| Tvaṁmūlakaṁ nerayikā bhavāmase; | because of you we become beings in hell. | |
| Atho tiracchānagatāpi ekadā, | And at one time we go to the animal realm, | |
| Petattanaṁ vāpi taveva vāhasā. | and also attain the state of ghosts through your power. | |
| Nanu dubbhissasi maṁ punappunaṁ, | Surely you will deceive me again and again, | |
| Muhuṁ muhuṁ cāraṇikaṁva dassayaṁ; | showing me again and again like a wandering actor. | |
| Ummattakeneva mayā palobhasi, | You entice me as if with madness; | |
| Kiñcāpi te citta virādhitaṁ mayā. | what have I failed to do for you, O mind? | |
| Idaṁ pure cittamacāri cārikaṁ, | Formerly this mind wandered on its journeys, | |
| Yenicchakaṁ yatthakāmaṁ yathāsukhaṁ; | where it wished, where it liked, as it pleased. | |
| Tadajjahaṁ niggahessāmi yoniso, | Today I will restrain it wisely, | |
| Hatthippabhinnaṁ viya aṅkusaggaho. | like a mahout an elephant in must. | |
| Satthā ca me lokamimaṁ adhiṭṭhahi, | The Teacher has established this world for me | |
| Aniccato addhuvato asārato; | as impermanent, not lasting, without substance. | |
| Pakkhanda maṁ citta jinassa sāsane, | Plunge me, O mind, into the teaching of the Jina, | |
| Tārehi oghā mahatā suduttarā. | carry me across the great, very hard-to-cross flood. | |
| Na te idaṁ citta yathā purāṇakaṁ, | This is not for you, O mind, as it was before, | |
| Nāhaṁ alaṁ tuyha vase nivattituṁ; | I am not able to fall under your power. | |
| Mahesino pabbajitomhi sāsane, | I have gone forth in the teaching of the great sage; | |
| Na mādisā honti vināsadhārino. | those like me are not bearers of destruction. | |
| Nagā samuddā saritā vasundharā, | Mountains, oceans, rivers, the earth, | |
| Disā catasso vidisā adho divā; | the four directions, the intermediate directions, below, the sky, | |
| Sabbe aniccā tibhavā upaddutā, | all are impermanent, the three realms are afflicted. | |
| Kuhiṁ gato citta sukhaṁ ramissasi. | Where, having gone, O mind, will you delight happily? | |
| Dhitipparaṁ kiṁ mama citta kāhisi, | Going beyond steadfastness, what will you do to me, O mind? | |
| Na te alaṁ citta vasānuvattako; | I am not able to follow your will, O mind. | |
| Na jātu bhastaṁ ubhatomukhaṁ chupe, | One should not touch a bag open at both ends; | |
| Dhiratthu pūraṁ nava sotasandaniṁ. | fie on this body full of the nine flowing streams. | |
| Varāhaeṇeyyavigāḷhasevite, | Frequented by boars and deer, | |
| Pabbhārakuṭṭe pakateva sundare; | in a mountain cleft made as if beautiful, | |
| Navambunā pāvusasitthakānane, | in the forest watered with new water by the rains, | |
| Tahiṁ guhāgehagato ramissasi. | there, having gone to a cave-house, you will delight. | |
| Sunīlagīvā susikhā supekhunā, | With beautiful blue necks, beautiful crests, beautiful plumes, | |
| Sucittapattacchadanā vihaṅgamā; | with beautifully colored feather-coverings, the birds, | |
| Sumañjughosatthanitābhigajjino, | thundering with a beautiful, gentle sound, | |
| Te taṁ ramessanti vanamhi jhāyinaṁ. | they will delight you as you meditate in the forest. | |
| Vuṭṭhamhi deve caturaṅgule tiṇe, | When the god has rained on the four-inch grass, | |
| Sampupphite meghanibhamhi kānane; | in the cloud-like forest in full bloom, | |
| Nagantare viṭapisamo sayissaṁ, | I will lie down like a branch in a mountain cleft, | |
| Taṁ me mudū hehiti tūlasannibhaṁ. | that will be soft for me, like cotton. | |
| Tathā tu kassāmi yathāpi issaro, | And I will act thus as if I were the master, | |
| Yaṁ labbhati tenapi hotu me alaṁ; | with what I get, let that be enough for me. | |
| Na tāhaṁ kassāmi yathā atandito, | I will not act thus as if tireless, | |
| Biḷārabhastaṁva yathā sumadditaṁ. | like a well-beaten cat-skin bag. | |
| Tathā tu kassāmi yathāpi issaro, | And I will act thus as if I were the master, | |
| Yaṁ labbhati tenapi hotu me alaṁ; | with what I get, let that be enough for me. | |
| Viriyena taṁ mayha vasānayissaṁ, | With energy I will bring it under my control, | |
| Gajaṁva mattaṁ kusalaṅkusaggaho. | like a skilled mahout with a goad a maddened elephant. | |
| Tayā sudantena avaṭṭhitena hi, | With you well-tamed and established, indeed, | |
| Hayena yoggācariyova ujjunā; | like a good charioteer with a straight horse, |
| Pahomi maggaṁ paṭipajjituṁ sivaṁ, | I am able to practice the auspicious path, | |
| Cittānurakkhīhi sadā nisevitaṁ. | always frequented by those who guard their minds. | |
| Ārammaṇe taṁ balasā nibandhisaṁ, | I will bind you firmly to the object, | |
| Nāgaṁva thambhamhi daḷhāya rajjuyā; | like a naga to a post with a strong rope. | |
| Taṁ me suguttaṁ satiyā subhāvitaṁ, | Well-guarded by me with mindfulness, well-developed, | |
| Anissitaṁ sabbabhavesu hehisi. | you will be unattached to all existences. | |
| Paññāya chetvā vipathānusārinaṁ, | Having cut off the follower of the wrong path with wisdom, | |
| Yogena niggayha pathe nivesiya; | having restrained him with the yoke and established him on the path, | |
| Disvā samudayaṁ vibhavañca sambhavaṁ, | having seen the origin, the passing away, and the arising, | |
| Dāyādako hehisi aggavādino. | you will be an heir of the one who speaks the supreme. | |
| Catubbipallāsavasaṁ adhiṭṭhitaṁ, | Established in the power of the four perversions, | |
| Gāmaṇḍalaṁva parinesi citta maṁ; | you lead me about like a village boy, O mind. | |
| Nanu saṁyojanabandhanacchidaṁ, | Surely you will serve the compassionate great sage, | |
| Saṁsevase kāruṇikaṁ mahāmuniṁ. | the one who cuts the bonds of the fetters. | |
| Migo yathā seri sucittakānane, | Like a deer at ease in a beautiful forest, | |
| Rammaṁ giriṁ pāvusaabbhamāliniṁ; | on a charming mountain garlanded with rain-clouds, | |
| Anākule tattha nage ramissaṁ, | I will delight on that untroubled mountain; | |
| Asaṁsayaṁ citta parā bhavissasi. | without a doubt, O mind, you will be defeated. | |
| Ye tuyha chandena vasena vattino, | Those who are under your will and power, | |
| Narā ca nārī ca anubhonti yaṁ sukhaṁ; | men and women, whatever happiness they experience, | |
| Aviddasū māravasānuvattino, | the ignorant, who follow the power of Māra, | |
| Bhavābhinandī tava citta sāvakā”ti. | they delight in existence, your disciples, O mind.” | |
| … Tālapuṭo thero … | … The Elder Tālapuṭa … | |
| Paññāsanipāto niṭṭhito. | The Book of Fifties is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Paññāsamhi nipātamhi, | In the Book of Fifty, | |
| eko tālapuṭo suci; | the pure Tālapuṭa is the only one. | |
| Gāthāyo tattha paññāsa, | The verses there are fifty, | |
| puna pañca ca uttarīti. | and five more besides. |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 20
all
| ♦ Nipāta 20 | ♦ The Book of Twenties | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag20.1 Mahāmoggallānattheragāthā | Thag20.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahāmoggallāna | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 20.1 Mahāmoggallāna
| --- Thag20.1 Mahāmoggallānattheragāthā --- | --- Thag20.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahāmoggallāna --- | |
| “Āraññikā piṇḍapātikā, | “Forest-dwellers, alms-food-eaters, | |
| uñchāpattāgate ratā; | delighting in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl, | |
| Dālemu maccuno senaṁ, | let us shatter the army of death, | |
| ajjhattaṁ susamāhitā. | well-concentrated within ourselves. | |
| Āraññikā piṇḍapātikā, | Forest-dwellers, alms-food-eaters, | |
| uñchāpattāgate ratā; | delighting in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl, | |
| Dhunāma maccuno senaṁ, | we will shake the army of death, | |
| naḷāgāraṁva kuñjaro. | as an elephant a reed hut. | |
| Rukkhamūlikā sātatikā, | Tree-root-dwellers, persevering, | |
| uñchāpattāgate ratā; | delighting in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl, | |
| Dālemu maccuno senaṁ, | let us shatter the army of death, | |
| ajjhattaṁ susamāhitā. | well-concentrated within ourselves. | |
| Rukkhamūlikā sātatikā, | Tree-root-dwellers, persevering, | |
| uñchāpattāgate ratā; | delighting in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl, | |
| Dhunāma maccuno senaṁ, | we will shake the army of death, | |
| naḷāgāraṁva kuñjaro”. | as an elephant a reed hut.” | |
| “Aṭṭhikaṅkalakuṭike, | “In a hut of bones, | |
| maṁsanhārupasibbite; | sewn together with flesh and sinews, | |
| Dhiratthu pure duggandhe, | fie on this foul-smelling body, | |
| paragatte mamāyase. | which you claim as your own. | |
| Gūthabhaste taconaddhe, | A bag of excrement, wrapped in skin, | |
| uragaṇḍipisācini; | a she-demon with a swollen belly, | |
| Nava sotāni te kāye, | nine streams are in your body, | |
| yāni sandanti sabbadā. | which flow always. | |
| Tava sarīraṁ navasotaṁ, | Your body has nine streams, | |
| Duggandhakaraṁ paribandhaṁ; | it is foul-smelling, a bond. | |
| Bhikkhu parivajjayate taṁ, | A bhikkhu avoids it, | |
| Mīḷhaṁ ca yathā sucikāmo. | as one who desires purity avoids excrement. | |
| Evañce taṁ jano jaññā, | If people knew you | |
| yathā jānāmi taṁ ahaṁ; | as I know you, | |
| Ārakā parivajjeyya, | they would avoid you from afar, | |
| gūthaṭṭhānaṁva pāvuse”. | as a place of excrement in the rainy season.” | |
| “Evametaṁ mahāvīra, | “Thus it is, great hero, | |
| yathā samaṇa bhāsasi; | as you say, O ascetic. | |
| Ettha ceke visīdanti, | Here some sink down, | |
| paṅkamhiva jaraggavo”. | like an old ox in the mud.” | |
| “Ākāsamhi haliddiyā, | “He who would think of dyeing | |
| yo maññetha rajetave; | the sky with turmeric, | |
| Aññena vāpi raṅgena, | or with any other color, | |
| vighātudayameva taṁ. | it would be a source of trouble for him. | |
| Tadākāsasamaṁ cittaṁ, | That mind, like the sky, | |
| ajjhattaṁ susamāhitaṁ; | is well-concentrated within. | |
| Mā pāpacitte āsādi, | Do not approach it with an evil mind, | |
| aggikhandhaṁva pakkhimā”. | like a moth a mass of fire.” | |
| “Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, | “Behold the painted puppet, | |
| arukāyaṁ samussitaṁ; | a heap of sores, piled up, | |
| Āturaṁ bahusaṅkappaṁ, | sick, much thought of, | |
| yassa natthi dhuvaṁ ṭhiti. | for which there is no lasting stability. | |
| Passa cittakataṁ rūpaṁ, | Behold the painted form, | |
| maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; | with a jewel and an earring, | |
| Aṭṭhiṁ tacena onaddhaṁ, | a bone wrapped in skin, | |
| saha vatthehi sobhati. | it shines with its clothes. | |
| Alattakakatā pādā, | Its feet dyed with lac, | |
| mukhaṁ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṁ; | its face smeared with powder, | |
| Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, | enough to delude a fool, | |
| no ca pāragavesino. | but not for one seeking the far shore. | |
| Aṭṭhapadakatā kesā, | Its hair done in eight braids, | |
| nettā añjanamakkhitā; | its eyes smeared with ointment, | |
| Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, | enough to delude a fool, | |
| no ca pāragavesino. | but not for one seeking the far shore. | |
| Añjanīva navā cittā, | Like a new painted cosmetic box, | |
| pūtikāyo alaṅkato; | a foul body adorned, | |
| Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, | enough to delude a fool, | |
| no ca pāragavesino. | but not for one seeking the far shore. | |
| Odahi migavo pāsaṁ, | The hunter set the trap, | |
| nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; | the deer did not approach the snare. | |
| Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, | Having eaten the bait, we go, | |
| kaddante migabandhake. | while the deer-catchers lament. | |
| Chinno pāso migavassa, | The hunter’s trap is broken, | |
| nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; | the deer did not approach the snare. | |
| Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, | Having eaten the bait, we go, | |
| socante migaluddake”. | while the deer-hunters grieve.” | |
| “Tadāsi yaṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ, | “Then there was what was dreadful, | |
| tadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ; | then there was what was hair-raising, | |
| Anekākārasampanne, | when Sāriputta, endowed with many qualities, | |
| sāriputtamhi nibbute. | was extinguished. | |
| Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, | Impermanent indeed are formations, | |
| uppādavayadhammino; | of the nature to arise and pass away. | |
| Upajjitvā nirujjhanti, | Having arisen, they cease; | |
| tesaṁ vūpasamo sukho. | their calming is happiness. | |
| Sukhumaṁ te paṭivijjhanti, | They penetrate the subtle, | |
| vālaggaṁ usunā yathā; | as one pierces a hair-tip with an arrow, | |
| Ye pañcakkhandhe passanti, | those who see the five aggregates | |
| parato no ca attato. | as other, not as self. | |
| Ye ca passanti saṅkhāre, | And those who see formations | |
| parato no ca attato; | as other, not as self, | |
| Paccabyādhiṁsu nipuṇaṁ, | they have penetrated the subtle, | |
| vālaggaṁ usunā yathā. | as one pierces a hair-tip with an arrow. | |
| Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, | As if struck by a sword, | |
| ḍayhamānova matthake; | or as if his head were on fire, | |
| Kāmarāgappahānāya, | a bhikkhu should wander mindfully | |
| sato bhikkhu paribbaje. | for the abandoning of sensual lust. | |
| Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, | As if struck by a sword, | |
| ḍayhamānova matthake; | or as if his head were on fire, | |
| Bhavarāgappahānāya, | a bhikkhu should wander mindfully | |
| sato bhikkhu paribbaje. | for the abandoning of the lust for existence. | |
| Codito bhāvitattena, | Urged on by one with a developed mind, | |
| sarīrantimadhārinā; | the bearer of the final body, | |
| Migāramātupāsādaṁ, | I shook the palace of Migāra’s mother | |
| pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayiṁ. | with my big toe. | |
| Nayidaṁ sithilamārabbha, | This is not to be achieved by slack effort, | |
| nayidaṁ appena thāmasā; | this is not to be achieved with little strength, | |
| Nibbānamadhigantabbaṁ, | the attainment of Nibbāna, | |
| sabbaganthapamocanaṁ. | the release from all bonds. | |
| Ayañca daharo bhikkhu, | And this young bhikkhu, | |
| ayamuttamaporiso; | this supreme person, | |
| Dhāreti antimaṁ dehaṁ, | bears his final body, | |
| jetvā māraṁ savāhiniṁ. | having conquered Māra and his army. | |
| Vivaramanupabhanti vijjutā, | Lightning flashes fall | |
| Vebhārassa ca paṇḍavassa ca; | on Vebhāra and Paṇḍava. | |
| Nagavivaragato jhāyati, | Gone to the cleft of the mountains, he meditates, | |
| Putto appaṭimassa tādino. | the son of the peerless Such One. | |
| Upasanto uparato, | Peaceful, restrained, | |
| pantasenāsano muni; | a sage in a remote lodging, | |
| Dāyādo buddhaseṭṭhassa, | the heir of the supreme Buddha, | |
| brahmunā abhivandito”. | is worshipped by Brahmā.” | |
| “Upasantaṁ uparataṁ, | “The peaceful, restrained, | |
| pantasenāsanaṁ muniṁ; | sage in a remote lodging, | |
| Dāyādaṁ buddhaseṭṭhassa, | the heir of the supreme Buddha, | |
| vanda brāhmaṇa kassapaṁ. | worship him, brahmin Kassapa. | |
| Yo ca jātisataṁ gacche, | And he who would go through a hundred births, | |
| sabbā brāhmaṇajātiyo; | all of them brahmin births, | |
| Sottiyo vedasampanno, | a scholar, a master of the Veda, | |
| manussesu punappunaṁ. | again and again among men, | |
| Ajjhāyakopi ce assa, | and if he were a great scholar, | |
| tiṇṇaṁ vedāna pāragū; | a master of the three Vedas, | |
| Etassa vandanāyetaṁ, | his worship would not be worth | |
| kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. | the sixteenth part of this one’s. | |
| Yo so aṭṭha vimokkhāni, | He who experienced the eight liberations | |
| purebhattaṁ aphassayi; | before his meal, | |
| Anulomaṁ paṭilomaṁ, | in forward and reverse order, | |
| tato piṇḍāya gacchati. | then goes for alms. | |
| Tādisaṁ bhikkhuṁ māsādi, | Do not harm such a bhikkhu, | |
| māttānaṁ khaṇi brāhmaṇa; | do not harm yourself, brahmin. | |
| Abhippasādehi manaṁ, | Make your mind confident | |
| arahantamhi tādine; | in the Arahant, the Such One. | |
| Khippaṁ pañjaliko vanda, | Quickly, with hands clasped in reverence, worship him, | |
| mā te vijaṭi matthakaṁ”. | lest your head be split apart.” | |
| “Neso passati saddhammaṁ, | “He does not see the true Dhamma, | |
| saṁsārena purakkhato; | preceded by the round of rebirth, | |
| Adhogamaṁ jimhapathaṁ, | he follows the crooked path, the wrong way. | |
| kummaggamanudhāvati. | Like a worm smeared with excrement, | |
| Kimīva mīḷhasallitto, | infatuated with the formations, | |
| saṅkhāre adhimucchito; | sunk in gain and honor, | |
| Pagāḷho lābhasakkāre, | the empty fool goes on.” | |
| tuccho gacchati poṭṭhilo”. | “And see this one coming, | |
| “Imañca passa āyantaṁ, | Sāriputta, of beautiful appearance, | |
| sāriputtaṁ sudassanaṁ; | liberated in both ways, | |
| Vimuttaṁ ubhatobhāge, | well-concentrated within himself. | |
| ajjhattaṁ susamāhitaṁ. | With his dart removed, his fetters destroyed, | |
| Visallaṁ khīṇasaṁyogaṁ, | with the three true knowledges, who has escaped death, | |
| tevijjaṁ maccuhāyinaṁ; | worthy of offerings from men, | |
| Dakkhiṇeyyaṁ manussānaṁ, | the unsurpassed field of merit.” | |
| puññakkhettaṁ anuttaraṁ”. | “These many gods, | |
| “Ete sambahulā devā, | powerful and glorious, | |
| iddhimanto yasassino; | ten thousand gods, | |
| Dasa devasahassāni, | all of them attendants of Brahmā, | |
| sabbe brahmapurohitā; | paying homage to Moggallāna, | |
| Moggallānaṁ namassantā, | stand with hands raised in reverence. | |
| tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā. | ‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred of men, | |
| ‘Namo te purisājañña, | homage to you, O supreme person, | |
| namo te purisuttama; | whose taints are destroyed, | |
| Yassa te āsavā khīṇā, | you are worthy of offerings, O venerable sir.’ | |
| dakkhiṇeyyosi mārisa’. | Worshipped by the king of men, | |
| Pūjito naradevena, | born to overcome death, | |
| uppanno maraṇābhibhū; | he is not stained by the formations, | |
| Puṇḍarīkaṁva toyena, | like a white lotus by water. | |
| saṅkhārenupalippati. | He by whom in a moment a thousandfold world | |
| Yassa muhuttena sahassadhā loko, | is known, with its Brahmā realm, a master, | |
| Saṁvidito sabrahmakappo vasi; | in psychic power, in passing away and rebirth, in time, | |
| Iddhiguṇe cutupapāte kāle, | that bhikkhu sees the gods.” | |
| Passati devatā sa bhikkhu”. | “In wisdom, like Sāriputta, | |
| “Sāriputtova paññāya, | in virtue and in peace, | |
| sīlena upasamena ca; | a bhikkhu who has gone to the far shore, | |
| Yopi pāraṅgato bhikkhu, | would be at most his equal. | |
| etāvaparamo siyā. | I can create a hundred thousand | |
| Koṭisatasahassassa, | bodies in an instant. | |
| Attabhāvaṁ khaṇena nimmine; | I am skilled in transformations, | |
| Ahaṁ vikubbanāsu kusalo, | I am a master of psychic power. | |
| Vasībhūtomhi iddhiyā. | Having gone to the perfection of mastery in concentration and knowledge, | |
| Samādhivijjāvasipāramīgato, | of the Moggallāna clan, in the teaching of the Fearless One, | |
| Moggallānagotto asitassa sāsane; | the wise one with concentrated faculties has cut through, | |
| Dhīro samucchindi samāhitindriyo, | as a naga a binding of pūtika creepers. | |
| Nāgo yathā pūtilataṁva bandhanaṁ. | The Teacher has been served by me, | |
| Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; | The heavy burden has been laid down, | |
| Ohito garuko bhāro, | the guide to existence is rooted out. | |
| bhavanetti samūhatā. | The purpose for which I went forth | |
| Yassa catthāya pabbajito, | from home into homelessness, | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | that goal has been reached by me: | |
| So me attho anuppatto, | the destruction of all fetters. | |
| sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo. | What kind of hell was it | |
| Kīdiso nirayo āsi, | where Dussī was baked, | |
| yattha dussī apaccatha; | having assailed the disciple Vidhura | |
| Vidhuraṁ sāvakamāsajja, | and the brahmin Kakusandha? | |
| kakusandhañca brāhmaṇaṁ. | There were a hundred iron stakes, | |
| Sataṁ āsi ayosaṅkū, | all bringing individual pain. | |
| sabbe paccattavedanā; | Such was the hell |
| Īdiso nirayo āsi, | where Dussī was baked, | |
| yattha dussī apaccatha; | having assailed the disciple Vidhura | |
| Vidhuraṁ sāvakamāsajja, | and the brahmin Kakusandha. | |
| kakusandhañca brāhmaṇaṁ. | He who knows this, | |
| Yo etamabhijānāti, | a bhikkhu, a disciple of the Buddha, | |
| bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako; | having assailed such a bhikkhu, | |
| Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja, | O Black One, you will come to suffering. | |
| kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. | In the middle of the ocean stand | |
| Majjhesarasmiṁ tiṭṭhanti, | mansions that last for an eon, | |
| vimānā kappaṭhāyino; | of the color of beryl, radiant, | |
| Veḷuriyavaṇṇā rucirā, | flaming and shining. | |
| accimanto pabhassarā; | Apsaras dance there, | |
| Accharā tattha naccanti, | of many various colors. | |
| puthu nānattavaṇṇiyo. | He who knows this, | |
| Yo etamabhijānāti, | … and so on … | |
| … pe | O Black One, you will come to suffering. | |
| … | He who, being urged by the Buddha, | |
| kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. | while the Sangha of bhikkhus looked on, | |
| Yo ve buddhena codito, | shook the palace of Migāra’s mother | |
| bhikkhusaṅghassa pekkhato; | with his big toe. | |
| Migāramātupāsādaṁ, | He who knows this, | |
| pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi. | … and so on … | |
| Yo etamabhijānāti, | O Black One, you will come to suffering. | |
| … pe | He shook the Vejayanta palace | |
| … | with his big toe, | |
| kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. | supported by his psychic power, | |
| Yo vejayantapāsādaṁ, | and he made the gods tremble. | |
| pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi; | He who knows this, | |
| Iddhibalenupatthaddho, | … and so on … | |
| saṁvejesi ca devatā. | O Black One, you will come to suffering. | |
| Yo etamabhijānāti, | He questioned Sakka | |
| … pe | in the Vejayanta palace: | |
| … | ‘Do you know, friend, | |
| kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. | the liberations through the destruction of craving?’ | |
| Yo vejayantapāsāde, | To him Sakka answered | |
| sakkaṁ so paripucchati; | the question asked, as it was. | |
| Api āvuso jānāsi, | “He who knows this, | |
| taṇhakkhayavimuttiyo; | … and so on … | |
| Tassa sakko viyākāsi, | O Black One, you will come to suffering. | |
| pañhaṁ puṭṭho yathātathaṁ”. | He questioned Brahmā, | |
| “Yo etamabhijānāti, | standing in the Sudhammā assembly: | |
| … pe | ‘Friend, do you still have that view | |
| … | that you had before? | |
| kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. | Do you see the radiance | |
| Yo brahmānaṁ paripucchati, | passing beyond the Brahmā world?’ | |
| Sudhammāyaṁ ṭhito sabhaṁ; | To him Brahmā answered | |
| Ajjāpi tyāvuso sā diṭṭhi, | the question asked, as it was: | |
| Yā te diṭṭhi pure ahu; | ‘Sir, I do not have that view | |
| Passasi vītivattantaṁ, | that I had before. | |
| Brahmaloke pabhassaraṁ. | I see the radiance | |
| Tassa brahmā viyākāsi, | passing beyond the Brahmā world. | |
| pañhaṁ puṭṭho yathātathaṁ; | How could I today say | |
| Na me mārisa sā diṭṭhi, | that I am eternal, everlasting?’ | |
| yā me diṭṭhi pure ahu. | “He who knows this, | |
| Passāmi vītivattantaṁ, | … and so on … | |
| brahmaloke pabhassaraṁ; | O Black One, you will come to suffering. | |
| Sohaṁ ajja kathaṁ vajjaṁ, | He who touched the peak of Mahāneru | |
| ahaṁ niccomhi sassato”. | with his liberation, | |
| “Yo etamabhijānāti, | the forest of the Pubbavidehas, | |
| … pe | and the men who lie on the earth. | |
| … | He who knows this, | |
| kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. | a bhikkhu, a disciple of the Buddha, | |
| Yo mahāneruno kūṭaṁ, | having assailed such a bhikkhu, | |
| vimokkhena aphassayi; | O Black One, you will come to suffering. | |
| Vanaṁ pubbavidehānaṁ, | Indeed, a fire does not think, | |
| ye ca bhūmisayā narā. | ‘I am burning a fool.’ | |
| Yo etamabhijānāti, | A fool, having approached a blazing fire, | |
| bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako; | is burned by it. | |
| Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja, | Even so you, Māra, | |
| kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. | having assailed the Tathāgata, | |
| Na ve aggi cetayati, | will burn yourself, | |
| ahaṁ bālaṁ ḍahāmīti; | like a fool touching a fire. | |
| Bālova jalitaṁ aggiṁ, | Māra has begotten demerit, | |
| āsajja naṁ paḍayhati. | having assailed the Tathāgata. | |
| Evamevaṁ tuvaṁ māra, | What do you think, O evil one, | |
| āsajja naṁ tathāgataṁ; | that my evil does not ripen? | |
| Sayaṁ ḍahissasi attānaṁ, | Your evil is accumulating, | |
| bālo aggiṁva samphusaṁ. | for a long time, O end-maker. | |
| Apuññaṁ pasavī māro, | Māra, give up hope in the Buddha, | |
| āsajja naṁ tathāgataṁ; | do not have hopes for the bhikkhus.” | |
| Kiṁ nu maññasi pāpima, | “Thus the bhikkhu rebuked Māra | |
| na me pāpaṁ vipaccati. | in the Bhesakaḷā forest. | |
| Karato te cīyate pāpaṁ, | Then that dejected yakkha | |
| cirarattāya antaka; | disappeared right there.” | |
| Māra nibbinda buddhamhā, | Thus the venerable Elder Mahāmoggallāna spoke the verses. | |
| āsaṁ mākāsi bhikkhusu”. | The Book of Sixties is finished. | |
| “Iti māraṁ atajjesi, | The summary there: | |
| bhikkhu bhesakaḷāvane; | In the Book of Sixty, | |
| Tato so dummano yakkho, | Moggallāna of great psychic power | |
| tatthevantaradhāyathā”ti. | is the only elder, and the verses | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. Saṭṭhinipāto niṭṭhito. Tatruddānaṁ Saṭṭhikamhi nipātamhi, moggallāno mahiddhiko; Ekova theragāthāyo, aṭṭhasaṭṭhi bhavanti tāti. |
are sixty-eight. |
❧
+§ – Nipāta: Book 21
all
| ♦ Nipāta 21 | ♦ The Book of Twenty-Ones | |
| ♦ Vagga 1 | ♦ Chapter 1 | |
| Thag21.1 Vaṅgīsattheragāthā | Thag21.1 The Verses of the Elder Vaṅgīsa | |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | |
+Thag 21.1 Vaṅgīsa
| --- Thag21.1 Vaṅgīsattheragāthā --- | --- Thag21.1 The Verses of the Elder Vaṅgīsa --- | |
| “Nikkhantaṁ vata maṁ santaṁ, | “I, who have gone forth | |
| agārasmānagāriyaṁ; | from home into homelessness, | |
| Vitakkā upadhāvanti, | am assailed by these thoughts, | |
| pagabbhā kaṇhato ime. | these impudent ones from the Black One. | |
| Uggaputtā mahissāsā, | Mighty archers, sons of nobles, | |
| sikkhitā daḷhadhammino; | well-trained, with strong bows, | |
| Samantā parikireyyuṁ, | would surround me from all sides, | |
| sahassaṁ apalāyinaṁ. | a thousand who would not flee. | |
| Sacepi ettakā bhiyyo, | Even if more women | |
| āgamissanti itthiyo; | than that should come, | |
| Neva maṁ byādhayissanti, | they would not disturb me, | |
| dhamme samhi patiṭṭhito. | for I am established in the Dhamma. | |
| Sakkhī hi me sutaṁ etaṁ, | I have indeed heard this as a witness | |
| buddhassādiccabandhuno; | from the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, | |
| Nibbānagamanaṁ maggaṁ, | the path leading to Nibbāna, | |
| tattha me nirato mano. | and my mind delights in that. | |
| Evañce maṁ viharantaṁ, | If you should approach me | |
| pāpima upagacchasi; | dwelling thus, O evil one, | |
| Tathā maccu karissāmi, | I will act in such a way, O death, | |
| na me maggampi dakkhasi. | that you will not see my path. | |
| Aratiñca ratiñca pahāya, | Having abandoned discontent and delight, | |
| Sabbaso gehasitañca vitakkaṁ; | and all thought based on the home, | |
| Vanathaṁ na kareyya kuhiñci, | one would not make an obsession anywhere; | |
| Nibbanatho avanatho sa bhikkhu. | he who is without obsession, without obsession, is that bhikkhu. | |
| Yamidha pathaviñca vehāsaṁ, | Whatever in this earth and sky, | |
| Rūpagataṁ jagatogadhaṁ kiñci; | whatever has form, is sunk in the world, | |
| Parijīyati sabbamaniccaṁ, | all that is perishing, impermanent; | |
| Evaṁ samecca caranti mutattā. | having understood thus, they wander with their minds released. | |
| Upadhīsu janā gadhitāse, | People are attached to attachments, | |
| Diṭṭhasute paṭighe ca mute ca; | in what is seen and heard, in what is thought and sensed. | |
| Ettha vinodaya chandamanejo, | Here one should remove desire, unagitated; | |
| Yo hettha na limpati muni tamāhu. | he who is not stained here, him they call a sage. | |
| Atha saṭṭhisitā savitakkā, | And the sixty attachments with their thoughts, | |
| Puthujjanatāya adhammā niviṭṭhā; | based on the common life, established in non-Dhamma, | |
| Na ca vaggagatassa kuhiñci, | he who is not in any group, | |
| No pana duṭṭhullagāhī sa bhikkhu. | nor is that bhikkhu a holder of gross views. | |
| Dabbo cirarattasamāhito, | A clever one, long-concentrated, | |
| Akuhako nipako apihālu; | not a hypocrite, skilled, without longing, | |
| Santaṁ padaṁ ajjhagamā muni, | the sage has attained the peaceful state; | |
| Paṭicca parinibbuto kaṅkhati kālaṁ. | having realized, he awaits his time, fully extinguished. | |
| Mānaṁ pajahassu gotama, | Abandon conceit, Gotama, | |
| Mānapathañca jahassu asesaṁ; | abandon the path of conceit completely. | |
| Mānapathamhi sa mucchito, | Infatuated on the path of conceit, | |
| Vippaṭisārīhuvā cirarattaṁ. | you will be full of remorse for a long time. | |
| Makkhena makkhitā pajā, | People smeared with hypocrisy, | |
| Mānahatā nirayaṁ papatanti; | struck down by conceit, fall into hell. | |
| Socanti janā cirarattaṁ, | People grieve for a long time, | |
| Mānahatā nirayaṁ upapannā. | struck down by conceit, they have gone to hell. | |
| Na hi socati bhikkhu kadāci, | Indeed, a bhikkhu never grieves, | |
| Maggajino sammā paṭipanno; | a conqueror of the path, rightly practiced. | |
| Kittiñca sukhañcānubhoti, | He experiences fame and happiness; | |
| Dhammadasoti tamāhu tathattaṁ. | they call him a seer of the Dhamma, because he is so. | |
| Tasmā akhilo idha padhānavā, | Therefore, being without hindrances here, being energetic, | |
| Nīvaraṇāni pahāya visuddho; | having abandoned the hindrances, being pure, | |
| Mānañca pahāya asesaṁ, | and having abandoned conceit completely, | |
| Vijjāyantakaro samitāvī”. | he is a knower of the end of knowledge, pacified.” | |
| “Kāmarāgena ḍayhāmi, | “I am burning with sensual lust, | |
| cittaṁ me pariḍayhati; | my mind is on fire. | |
| Sādhu nibbāpanaṁ brūhi, | Please tell me the quenching, | |
| anukampāya gotama”. | out of compassion, Gotama.” | |
| “Saññāya vipariyesā, | “Because of a perversion of perception, | |
| cittaṁ te pariḍayhati; | your mind is on fire. | |
| Nimittaṁ parivajjehi, | Avoid the sign | |
| subhaṁ rāgūpasaṁhitaṁ. (…) | of the beautiful connected with lust. (…) | |
| Asubhāya cittaṁ bhāvehi, | Develop your mind on the foul, | |
| ekaggaṁ susamāhitaṁ; | one-pointed and well-concentrated. | |
| Sati kāyagatā tyatthu, | Let there be mindfulness directed to the body, | |
| nibbidābahulo bhava. | be full of disenchantment. | |
| Animittañca bhāvehi, | And develop the signless, | |
| mānānusayamujjaha; | abandon the latent tendency to conceit. | |
| Tato mānābhisamayā, | Then, from the full understanding of conceit, | |
| upasanto carissasi”. | you will wander at peace.” | |
| “Tameva vācaṁ bhāseyya, | “One should speak only that word | |
| yāyattānaṁ na tāpaye; | by which one does not torment oneself, | |
| Pare ca na vihiṁseyya, | and which does not harm others; | |
| sā ve vācā subhāsitā. | that is indeed a well-spoken word. | |
| Piyavācameva bhāseyya, | One should speak only a pleasant word, | |
| yā vācā paṭinanditā; | a word that is welcomed. | |
| Yaṁ anādāya pāpāni, | What, not taking up evil things, | |
| paresaṁ bhāsate piyaṁ. | one speaks pleasant to others. | |
| Saccaṁ ve amatā vācā, | Truth is indeed the immortal word, | |
| esa dhammo sanantano; | this is the eternal Dhamma. | |
| Sacce atthe ca dhamme ca, | The good say they are established | |
| āhu santo patiṭṭhitā. | in truth, in the goal, and in the Dhamma. | |
| Yaṁ buddho bhāsati vācaṁ, | The word that the Buddha speaks, | |
| khemaṁ nibbānapattiyā; | safe for the attainment of Nibbāna, | |
| Dukkhassantakiriyāya, | for the making of an end of suffering, | |
| sā ve vācānamuttamā”. | that is indeed the best of words.” | |
| “Gambhīrapañño medhāvī, | “Of profound wisdom, wise, | |
| maggāmaggassa kovido; | skilled in the path and the non-path, | |
| Sāriputto mahāpañño, | Sāriputta of great wisdom | |
| dhammaṁ deseti bhikkhunaṁ. | teaches the Dhamma to the bhikkhus. | |
| Saṅkhittenapi deseti, | He teaches in brief, | |
| vitthārenapi bhāsati; | he speaks also in detail. | |
| Sālikāyiva nigghoso, | His eloquence flows forth, | |
| paṭibhānaṁ udiyyati. | like the sound of a sālikā bird. | |
| Tassa taṁ desayantassa, | As he is teaching, | |
| suṇanti madhuraṁ giraṁ; | they listen to his sweet voice, | |
| Sarena rajanīyena, | with an alluring, pleasing, | |
| savanīyena vaggunā; | lovely voice. | |
| Udaggacittā muditā, | With elated minds, joyful, | |
| sotaṁ odhenti bhikkhavo”. | the bhikkhus incline their ear.” | |
| “Ajja pannarase visuddhiyā, | “Today on the fifteenth day of purity, | |
| Bhikkhū pañcasatā samāgatā; | five hundred bhikkhus have gathered, | |
| Saṁyojanabandhanacchidā, | cutters of the fetters of craving, | |
| Anīghā khīṇapunabbhavā isī. | sages without trouble, whose rebirth is destroyed. | |
| Cakkavattī yathā rājā, | Just as a wheel-turning king, | |
| amaccaparivārito; | surrounded by his ministers, | |
| Samantā anupariyeti, | goes all around | |
| sāgarantaṁ mahiṁ imaṁ. | this earth up to the ocean’s edge, | |
| Evaṁ vijitasaṅgāmaṁ, | so they attend on the conqueror of the battle, | |
| satthavāhaṁ anuttaraṁ; | the unsurpassed caravan-leader, | |
| Sāvakā payirupāsanti, | the disciples, possessors of the three true knowledges, | |
| tevijjā maccuhāyino. | who have escaped death. | |
| Sabbe bhagavato puttā, | All are the sons of the Blessed One, | |
| palāpettha na vijjati; | there is no chaff here. | |
| Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṁ, | I salute the dispeller of the arrow of craving, | |
| vande ādiccabandhunaṁ. | the kinsman of the sun. | |
| Parosahassaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, | More than a thousand bhikkhus | |
| sugataṁ payirupāsati; | attend on the Well-gone-One, | |
| Desentaṁ virajaṁ dhammaṁ, | as he teaches the dustless Dhamma, | |
| nibbānaṁ akutobhayaṁ. | Nibbāna, free from fear. | |
| Suṇanti dhammaṁ vimalaṁ, | They listen to the pure Dhamma, | |
| sammāsambuddhadesitaṁ; | taught by the Perfectly Enlightened One. | |
| Sobhati vata sambuddho, | The Sambuddha indeed shines, | |
| bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhato. | at the head of the Sangha of bhikkhus. | |
| ‘Nāganāmo’si bhagavā, | ‘Nāga-named’ are you, O Blessed One, | |
| isīnaṁ isisattamo; | the seventh of the sages. | |
| Mahāmeghova hutvāna, | Like a great cloud, having become so, | |
| sāvake abhivassasi. | you rain upon your disciples. | |
| Divā vihārā nikkhamma, | Having come out from my day-abode, | |
| satthudassanakamyatā; | desiring to see the Teacher, | |
| Sāvako te mahāvīra, | your disciple, O great hero, | |
| pāde vandati vaṅgiso”. | Vaṅgīsa, worships your feet.” | |
| “Ummaggapathaṁ mārassa, | “Having overcome the wrong path of Māra, | |
| Abhibhuyya carati pabhijja khīlāni; | he wanders, having broken the posts. | |
| Taṁ passatha bandhapamuñcakaraṁ, | See him, the maker of release from bonds, | |
| Asitaṁva bhāgaso pavibhajja. | dividing the unattached into shares. | |
| Oghassa hi nitaraṇatthaṁ, | For the sake of crossing the flood, | |
| Anekavihitaṁ maggaṁ akkhāsi; | he has declared the path in many ways. | |
| Tasmiñca amate akkhāte, | And when that deathless has been declared, | |
| Dhammadasā ṭhitā asaṁhīrā. | the seers of the Dhamma stand unshaken. | |
| Pajjotakaro ativijjha, | The lamp-maker, having pierced through, | |
| Sabbaṭhitīnaṁ atikkamamaddasa; | saw the transcending of all states. | |
| Ñatvā ca sacchikatvā ca, | Having known and realized, | |
| Aggaṁ so desayi dasaddhānaṁ. | he, the supreme, taught it to the ten directions. | |
| Evaṁ sudesite dhamme, | When the Dhamma is so well-taught, | |
| Ko pamādo vijānataṁ dhammaṁ; | what negligence can there be for those who know the Dhamma? | |
| Tasmā hi tassa bhagavato sāsane, | Therefore, in the teaching of that Blessed One, | |
| Appamatto sadā namassamanusikkhe”. | one should always practice heedfully, paying homage.” | |
| “Buddhānubuddho yo thero, | “The elder who has awakened after the Buddha, | |
| koṇḍañño tibbanikkamo; | Koṇḍañña of keen striving, | |
| Lābhī sukhavihārānaṁ, | is a frequent recipient of pleasant abodes, | |
| vivekānaṁ abhiṇhaso. | of seclusions. | |
| Yaṁ sāvakena pattabbaṁ, | What is to be attained by a disciple, | |
| satthu sāsanakārinā; | a doer of the Teacher’s teaching, | |
| Sabbassa taṁ anuppattaṁ, | all that has been attained by him, | |
| appamattassa sikkhato. | who trains with diligence. | |
| Mahānubhāvo tevijjo, | Of great power, with the three true knowledges, | |
| cetopariyakovido; | skilled in knowing the minds of others, | |
| Koṇḍañño buddhadāyādo, | Koṇḍañña, the heir of the Buddha, | |
| pāde vandati satthuno”. | worships the feet of the Teacher.” | |
| “Nagassa passe āsīnaṁ, | “Seated on the side of a mountain, | |
| muniṁ dukkhassa pāraguṁ; | the sage who has gone beyond suffering, | |
| Sāvakā payirupāsanti, | the disciples attend on him, | |
| tevijjā maccuhāyino. | the possessors of the three true knowledges, who have escaped death. | |
| Cetasā anupariyeti, | Moggallāna of great psychic power | |
| moggallāno mahiddhiko; | pervades them with his mind, | |
| Cittaṁ nesaṁ samanvesaṁ, | investigating their minds, | |
| vippamuttaṁ nirūpadhiṁ. | liberated, without attachments. | |
| Evaṁ sabbaṅgasampannaṁ, | Thus, endowed with all qualities, | |
| muniṁ dukkhassa pāraguṁ; | the sage who has gone beyond suffering, | |
| Anekākārasampannaṁ, | they attend on Gotama, | |
| payirupāsanti gotamaṁ”. | endowed with many qualities.” | |
| “Cando yathā vigatavalāhake nabhe, | “As the moon in a sky free from clouds, | |
| Virocati vītamalova bhāṇumā; | shines, spotless, like the sun, | |
| Evampi aṅgīrasa tvaṁ mahāmuni, | even so, O Aṅgīrasa, you, great sage, | |
| Atirocasi yasasā sabbalokaṁ”. | outshine the whole world with your glory.” | |
| “Kāveyyamattā vicarimha pubbe, | “We wandered before, intoxicated with poetry, | |
| Gāmā gāmaṁ purā puraṁ; | from village to village, from city to city. | |
| Athaddasāma sambuddhaṁ, | Then we saw the Sambuddha, | |
| Sabbadhammāna pāraguṁ. | the one who has gone beyond all things. | |
| So me dhammamadesesi, | He taught me the Dhamma, | |
| muni dukkhassa pāragū; | the sage who has gone beyond suffering. | |
| Dhammaṁ sutvā pasīdimha, | Having heard the Dhamma, we were confident, | |
| saddhā no udapajjatha. | faith arose in us. | |
| Tassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, | Having heard his word, | |
| khandhe āyatanāni ca; | and having understood the aggregates and the sense-bases, | |
| Dhātuyo ca viditvāna, | and the elements, | |
| pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ. | I went forth into homelessness. | |
| Bahūnaṁ vata atthāya, | Indeed, for the benefit of many | |
| uppajjanti tathāgatā; | do Tathāgatas arise, | |
| Itthīnaṁ purisānañca, | for women and for men, | |
| ye te sāsanakārakā. | who are doers of their teaching. | |
| Tesaṁ kho vata atthāya, | Indeed, for their benefit, | |
| bodhimajjhagamā muni; | the sage attained enlightenment, | |
| Bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnañca, | for the bhikkhus and bhikkhunīs, | |
| ye nirāmagataddasā. | who see the state free from grasping. |
| Sudesitā cakkhumatā, | Well taught by the one with vision, | |
| buddhenādiccabandhunā; | the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, | |
| Cattāri ariyasaccāni, | are the four noble truths, | |
| anukampāya pāṇinaṁ. | out of compassion for living beings. | |
| Dukkhaṁ dukkhasamuppādaṁ, | Suffering, the origin of suffering, | |
| Dukkhassa ca atikkamaṁ; | and the transcending of suffering, | |
| Ariyaṁ caṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ, | and the noble eightfold path, | |
| Dukkhūpasamagāminaṁ. | leading to the calming of suffering. | |
| Evamete tathā vuttā, | Thus these things were spoken, | |
| diṭṭhā me te yathā tathā; | they have been seen by me as they really are. | |
| Sadattho me anuppatto, | My true goal has been attained, | |
| kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. | the Buddha’s teaching has been done. | |
| Svāgataṁ vata me āsi, | Welcome indeed it was for me | |
| mama buddhassa santike; | to be in the presence of my Buddha. | |
| Suvibhattesu dhammesu, | Among the well-analyzed Dhammas, | |
| yaṁ seṭṭhaṁ tadupāgamiṁ. | I have attained to that which is the best. | |
| Abhiññāpāramippatto, | I have reached the perfection of the super-knowledges, | |
| sotadhātu visodhitā; | the ear-element is purified. | |
| Tevijjo iddhipattomhi, | I have the three true knowledges, I have attained psychic power, | |
| cetopariyakovido”. | I am skilled in knowing the minds of others.” | |
| “Pucchāmi satthāramanomapaññaṁ, | “I ask the Teacher of unequaled wisdom, | |
| Diṭṭheva dhamme yo vicikicchānaṁ chettā; | who in this very life is the cutter of doubts. | |
| Aggāḷave kālamakāsi bhikkhu, | A bhikkhu died at Aggāḷava, | |
| Ñāto yasassī abhinibbutatto. | renowned and famous, fully extinguished. | |
| Nigrodhakappo iti tassa nāmaṁ, | ‘Nigrodhakappa’ was his name, | |
| Tayā kataṁ bhagavā brāhmaṇassa; | given by you, O Blessed One, to the brahmin. | |
| So taṁ namassaṁ acari mutyapekho, | He, paying homage to you, wandered about seeking liberation, | |
| Āraddhavīriyo daḷhadhammadassī. | with aroused energy, a seer of the firm Dhamma. | |
| Taṁ sāvakaṁ sakka mayampi sabbe, | We all wish to know about that disciple, | |
| Aññātumicchāma samantacakkhu; | O Sakka, O all-seeing one. | |
| Samavaṭṭhitā no savanāya sotā, | Our ears are ready to hear; | |
| Tuvaṁ no satthā tvamanuttarosi. | you are our Teacher, you are unsurpassed. | |
| Chinda no vicikicchaṁ brūhi metaṁ, | Cut our doubt, tell me this, | |
| Parinibbutaṁ vedaya bhūripañña; | make known the one who is fully extinguished, O you of vast wisdom. | |
| Majjheva no bhāsa samantacakkhu, | Speak in our midst, O all-seeing one, | |
| Sakkova devāna sahassanetto. | like Sakka, the thousand-eyed king of the gods. | |
| Ye keci ganthā idha mohamaggā, | Whatever bonds there are here, paths of delusion, | |
| Aññāṇapakkhā vicikicchaṭhānā; | bases of ignorance, occasions for doubt, | |
| Tathāgataṁ patvā na te bhavanti, | on reaching the Tathāgata they do not exist, | |
| Cakkhuñhi etaṁ paramaṁ narānaṁ. | for this is the supreme eye for men. | |
| No ce hi jātu puriso kilese, | For if a man were never to dispel | |
| Vāto yathā abbhaghanaṁ vihāne; | the defilements, as the wind a mass of clouds, | |
| Tamovassa nivuto sabbaloko, | the whole world would be covered in darkness, | |
| Jotimantopi na pabhāseyyuṁ. | even those with light would not shine. | |
| Dhīrā ca pajjotakarā bhavanti, | But the wise are lamp-makers; | |
| Taṁ taṁ ahaṁ vīra tatheva maññe; | I think you, O hero, are just so. | |
| Vipassinaṁ jānamupāgamimha, | We have come to one who sees with insight, knowing. | |
| Parisāsu no āvikarohi kappaṁ. | Reveal Kappa to us in this assembly. | |
| Khippaṁ giraṁ eraya vaggu vagguṁ, | Quickly send forth your lovely voice, O lovely one, | |
| Haṁsova paggayha saṇikaṁ nikūja; | like a swan, having stretched out its neck, singing gently. | |
| Bindussarena suvikappitena, | With your well-formed, drop-like voice, | |
| Sabbeva te ujjugatā suṇoma. | we will all listen to you, with our minds directed. | |
| Pahīnajātimaraṇaṁ asesaṁ, | Having completely abandoned birth and death, | |
| Niggayha dhonaṁ vadessāmi dhammaṁ; | I will speak the Dhamma, having rejected what is base. | |
| Na kāmakāro hi puthujjanānaṁ, | For there is no doing what one likes for ordinary people, | |
| Saṅkheyyakāro ca tathāgatānaṁ. | but for the Tathāgatas there is a doing by calculation. | |
| Sampannaveyyākaraṇaṁ tavedaṁ, | This perfect explanation of yours, | |
| Samujjupaññassa samuggahītaṁ; | of one of straight wisdom, has been well grasped. | |
| Ayamañjali pacchimo suppaṇāmito, | This is the last gesture of reverence, with hands raised high; | |
| Mā mohayī jānamanomapañña. | do not delude us, knowing one of unequaled wisdom. | |
| Paroparaṁ ariyadhammaṁ viditvā, | Having known the supreme noble Dhamma, | |
| Mā mohayī jānamanomavīriya; | do not delude us, knowing one of unequaled energy. | |
| Vāriṁ yathā ghammani ghammatatto, | Like one afflicted by the heat in the hot season longs for water, | |
| Vācābhikaṅkhāmi sutaṁ pavassa. | I long for your speech, rain down your teaching. | |
| Yadatthikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ acarī, | The holy life that Kappāyana lived | |
| Kappāyano kaccissataṁ amoghaṁ; | for a purpose, was it not in vain for him? | |
| Nibbāyi so ādu saupādiseso, | Was he extinguished, or with some remainder of attachment? | |
| Yathā vimutto ahu taṁ suṇoma”. | How he was liberated, let us hear that.” | |
| “Acchecchi taṇhaṁ idha nāmarūpe, | “He cut off craving here for name and form,” | |
| (iti bhagavā) | (said the Blessed One) | |
| Kaṇhassa sotaṁ dīgharattānusayitaṁ; | “the black stream that has been long latent. | |
| Atāri jātiṁ maraṇaṁ asesaṁ, | He crossed over birth and death completely,” | |
| Iccabravi bhagavā pañcaseṭṭho”. | so said the Blessed One, the fifth best. | |
| “Esa sutvā pasīdāmi, | “Having heard this, I am confident, | |
| vaco te isisattama; | your word, O seventh of the sages. | |
| Amoghaṁ kira me puṭṭhaṁ, | Indeed, my question was not in vain, | |
| na maṁ vañcesi brāhmaṇo. | the brahmin did not deceive me. | |
| Yathā vādī tathā kārī, | As he spoke, so he acted, | |
| ahu buddhassa sāvako; | he was a disciple of the Buddha. | |
| Acchecchi maccuno jālaṁ, | He cut the net of death, | |
| tataṁ māyāvino daḷhaṁ. | the strong net of the deceiver. | |
| Addasa bhagavā ādiṁ, | The Blessed One saw the origin | |
| upādānassa kappiyo; | of clinging, O Kappiya. | |
| Accagā vata kappāno, | Kappāyana has indeed crossed over | |
| maccudheyyaṁ suduttaraṁ. | the realm of death, so hard to cross. | |
| Taṁ devadevaṁ vandāmi, | I pay homage to that god of gods, | |
| puttaṁ te dvipaduttama; | your son, O supreme of two-footed beings, | |
| Anujātaṁ mahāvīraṁ, | the great hero, the naga, born after | |
| nāgaṁ nāgassa orasan”ti. | the naga, his true-born son.” | |
| Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā vaṅgīso thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. | Thus the venerable Elder Vaṅgīsa spoke the verses. | |
| Mahānipāto niṭṭhito. | The Great Book is finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Sattatimhi nipātamhi, | In the Book of Seventy, | |
| vaṅgīso paṭibhāṇavā; | Vaṅgīsa, the master of inspired speech, | |
| Ekova thero natthañño, | is the only elder, there is no other; | |
| gāthāyo ekasattatīti. | the verses are seventy-one. | |
| Niṭṭhitā theragāthāyo. | The verses of the elders are finished. | |
| Tatruddānaṁ | The summary there: | |
| Sahassaṁ honti tā gāthā, | There are a thousand verses, | |
| tīṇi saṭṭhisatāni ca; | and three hundred and sixty. |
| Therā ca dve satā saṭṭhi, | And the elders are two hundred and sixty, | |
| cattāro ca pakāsitā. | and four have been revealed. | |
| Sīhanādaṁ naditvāna, | Having roared a lion’s roar, | |
| buddhaputtā anāsavā; | the sons of the Buddha, free from taints, | |
| Khemantaṁ pāpuṇitvāna, | having reached the state of security, | |
| aggikhandhāva nibbutāti. | are extinguished like masses of fire. | |
| Theragāthāpāḷi niṭṭhitā. | The Pāḷi of the Theragāthā is finished. | |
❧